LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/adt - selfuncs.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit LBC UIC UBC GBC GIC GNC CBC EUB ECB DUB DCB
Current: Differential Code Coverage HEAD vs 15 Lines: 86.8 % 2360 2049 51 188 72 55 1370 43 581 179 1399 5 18
Current Date: 2023-04-08 17:13:01 Functions: 95.8 % 71 68 3 66 2 3 68
Baseline: 15 Line coverage date bins:
Baseline Date: 2023-04-08 15:09:40 (60,120] days: 100.0 % 22 22 22
Legend: Lines: hit not hit (120,180] days: 95.8 % 24 23 1 9 11 3 6
(180,240] days: 100.0 % 7 7 2 5
(240..) days: 86.6 % 2307 1997 50 188 72 55 1359 5 578 179 1372
Function coverage date bins:
(180,240] days: 100.0 % 2 2 2
(240..) days: 47.1 % 140 66 3 66 3 68

 Age         Owner                  TLA  Line data    Source code
                                  1                 : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2                 :  *
                                  3                 :  * selfuncs.c
                                  4                 :  *    Selectivity functions and index cost estimation functions for
                                  5                 :  *    standard operators and index access methods.
                                  6                 :  *
                                  7                 :  *    Selectivity routines are registered in the pg_operator catalog
                                  8                 :  *    in the "oprrest" and "oprjoin" attributes.
                                  9                 :  *
                                 10                 :  *    Index cost functions are located via the index AM's API struct,
                                 11                 :  *    which is obtained from the handler function registered in pg_am.
                                 12                 :  *
                                 13                 :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2023, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
                                 14                 :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
                                 15                 :  *
                                 16                 :  *
                                 17                 :  * IDENTIFICATION
                                 18                 :  *    src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c
                                 19                 :  *
                                 20                 :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 21                 :  */
                                 22                 : 
                                 23                 : /*----------
                                 24                 :  * Operator selectivity estimation functions are called to estimate the
                                 25                 :  * selectivity of WHERE clauses whose top-level operator is their operator.
                                 26                 :  * We divide the problem into two cases:
                                 27                 :  *      Restriction clause estimation: the clause involves vars of just
                                 28                 :  *          one relation.
                                 29                 :  *      Join clause estimation: the clause involves vars of multiple rels.
                                 30                 :  * Join selectivity estimation is far more difficult and usually less accurate
                                 31                 :  * than restriction estimation.
                                 32                 :  *
                                 33                 :  * When dealing with the inner scan of a nestloop join, we consider the
                                 34                 :  * join's joinclauses as restriction clauses for the inner relation, and
                                 35                 :  * treat vars of the outer relation as parameters (a/k/a constants of unknown
                                 36                 :  * values).  So, restriction estimators need to be able to accept an argument
                                 37                 :  * telling which relation is to be treated as the variable.
                                 38                 :  *
                                 39                 :  * The call convention for a restriction estimator (oprrest function) is
                                 40                 :  *
                                 41                 :  *      Selectivity oprrest (PlannerInfo *root,
                                 42                 :  *                           Oid operator,
                                 43                 :  *                           List *args,
                                 44                 :  *                           int varRelid);
                                 45                 :  *
                                 46                 :  * root: general information about the query (rtable and RelOptInfo lists
                                 47                 :  * are particularly important for the estimator).
                                 48                 :  * operator: OID of the specific operator in question.
                                 49                 :  * args: argument list from the operator clause.
                                 50                 :  * varRelid: if not zero, the relid (rtable index) of the relation to
                                 51                 :  * be treated as the variable relation.  May be zero if the args list
                                 52                 :  * is known to contain vars of only one relation.
                                 53                 :  *
                                 54                 :  * This is represented at the SQL level (in pg_proc) as
                                 55                 :  *
                                 56                 :  *      float8 oprrest (internal, oid, internal, int4);
                                 57                 :  *
                                 58                 :  * The result is a selectivity, that is, a fraction (0 to 1) of the rows
                                 59                 :  * of the relation that are expected to produce a TRUE result for the
                                 60                 :  * given operator.
                                 61                 :  *
                                 62                 :  * The call convention for a join estimator (oprjoin function) is similar
                                 63                 :  * except that varRelid is not needed, and instead join information is
                                 64                 :  * supplied:
                                 65                 :  *
                                 66                 :  *      Selectivity oprjoin (PlannerInfo *root,
                                 67                 :  *                           Oid operator,
                                 68                 :  *                           List *args,
                                 69                 :  *                           JoinType jointype,
                                 70                 :  *                           SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo);
                                 71                 :  *
                                 72                 :  *      float8 oprjoin (internal, oid, internal, int2, internal);
                                 73                 :  *
                                 74                 :  * (Before Postgres 8.4, join estimators had only the first four of these
                                 75                 :  * parameters.  That signature is still allowed, but deprecated.)  The
                                 76                 :  * relationship between jointype and sjinfo is explained in the comments for
                                 77                 :  * clause_selectivity() --- the short version is that jointype is usually
                                 78                 :  * best ignored in favor of examining sjinfo.
                                 79                 :  *
                                 80                 :  * Join selectivity for regular inner and outer joins is defined as the
                                 81                 :  * fraction (0 to 1) of the cross product of the relations that is expected
                                 82                 :  * to produce a TRUE result for the given operator.  For both semi and anti
                                 83                 :  * joins, however, the selectivity is defined as the fraction of the left-hand
                                 84                 :  * side relation's rows that are expected to have a match (ie, at least one
                                 85                 :  * row with a TRUE result) in the right-hand side.
                                 86                 :  *
                                 87                 :  * For both oprrest and oprjoin functions, the operator's input collation OID
                                 88                 :  * (if any) is passed using the standard fmgr mechanism, so that the estimator
                                 89                 :  * function can fetch it with PG_GET_COLLATION().  Note, however, that all
                                 90                 :  * statistics in pg_statistic are currently built using the relevant column's
                                 91                 :  * collation.
                                 92                 :  *----------
                                 93                 :  */
                                 94                 : 
                                 95                 : #include "postgres.h"
                                 96                 : 
                                 97                 : #include <ctype.h>
                                 98                 : #include <math.h>
                                 99                 : 
                                100                 : #include "access/brin.h"
                                101                 : #include "access/brin_page.h"
                                102                 : #include "access/gin.h"
                                103                 : #include "access/table.h"
                                104                 : #include "access/tableam.h"
                                105                 : #include "access/visibilitymap.h"
                                106                 : #include "catalog/pg_am.h"
                                107                 : #include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
                                108                 : #include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
                                109                 : #include "catalog/pg_statistic.h"
                                110                 : #include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"
                                111                 : #include "executor/nodeAgg.h"
                                112                 : #include "miscadmin.h"
                                113                 : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
                                114                 : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
                                115                 : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
                                116                 : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
                                117                 : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
                                118                 : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
                                119                 : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
                                120                 : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
                                121                 : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
                                122                 : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
                                123                 : #include "statistics/statistics.h"
                                124                 : #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
                                125                 : #include "utils/acl.h"
                                126                 : #include "utils/array.h"
                                127                 : #include "utils/builtins.h"
                                128                 : #include "utils/date.h"
                                129                 : #include "utils/datum.h"
                                130                 : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
                                131                 : #include "utils/index_selfuncs.h"
                                132                 : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
                                133                 : #include "utils/memutils.h"
                                134                 : #include "utils/pg_locale.h"
                                135                 : #include "utils/rel.h"
                                136                 : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
                                137                 : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
                                138                 : #include "utils/spccache.h"
                                139                 : #include "utils/syscache.h"
                                140                 : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
                                141                 : #include "utils/typcache.h"
                                142                 : 
                                143                 : #define DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER 50.0
                                144                 : 
                                145                 : /* Hooks for plugins to get control when we ask for stats */
                                146                 : get_relation_stats_hook_type get_relation_stats_hook = NULL;
                                147                 : get_index_stats_hook_type get_index_stats_hook = NULL;
                                148                 : 
                                149                 : static double eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate);
                                150                 : static double eqjoinsel_inner(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
                                151                 :                               VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
                                152                 :                               double nd1, double nd2,
                                153                 :                               bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
                                154                 :                               AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
                                155                 :                               Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
                                156                 :                               bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2);
                                157                 : static double eqjoinsel_semi(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
                                158                 :                              VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
                                159                 :                              double nd1, double nd2,
                                160                 :                              bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
                                161                 :                              AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
                                162                 :                              Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
                                163                 :                              bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
                                164                 :                              RelOptInfo *inner_rel);
                                165                 : static bool estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root,
                                166                 :                                             RelOptInfo *rel, List **varinfos, double *ndistinct);
                                167                 : static bool convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid,
                                168                 :                               double *scaledvalue,
                                169                 :                               Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
                                170                 :                               double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound);
                                171                 : static double convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure);
                                172                 : static void convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
                                173                 :                                      double *scaledvalue,
                                174                 :                                      char *lobound,
                                175                 :                                      double *scaledlobound,
                                176                 :                                      char *hibound,
                                177                 :                                      double *scaledhibound);
                                178                 : static void convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
                                179                 :                                     double *scaledvalue,
                                180                 :                                     Datum lobound,
                                181                 :                                     double *scaledlobound,
                                182                 :                                     Datum hibound,
                                183                 :                                     double *scaledhibound);
                                184                 : static double convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value,
                                185                 :                                            int rangelo, int rangehi);
                                186                 : static double convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
                                187                 :                                           int rangelo, int rangehi);
                                188                 : static char *convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid,
                                189                 :                                   bool *failure);
                                190                 : static double convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid,
                                191                 :                                           bool *failure);
                                192                 : static void examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
                                193                 :                                     VariableStatData *vardata);
                                194                 : static bool get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
                                195                 :                                Oid sortop, Oid collation,
                                196                 :                                Datum *min, Datum *max);
                                197                 : static void get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot,
                                198                 :                                  Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
                                199                 :                                  Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
                                200                 :                                  Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data);
                                201                 : static bool get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root,
                                202                 :                                       VariableStatData *vardata,
                                203                 :                                       Oid sortop, Oid collation,
                                204                 :                                       Datum *min, Datum *max);
                                205                 : static bool get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
                                206                 :                                          Relation indexRel,
                                207                 :                                          ScanDirection indexscandir,
                                208                 :                                          ScanKey scankeys,
                                209                 :                                          int16 typLen,
                                210                 :                                          bool typByVal,
                                211                 :                                          TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
                                212                 :                                          MemoryContext outercontext,
                                213                 :                                          Datum *endpointDatum);
                                214                 : static RelOptInfo *find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids);
                                215                 : 
                                216                 : 
                                217                 : /*
                                218                 :  *      eqsel           - Selectivity of "=" for any data types.
                                219                 :  *
                                220                 :  * Note: this routine is also used to estimate selectivity for some
                                221                 :  * operators that are not "=" but have comparable selectivity behavior,
                                222                 :  * such as "~=" (geometric approximate-match).  Even for "=", we must
                                223                 :  * keep in mind that the left and right datatypes may differ.
                                224                 :  */
                                225                 : Datum
 8343 tgl                       226 GIC      230681 : eqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                                227                 : {
 2136 tgl                       228 CBC      230681 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, false));
                                229                 : }
 2136 tgl                       230 ECB             : 
                                231                 : /*
                                232                 :  * Common code for eqsel() and neqsel()
                                233                 :  */
                                234                 : static double
 2136 tgl                       235 GIC      246579 : eqsel_internal(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool negate)
                                236                 : {
 6517 tgl                       237 CBC      246579 :     PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
 7994 tgl                       238 GIC      246579 :     Oid         operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
 7994 tgl                       239 CBC      246579 :     List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
                                240          246579 :     int         varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
 1038                           241          246579 :     Oid         collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
 6991 tgl                       242 ECB             :     VariableStatData vardata;
 7994                           243                 :     Node       *other;
                                244                 :     bool        varonleft;
                                245                 :     double      selec;
                                246                 : 
                                247                 :     /*
                                248                 :      * When asked about <>, we do the estimation using the corresponding =
                                249                 :      * operator, then convert to <> via "1.0 - eq_selectivity - nullfrac".
                                250                 :      */
 2136 tgl                       251 GIC      246579 :     if (negate)
                                252                 :     {
 2136 tgl                       253 CBC       15898 :         operator = get_negator(operator);
 2136 tgl                       254 GIC       15898 :         if (!OidIsValid(operator))
 2136 tgl                       255 ECB             :         {
                                256                 :             /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
 2136 tgl                       257 UIC           0 :             return 1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
                                258                 :         }
 2136 tgl                       259 EUB             :     }
                                260                 : 
                                261                 :     /*
                                262                 :      * If expression is not variable = something or something = variable, then
                                263                 :      * punt and return a default estimate.
                                264                 :      */
 6991 tgl                       265 GIC      246579 :     if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
                                266                 :                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
 2136 tgl                       267 CBC        1387 :         return negate ? (1.0 - DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) : DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
                                268                 : 
 7994 tgl                       269 ECB             :     /*
                                270                 :      * We can do a lot better if the something is a constant.  (Note: the
                                271                 :      * Const might result from estimation rather than being a simple constant
                                272                 :      * in the query.)
                                273                 :      */
 5510 tgl                       274 GIC      245192 :     if (IsA(other, Const))
 1038                           275          108130 :         selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, operator, collation,
 5510 tgl                       276 CBC      108130 :                              ((Const *) other)->constvalue,
                                277          108130 :                              ((Const *) other)->constisnull,
 2136 tgl                       278 ECB             :                              varonleft, negate);
 5510                           279                 :     else
 1038 tgl                       280 GIC      137062 :         selec = var_eq_non_const(&vardata, operator, collation, other,
                                281                 :                                  varonleft, negate);
 5510 tgl                       282 ECB             : 
 5510 tgl                       283 GIC      245192 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                                284                 : 
 2136 tgl                       285 CBC      245192 :     return selec;
                                286                 : }
 5510 tgl                       287 ECB             : 
                                288                 : /*
                                289                 :  * var_eq_const --- eqsel for var = const case
                                290                 :  *
                                291                 :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
                                292                 :  */
                                293                 : double
  201 pg                        294 GNC      124723 : var_eq_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
                                295                 :              Datum constval, bool constisnull,
 2136 tgl                       296 ECB             :              bool varonleft, bool negate)
                                297                 : {
                                298                 :     double      selec;
 2136 tgl                       299 GIC      124723 :     double      nullfrac = 0.0;
                                300                 :     bool        isdefault;
 2165 peter_e                   301 ECB             :     Oid         opfuncoid;
                                302                 : 
                                303                 :     /*
                                304                 :      * If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
                                305                 :      * operator will never return TRUE.  (It's zero even for a negator op.)
                                306                 :      */
 5510 tgl                       307 GIC      124723 :     if (constisnull)
                                308             150 :         return 0.0;
 8007 tgl                       309 ECB             : 
 2136                           310                 :     /*
                                311                 :      * Grab the nullfrac for use below.  Note we allow use of nullfrac
                                312                 :      * regardless of security check.
                                313                 :      */
 2136 tgl                       314 GIC      124573 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                                315                 :     {
 2136 tgl                       316 ECB             :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                                317                 : 
 2136 tgl                       318 GIC       84409 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
                                319           84409 :         nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
 2136 tgl                       320 ECB             :     }
                                321                 : 
                                322                 :     /*
                                323                 :      * If we matched the var to a unique index or DISTINCT clause, assume
                                324                 :      * there is exactly one match regardless of anything else.  (This is
                                325                 :      * slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might be
                                326                 :      * different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
                                327                 :      * ignoring the information.)
                                328                 :      */
 5166 tgl                       329 GIC      124573 :     if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
                                330                 :     {
 2136 tgl                       331 CBC       31535 :         selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
                                332                 :     }
                                333          154419 :     else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
 2136 tgl                       334 GIC       61381 :              statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
  201 pg                        335 GNC       61381 :                                            (opfuncoid = get_opcode(oproid))))
 8652 tgl                       336 CBC       61381 :     {
 2157 tgl                       337 ECB             :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
 5510 tgl                       338 CBC       61381 :         bool        match = false;
                                339                 :         int         i;
 8397 bruce                     340 ECB             : 
                                341                 :         /*
                                342                 :          * Is the constant "=" to any of the column's most common values?
                                343                 :          * (Although the given operator may not really be "=", we will assume
                                344                 :          * that seeing whether it returns TRUE is an appropriate test.  If you
                                345                 :          * don't like this, maybe you shouldn't be using eqsel for your
                                346                 :          * operator...)
                                347                 :          */
 2157 tgl                       348 GIC       61381 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
                                349                 :                              STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 2157 tgl                       350 ECB             :                              ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                                351                 :         {
 1083 tgl                       352 GIC       54860 :             LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
                                353                 :             FmgrInfo    eqproc;
 8651 tgl                       354 ECB             : 
 2165 peter_e                   355 GIC       54860 :             fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
                                356                 : 
 1083 tgl                       357 ECB             :             /*
                                358                 :              * Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once.
                                359                 :              * Using FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the
                                360                 :              * eqproc returns NULL, though really equality functions should
                                361                 :              * never do that.
                                362                 :              */
 1038 tgl                       363 GIC       54860 :             InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
                                364                 :                                      NULL, NULL);
 1083 tgl                       365 CBC       54860 :             fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       366 GIC       54860 :             fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       367 ECB             :             /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
 1083 tgl                       368 CBC       54860 :             if (varonleft)
 1083 tgl                       369 GIC       54844 :                 fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
 1083 tgl                       370 ECB             :             else
 1083 tgl                       371 CBC          16 :                 fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
                                372                 : 
 2157                           373          760336 :             for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
                                374                 :             {
 1083 tgl                       375 ECB             :                 Datum       fresult;
                                376                 : 
 5510 tgl                       377 GIC      735665 :                 if (varonleft)
 1083                           378          735637 :                     fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
 5510 tgl                       379 ECB             :                 else
 1083 tgl                       380 CBC          28 :                     fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
 1083 tgl                       381 GIC      735665 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       382 CBC      735665 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
                                383          735665 :                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
 1083 tgl                       384 ECB             :                 {
 1083 tgl                       385 CBC       30189 :                     match = true;
 5510 tgl                       386 GIC       30189 :                     break;
 1083 tgl                       387 ECB             :                 }
 8652                           388                 :             }
                                389                 :         }
                                390                 :         else
                                391                 :         {
                                392                 :             /* no most-common-value info available */
 2157 tgl                       393 GIC        6521 :             i = 0;              /* keep compiler quiet */
                                394                 :         }
 8652 tgl                       395 ECB             : 
 5510 tgl                       396 GIC       61381 :         if (match)
                                397                 :         {
 5510 tgl                       398 ECB             :             /*
                                399                 :              * Constant is "=" to this common value.  We know selectivity
                                400                 :              * exactly (or as exactly as ANALYZE could calculate it, anyway).
                                401                 :              */
 2157 tgl                       402 GIC       30189 :             selec = sslot.numbers[i];
                                403                 :         }
 8652 tgl                       404 ECB             :         else
                                405                 :         {
                                406                 :             /*
                                407                 :              * Comparison is against a constant that is neither NULL nor any
                                408                 :              * of the common values.  Its selectivity cannot be more than
                                409                 :              * this:
                                410                 :              */
 5510 tgl                       411 GIC       31192 :             double      sumcommon = 0.0;
                                412                 :             double      otherdistinct;
 5510 tgl                       413 ECB             : 
 2157 tgl                       414 GIC      658627 :             for (i = 0; i < sslot.nnumbers; i++)
                                415          627435 :                 sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
 2136 tgl                       416 CBC       31192 :             selec = 1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac;
 5510                           417           31192 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
 8397 bruce                     418 ECB             : 
                                419                 :             /*
                                420                 :              * and in fact it's probably a good deal less. We approximate that
                                421                 :              * all the not-common values share this remaining fraction
                                422                 :              * equally, so we divide by the number of other distinct values.
                                423                 :              */
 2157 tgl                       424 GIC       31192 :             otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault) -
                                425           31192 :                 sslot.nnumbers;
 5510 tgl                       426 CBC       31192 :             if (otherdistinct > 1)
                                427           15924 :                 selec /= otherdistinct;
 7836 bruce                     428 ECB             : 
 8007 tgl                       429                 :             /*
                                430                 :              * Another cross-check: selectivity shouldn't be estimated as more
                                431                 :              * than the least common "most common value".
                                432                 :              */
 2157 tgl                       433 GIC       31192 :             if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1])
 2157 tgl                       434 UIC           0 :                 selec = sslot.numbers[sslot.nnumbers - 1];
 8652 tgl                       435 ECB             :         }
 5510 tgl                       436 EUB             : 
 2157 tgl                       437 GIC       61381 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                                438                 :     }
 8007 tgl                       439 ECB             :     else
                                440                 :     {
                                441                 :         /*
                                442                 :          * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
                                443                 :          * of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
                                444                 :          * is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
                                445                 :          */
 4235 tgl                       446 GIC       31657 :         selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
                                447                 :     }
 8007 tgl                       448 ECB             : 
                                449                 :     /* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
 2136 tgl                       450 GIC      124573 :     if (negate)
                                451           12764 :         selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
 2136 tgl                       452 ECB             : 
 5510                           453                 :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 5510 tgl                       454 GIC      124573 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                                455                 : 
 5510 tgl                       456 CBC      124573 :     return selec;
                                457                 : }
 5510 tgl                       458 ECB             : 
                                459                 : /*
                                460                 :  * var_eq_non_const --- eqsel for var = something-other-than-const case
                                461                 :  *
                                462                 :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
                                463                 :  */
                                464                 : double
  201 pg                        465 GNC      137062 : var_eq_non_const(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
                                466                 :                  Node *other,
 2136 tgl                       467 ECB             :                  bool varonleft, bool negate)
                                468                 : {
                                469                 :     double      selec;
 2136 tgl                       470 GIC      137062 :     double      nullfrac = 0.0;
                                471                 :     bool        isdefault;
 5510 tgl                       472 ECB             : 
                                473                 :     /*
                                474                 :      * Grab the nullfrac for use below.
                                475                 :      */
 2136 tgl                       476 GIC      137062 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                                477                 :     {
 2136 tgl                       478 ECB             :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                                479                 : 
 2136 tgl                       480 GIC       95971 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
                                481           95971 :         nullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
 2136 tgl                       482 ECB             :     }
                                483                 : 
                                484                 :     /*
                                485                 :      * If we matched the var to a unique index or DISTINCT clause, assume
                                486                 :      * there is exactly one match regardless of anything else.  (This is
                                487                 :      * slightly bogus, since the index or clause's equality operator might be
                                488                 :      * different from ours, but it's much more likely to be right than
                                489                 :      * ignoring the information.)
                                490                 :      */
 5166 tgl                       491 GIC      137062 :     if (vardata->isunique && vardata->rel && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
                                492                 :     {
 2136 tgl                       493 CBC       54269 :         selec = 1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples;
                                494                 :     }
                                495           82793 :     else if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                                496                 :     {
 5510 tgl                       497 ECB             :         double      ndistinct;
                                498                 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
                                499                 : 
                                500                 :         /*
                                501                 :          * Search is for a value that we do not know a priori, but we will
                                502                 :          * assume it is not NULL.  Estimate the selectivity as non-null
                                503                 :          * fraction divided by number of distinct values, so that we get a
                                504                 :          * result averaged over all possible values whether common or
                                505                 :          * uncommon.  (Essentially, we are assuming that the not-yet-known
                                506                 :          * comparison value is equally likely to be any of the possible
                                507                 :          * values, regardless of their frequency in the table.  Is that a good
                                508                 :          * idea?)
                                509                 :          */
 2136 tgl                       510 GIC       49852 :         selec = 1.0 - nullfrac;
 4235                           511           49852 :         ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
 5510 tgl                       512 CBC       49852 :         if (ndistinct > 1)
                                513           48108 :             selec /= ndistinct;
 5510 tgl                       514 ECB             : 
                                515                 :         /*
                                516                 :          * Cross-check: selectivity should never be estimated as more than the
                                517                 :          * most common value's.
                                518                 :          */
 2157 tgl                       519 GIC       49852 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
                                520                 :                              STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 2157 tgl                       521 ECB             :                              ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                                522                 :         {
 2157 tgl                       523 GIC       41648 :             if (sslot.nnumbers > 0 && selec > sslot.numbers[0])
                                524             189 :                 selec = sslot.numbers[0];
 2157 tgl                       525 CBC       41648 :             free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
 5510 tgl                       526 ECB             :         }
                                527                 :     }
                                528                 :     else
                                529                 :     {
                                530                 :         /*
                                531                 :          * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess using estimated number
                                532                 :          * of distinct values and assuming they are equally common. (The guess
                                533                 :          * is unlikely to be very good, but we do know a few special cases.)
                                534                 :          */
 4235 tgl                       535 GIC       32941 :         selec = 1.0 / get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
                                536                 :     }
 6991 tgl                       537 ECB             : 
                                538                 :     /* now adjust if we wanted <> rather than = */
 2136 tgl                       539 GIC      137062 :     if (negate)
                                540            2410 :         selec = 1.0 - selec - nullfrac;
 2136 tgl                       541 ECB             : 
 8007                           542                 :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 7766 tgl                       543 GIC      137062 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                                544                 : 
 5510 tgl                       545 CBC      137062 :     return selec;
                                546                 : }
 9770 scrappy                   547 ECB             : 
                                548                 : /*
                                549                 :  *      neqsel          - Selectivity of "!=" for any data types.
                                550                 :  *
                                551                 :  * This routine is also used for some operators that are not "!="
                                552                 :  * but have comparable selectivity behavior.  See above comments
                                553                 :  * for eqsel().
                                554                 :  */
                                555                 : Datum
 8343 tgl                       556 GIC       15898 : neqsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                                557                 : {
 2136 tgl                       558 CBC       15898 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) eqsel_internal(fcinfo, true));
                                559                 : }
 9770 scrappy                   560 ECB             : 
                                561                 : /*
                                562                 :  *  scalarineqsel       - Selectivity of "<", "<=", ">", ">=" for scalars.
                                563                 :  *
                                564                 :  * This is the guts of scalarltsel/scalarlesel/scalargtsel/scalargesel.
                                565                 :  * The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
                                566                 :  *
                                567                 :  * The caller has commuted the clause, if necessary, so that we can treat
                                568                 :  * the variable as being on the left.  The caller must also make sure that
                                569                 :  * the other side of the clause is a non-null Const, and dissect that into
                                570                 :  * a value and datatype.  (This definition simplifies some callers that
                                571                 :  * want to estimate against a computed value instead of a Const node.)
                                572                 :  *
                                573                 :  * This routine works for any datatype (or pair of datatypes) known to
                                574                 :  * convert_to_scalar().  If it is applied to some other datatype,
                                575                 :  * it will return an approximate estimate based on assuming that the constant
                                576                 :  * value falls in the middle of the bin identified by binary search.
                                577                 :  */
                                578                 : static double
 2034 tgl                       579 GIC      112168 : scalarineqsel(PlannerInfo *root, Oid operator, bool isgt, bool iseq,
                                580                 :               Oid collation,
 6991 tgl                       581 ECB             :               VariableStatData *vardata, Datum constval, Oid consttype)
                                582                 : {
                                583                 :     Form_pg_statistic stats;
                                584                 :     FmgrInfo    opproc;
                                585                 :     double      mcv_selec,
                                586                 :                 hist_selec,
                                587                 :                 sumcommon;
                                588                 :     double      selec;
                                589                 : 
 6991 tgl                       590 GIC      112168 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                                591                 :     {
 1476 tgl                       592 ECB             :         /*
                                593                 :          * No stats are available.  Typically this means we have to fall back
                                594                 :          * on the default estimate; but if the variable is CTID then we can
                                595                 :          * make an estimate based on comparing the constant to the table size.
                                596                 :          */
 1476 tgl                       597 GIC        9326 :         if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var) &&
                                598            7193 :             ((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno == SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber)
 1476 tgl                       599 ECB             :         {
                                600                 :             ItemPointer itemptr;
                                601                 :             double      block;
                                602                 :             double      density;
                                603                 : 
                                604                 :             /*
                                605                 :              * If the relation's empty, we're going to include all of it.
                                606                 :              * (This is mostly to avoid divide-by-zero below.)
                                607                 :              */
 1476 tgl                       608 GIC         107 :             if (vardata->rel->pages == 0)
 1476 tgl                       609 UIC           0 :                 return 1.0;
 1476 tgl                       610 ECB             : 
 1476 tgl                       611 GBC         107 :             itemptr = (ItemPointer) DatumGetPointer(constval);
 1476 tgl                       612 GIC         107 :             block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
 1476 tgl                       613 ECB             : 
                                614                 :             /*
                                615                 :              * Determine the average number of tuples per page (density).
                                616                 :              *
                                617                 :              * Since the last page will, on average, be only half full, we can
                                618                 :              * estimate it to have half as many tuples as earlier pages.  So
                                619                 :              * give it half the weight of a regular page.
                                620                 :              */
 1476 tgl                       621 GIC         107 :             density = vardata->rel->tuples / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
                                622                 : 
 1476 tgl                       623 ECB             :             /* If target is the last page, use half the density. */
 1476 tgl                       624 GIC         107 :             if (block >= vardata->rel->pages - 1)
                                625              15 :                 density *= 0.5;
 1476 tgl                       626 ECB             : 
                                627                 :             /*
                                628                 :              * Using the average tuples per page, calculate how far into the
                                629                 :              * page the itemptr is likely to be and adjust block accordingly,
                                630                 :              * by adding that fraction of a whole block (but never more than a
                                631                 :              * whole block, no matter how high the itemptr's offset is).  Here
                                632                 :              * we are ignoring the possibility of dead-tuple line pointers,
                                633                 :              * which is fairly bogus, but we lack the info to do better.
                                634                 :              */
 1476 tgl                       635 GIC         107 :             if (density > 0.0)
                                636                 :             {
 1476 tgl                       637 CBC         107 :                 OffsetNumber offset = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumberNoCheck(itemptr);
                                638                 : 
                                639             107 :                 block += Min(offset / density, 1.0);
                                640                 :             }
 1476 tgl                       641 ECB             : 
                                642                 :             /*
                                643                 :              * Convert relative block number to selectivity.  Again, the last
                                644                 :              * page has only half weight.
                                645                 :              */
 1476 tgl                       646 GIC         107 :             selec = block / (vardata->rel->pages - 0.5);
                                647                 : 
 1476 tgl                       648 ECB             :             /*
                                649                 :              * The calculation so far gave us a selectivity for the "<=" case.
                                650                 :              * We'll have one fewer tuple for "<" and one additional tuple for
                                651                 :              * ">=", the latter of which we'll reverse the selectivity for
                                652                 :              * below, so we can simply subtract one tuple for both cases.  The
                                653                 :              * cases that need this adjustment can be identified by iseq being
                                654                 :              * equal to isgt.
                                655                 :              */
 1476 tgl                       656 GIC         107 :             if (iseq == isgt && vardata->rel->tuples >= 1.0)
                                657              51 :                 selec -= (1.0 / vardata->rel->tuples);
 1476 tgl                       658 ECB             : 
                                659                 :             /* Finally, reverse the selectivity for the ">", ">=" cases. */
 1476 tgl                       660 GIC         107 :             if (isgt)
                                661              50 :                 selec = 1.0 - selec;
 1476 tgl                       662 ECB             : 
 1476 tgl                       663 CBC         107 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
 1476 tgl                       664 GIC         107 :             return selec;
 1476 tgl                       665 ECB             :         }
                                666                 : 
                                667                 :         /* no stats available, so default result */
 7994 tgl                       668 GIC        9219 :         return DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL;
                                669                 :     }
 6991 tgl                       670 CBC      102842 :     stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
                                671                 : 
 7994                           672          102842 :     fmgr_info(get_opcode(operator), &opproc);
                                673                 : 
 8007 tgl                       674 ECB             :     /*
                                675                 :      * If we have most-common-values info, add up the fractions of the MCV
                                676                 :      * entries that satisfy MCV OP CONST.  These fractions contribute directly
                                677                 :      * to the result selectivity.  Also add up the total fraction represented
                                678                 :      * by MCV entries.
                                679                 :      */
 1038 tgl                       680 GIC      102842 :     mcv_selec = mcv_selectivity(vardata, &opproc, collation, constval, true,
                                681                 :                                 &sumcommon);
 6298 tgl                       682 ECB             : 
                                683                 :     /*
                                684                 :      * If there is a histogram, determine which bin the constant falls in, and
                                685                 :      * compute the resulting contribution to selectivity.
                                686                 :      */
 2034 tgl                       687 GIC      102842 :     hist_selec = ineq_histogram_selectivity(root, vardata,
                                688                 :                                             operator, &opproc, isgt, iseq,
 1038 tgl                       689 ECB             :                                             collation,
                                690                 :                                             constval, consttype);
                                691                 : 
                                692                 :     /*
                                693                 :      * Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
                                694                 :      * realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that are
                                695                 :      * not listed in MCV.
                                696                 :      */
 6298 tgl                       697 GIC      102842 :     selec = 1.0 - stats->stanullfrac - sumcommon;
                                698                 : 
 4843 tgl                       699 CBC      102842 :     if (hist_selec >= 0.0)
 6298 tgl                       700 GIC       82963 :         selec *= hist_selec;
 6298 tgl                       701 ECB             :     else
                                702                 :     {
                                703                 :         /*
                                704                 :          * If no histogram but there are values not accounted for by MCV,
                                705                 :          * arbitrarily assume half of them will match.
                                706                 :          */
 6298 tgl                       707 GIC       19879 :         selec *= 0.5;
                                708                 :     }
 6298 tgl                       709 ECB             : 
 6298 tgl                       710 GIC      102842 :     selec += mcv_selec;
                                711                 : 
 6298 tgl                       712 ECB             :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 6298 tgl                       713 GIC      102842 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                                714                 : 
 6298 tgl                       715 CBC      102842 :     return selec;
                                716                 : }
 6298 tgl                       717 ECB             : 
                                718                 : /*
                                719                 :  *  mcv_selectivity         - Examine the MCV list for selectivity estimates
                                720                 :  *
                                721                 :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's MCV population that satisfies
                                722                 :  * the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft.  Also
                                723                 :  * compute the fraction of the total column population represented by the MCV
                                724                 :  * list.  This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator.
                                725                 :  *
                                726                 :  * The function result is the MCV selectivity, and the fraction of the
                                727                 :  * total population is returned into *sumcommonp.  Zeroes are returned
                                728                 :  * if there is no MCV list.
                                729                 :  */
                                730                 : double
 1038 tgl                       731 GIC      105332 : mcv_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata, FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
                                732                 :                 Datum constval, bool varonleft,
 6298 tgl                       733 ECB             :                 double *sumcommonp)
                                734                 : {
                                735                 :     double      mcv_selec,
                                736                 :                 sumcommon;
                                737                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot;
                                738                 :     int         i;
                                739                 : 
 8007 tgl                       740 GIC      105332 :     mcv_selec = 0.0;
                                741          105332 :     sumcommon = 0.0;
 8651 tgl                       742 ECB             : 
 6298 tgl                       743 CBC      209270 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
 2165 peter_e                   744 GIC      207834 :         statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
 2157 tgl                       745 CBC      103896 :         get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
 8007 tgl                       746 ECB             :                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 2157                           747                 :                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                                748                 :     {
 1083 tgl                       749 GIC       46555 :         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
                                750                 : 
 1083 tgl                       751 ECB             :         /*
                                752                 :          * We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
                                753                 :          * results.  Such cases won't arise for normal comparison functions,
                                754                 :          * but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be used with
                                755                 :          * operators that can return NULL.  A small side benefit is to not
                                756                 :          * need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch each time.
                                757                 :          */
 1038 tgl                       758 GIC       46555 :         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
                                759                 :                                  NULL, NULL);
 1083 tgl                       760 CBC       46555 :         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       761 GIC       46555 :         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       762 ECB             :         /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
 1083 tgl                       763 CBC       46555 :         if (varonleft)
 1083 tgl                       764 GIC       46555 :             fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
 1083 tgl                       765 ECB             :         else
 1083 tgl                       766 LBC           0 :             fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
                                767                 : 
 2157 tgl                       768 GBC     1305000 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
                                769                 :         {
 1083 tgl                       770 ECB             :             Datum       fresult;
                                771                 : 
 1083 tgl                       772 GIC     1258445 :             if (varonleft)
                                773         1258445 :                 fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
 1083 tgl                       774 ECB             :             else
 1083 tgl                       775 LBC           0 :                 fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
 1083 tgl                       776 GIC     1258445 :             fcinfo->isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       777 GBC     1258445 :             fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
 1083 tgl                       778 CBC     1258445 :             if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
 2157                           779          576493 :                 mcv_selec += sslot.numbers[i];
                                780         1258445 :             sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
 8651 tgl                       781 ECB             :         }
 2157 tgl                       782 CBC       46555 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                                783                 :     }
 8007 tgl                       784 ECB             : 
 6298 tgl                       785 GIC      105332 :     *sumcommonp = sumcommon;
                                786          105332 :     return mcv_selec;
 6298 tgl                       787 ECB             : }
                                788                 : 
                                789                 : /*
                                790                 :  *  histogram_selectivity   - Examine the histogram for selectivity estimates
                                791                 :  *
                                792                 :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram entries that satisfy
                                793                 :  * the predicate (VAR OP CONST), or (CONST OP VAR) if !varonleft.
                                794                 :  *
                                795                 :  * This code will work for any boolean-returning predicate operator, whether
                                796                 :  * or not it has anything to do with the histogram sort operator.  We are
                                797                 :  * essentially using the histogram just as a representative sample.  However,
                                798                 :  * small histograms are unlikely to be all that representative, so the caller
                                799                 :  * should be prepared to fall back on some other estimation approach when the
                                800                 :  * histogram is missing or very small.  It may also be prudent to combine this
                                801                 :  * approach with another one when the histogram is small.
                                802                 :  *
                                803                 :  * If the actual histogram size is not at least min_hist_size, we won't bother
                                804                 :  * to do the calculation at all.  Also, if the n_skip parameter is > 0, we
                                805                 :  * ignore the first and last n_skip histogram elements, on the grounds that
                                806                 :  * they are outliers and hence not very representative.  Typical values for
                                807                 :  * these parameters are 10 and 1.
                                808                 :  *
                                809                 :  * The function result is the selectivity, or -1 if there is no histogram
                                810                 :  * or it's smaller than min_hist_size.
                                811                 :  *
                                812                 :  * The output parameter *hist_size receives the actual histogram size,
                                813                 :  * or zero if no histogram.  Callers may use this number to decide how
                                814                 :  * much faith to put in the function result.
                                815                 :  *
                                816                 :  * Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
                                817                 :  * null entries.  The caller is expected to combine this result with
                                818                 :  * statistics for those portions of the column population.  It may also be
                                819                 :  * prudent to clamp the result range, ie, disbelieve exact 0 or 1 outputs.
                                820                 :  */
                                821                 : double
 1038 tgl                       822 GIC        2490 : histogram_selectivity(VariableStatData *vardata,
                                823                 :                       FmgrInfo *opproc, Oid collation,
 6045 tgl                       824 ECB             :                       Datum constval, bool varonleft,
                                825                 :                       int min_hist_size, int n_skip,
                                826                 :                       int *hist_size)
                                827                 : {
                                828                 :     double      result;
                                829                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot;
                                830                 : 
                                831                 :     /* check sanity of parameters */
 6045 tgl                       832 GIC        2490 :     Assert(n_skip >= 0);
                                833            2490 :     Assert(min_hist_size > 2 * n_skip);
 6045 tgl                       834 ECB             : 
 6045 tgl                       835 CBC        3586 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
 2165 peter_e                   836 GIC        2189 :         statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
 2157 tgl                       837 CBC        1093 :         get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
 6045 tgl                       838 ECB             :                          STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
 2157                           839                 :                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
                                840                 :     {
 2157 tgl                       841 GIC        1046 :         *hist_size = sslot.nvalues;
                                842            1046 :         if (sslot.nvalues >= min_hist_size)
 6045 tgl                       843 ECB             :         {
 1083 tgl                       844 CBC         783 :             LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
 6045 tgl                       845 GIC         783 :             int         nmatch = 0;
 6045 tgl                       846 ECB             :             int         i;
                                847                 : 
                                848                 :             /*
                                849                 :              * We invoke the opproc "by hand" so that we won't fail on NULL
                                850                 :              * results.  Such cases won't arise for normal comparison
                                851                 :              * functions, but generic_restriction_selectivity could perhaps be
                                852                 :              * used with operators that can return NULL.  A small side benefit
                                853                 :              * is to not need to re-initialize the fcinfo struct from scratch
                                854                 :              * each time.
                                855                 :              */
 1038 tgl                       856 GIC         783 :             InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
                                857                 :                                      NULL, NULL);
 1083 tgl                       858 CBC         783 :             fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       859 GIC         783 :             fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       860 ECB             :             /* be careful to apply operator right way 'round */
 1083 tgl                       861 CBC         783 :             if (varonleft)
 1083 tgl                       862 GIC         783 :                 fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
 1083 tgl                       863 ECB             :             else
 1083 tgl                       864 LBC           0 :                 fcinfo->args[0].value = constval;
                                865                 : 
 2157 tgl                       866 GBC       67840 :             for (i = n_skip; i < sslot.nvalues - n_skip; i++)
                                867                 :             {
 1083 tgl                       868 ECB             :                 Datum       fresult;
                                869                 : 
 1083 tgl                       870 GIC       67057 :                 if (varonleft)
                                871           67057 :                     fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
 1083 tgl                       872 ECB             :                 else
 1083 tgl                       873 LBC           0 :                     fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot.values[i];
 1083 tgl                       874 GIC       67057 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
 1083 tgl                       875 GBC       67057 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
 1083 tgl                       876 CBC       67057 :                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
 6045                           877            3128 :                     nmatch++;
 6045 tgl                       878 ECB             :             }
 2157 tgl                       879 CBC         783 :             result = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) (sslot.nvalues - 2 * n_skip));
                                880                 :         }
 6045 tgl                       881 ECB             :         else
 6045 tgl                       882 GIC         263 :             result = -1;
 2157                           883            1046 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
 6045 tgl                       884 ECB             :     }
                                885                 :     else
                                886                 :     {
 5509 tgl                       887 GIC        1444 :         *hist_size = 0;
 6045                           888            1444 :         result = -1;
 5509 tgl                       889 ECB             :     }
 6045                           890                 : 
 6045 tgl                       891 GIC        2490 :     return result;
                                892                 : }
 6045 tgl                       893 ECB             : 
                                894                 : /*
                                895                 :  *  generic_restriction_selectivity     - Selectivity for almost anything
                                896                 :  *
                                897                 :  * This function estimates selectivity for operators that we don't have any
                                898                 :  * special knowledge about, but are on data types that we collect standard
                                899                 :  * MCV and/or histogram statistics for.  (Additional assumptions are that
                                900                 :  * the operator is strict and immutable, or at least stable.)
                                901                 :  *
                                902                 :  * If we have "VAR OP CONST" or "CONST OP VAR", selectivity is estimated by
                                903                 :  * applying the operator to each element of the column's MCV and/or histogram
                                904                 :  * stats, and merging the results using the assumption that the histogram is
                                905                 :  * a reasonable random sample of the column's non-MCV population.  Note that
                                906                 :  * if the operator's semantics are related to the histogram ordering, this
                                907                 :  * might not be such a great assumption; other functions such as
                                908                 :  * scalarineqsel() are probably a better match in such cases.
                                909                 :  *
                                910                 :  * Otherwise, fall back to the default selectivity provided by the caller.
                                911                 :  */
                                912                 : double
 1038 tgl                       913 GIC         553 : generic_restriction_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root, Oid oproid, Oid collation,
                                914                 :                                 List *args, int varRelid,
 1103 tgl                       915 ECB             :                                 double default_selectivity)
                                916                 : {
                                917                 :     double      selec;
                                918                 :     VariableStatData vardata;
                                919                 :     Node       *other;
                                920                 :     bool        varonleft;
                                921                 : 
                                922                 :     /*
                                923                 :      * If expression is not variable OP something or something OP variable,
                                924                 :      * then punt and return the default estimate.
                                925                 :      */
 1103 tgl                       926 GIC         553 :     if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
                                927                 :                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
 1103 tgl                       928 LBC           0 :         return default_selectivity;
                                929                 : 
 1103 tgl                       930 EUB             :     /*
                                931                 :      * If the something is a NULL constant, assume operator is strict and
                                932                 :      * return zero, ie, operator will never return TRUE.
                                933                 :      */
 1103 tgl                       934 GIC         553 :     if (IsA(other, Const) &&
                                935             553 :         ((Const *) other)->constisnull)
 1103 tgl                       936 ECB             :     {
 1103 tgl                       937 LBC           0 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 1103 tgl                       938 UIC           0 :         return 0.0;
 1103 tgl                       939 EUB             :     }
                                940                 : 
 1103 tgl                       941 GIC         553 :     if (IsA(other, Const))
                                942                 :     {
 1103 tgl                       943 ECB             :         /* Variable is being compared to a known non-null constant */
 1103 tgl                       944 GIC         553 :         Datum       constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
                                945                 :         FmgrInfo    opproc;
 1103 tgl                       946 ECB             :         double      mcvsum;
                                947                 :         double      mcvsel;
                                948                 :         double      nullfrac;
                                949                 :         int         hist_size;
                                950                 : 
 1083 tgl                       951 GIC         553 :         fmgr_info(get_opcode(oproid), &opproc);
                                952                 : 
 1103 tgl                       953 ECB             :         /*
                                954                 :          * Calculate the selectivity for the column's most common values.
                                955                 :          */
 1038 tgl                       956 GIC         553 :         mcvsel = mcv_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
                                957                 :                                  constval, varonleft,
 1103 tgl                       958 ECB             :                                  &mcvsum);
                                959                 : 
                                960                 :         /*
                                961                 :          * If the histogram is large enough, see what fraction of it matches
                                962                 :          * the query, and assume that's representative of the non-MCV
                                963                 :          * population.  Otherwise use the default selectivity for the non-MCV
                                964                 :          * population.
                                965                 :          */
 1038 tgl                       966 GIC         553 :         selec = histogram_selectivity(&vardata, &opproc, collation,
                                967                 :                                       constval, varonleft,
 1103 tgl                       968 ECB             :                                       10, 1, &hist_size);
 1103 tgl                       969 GIC         553 :         if (selec < 0)
                                970                 :         {
 1103 tgl                       971 ECB             :             /* Nope, fall back on default */
 1103 tgl                       972 GIC         553 :             selec = default_selectivity;
                                973                 :         }
 1103 tgl                       974 LBC           0 :         else if (hist_size < 100)
                                975                 :         {
 1103 tgl                       976 EUB             :             /*
                                977                 :              * For histogram sizes from 10 to 100, we combine the histogram
                                978                 :              * and default selectivities, putting increasingly more trust in
                                979                 :              * the histogram for larger sizes.
                                980                 :              */
 1103 tgl                       981 UIC           0 :             double      hist_weight = hist_size / 100.0;
                                982                 : 
 1103 tgl                       983 UBC           0 :             selec = selec * hist_weight +
 1103 tgl                       984 UIC           0 :                 default_selectivity * (1.0 - hist_weight);
 1103 tgl                       985 EUB             :         }
                                986                 : 
                                987                 :         /* In any case, don't believe extremely small or large estimates. */
 1103 tgl                       988 GIC         553 :         if (selec < 0.0001)
 1103 tgl                       989 UIC           0 :             selec = 0.0001;
 1103 tgl                       990 CBC         553 :         else if (selec > 0.9999)
 1103 tgl                       991 UBC           0 :             selec = 0.9999;
 1103 tgl                       992 ECB             : 
 1103 tgl                       993 EUB             :         /* Don't forget to account for nulls. */
 1103 tgl                       994 GIC         553 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                                995              42 :             nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
 1103 tgl                       996 ECB             :         else
 1103 tgl                       997 CBC         511 :             nullfrac = 0.0;
                                998                 : 
 1103 tgl                       999 ECB             :         /*
                               1000                 :          * Now merge the results from the MCV and histogram calculations,
                               1001                 :          * realizing that the histogram covers only the non-null values that
                               1002                 :          * are not listed in MCV.
                               1003                 :          */
 1103 tgl                      1004 GIC         553 :         selec *= 1.0 - nullfrac - mcvsum;
                               1005             553 :         selec += mcvsel;
 1103 tgl                      1006 ECB             :     }
                               1007                 :     else
                               1008                 :     {
                               1009                 :         /* Comparison value is not constant, so we can't do anything */
 1103 tgl                      1010 UIC           0 :         selec = default_selectivity;
                               1011                 :     }
 1103 tgl                      1012 EUB             : 
 1103 tgl                      1013 GIC         553 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               1014                 : 
 1103 tgl                      1015 ECB             :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 1103 tgl                      1016 GIC         553 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                               1017                 : 
 1103 tgl                      1018 CBC         553 :     return selec;
                               1019                 : }
 1103 tgl                      1020 ECB             : 
                               1021                 : /*
                               1022                 :  *  ineq_histogram_selectivity  - Examine the histogram for scalarineqsel
                               1023                 :  *
                               1024                 :  * Determine the fraction of the variable's histogram population that
                               1025                 :  * satisfies the inequality condition, ie, VAR < (or <=, >, >=) CONST.
                               1026                 :  * The isgt and iseq flags distinguish which of the four cases apply.
                               1027                 :  *
                               1028                 :  * While opproc could be looked up from the operator OID, common callers
                               1029                 :  * also need to call it separately, so we make the caller pass both.
                               1030                 :  *
                               1031                 :  * Returns -1 if there is no histogram (valid results will always be >= 0).
                               1032                 :  *
                               1033                 :  * Note that the result disregards both the most-common-values (if any) and
                               1034                 :  * null entries.  The caller is expected to combine this result with
                               1035                 :  * statistics for those portions of the column population.
                               1036                 :  *
                               1037                 :  * This is exported so that some other estimation functions can use it.
                               1038                 :  */
                               1039                 : double
 4843 tgl                      1040 GIC      104154 : ineq_histogram_selectivity(PlannerInfo *root,
                               1041                 :                            VariableStatData *vardata,
 1038 tgl                      1042 ECB             :                            Oid opoid, FmgrInfo *opproc, bool isgt, bool iseq,
                               1043                 :                            Oid collation,
                               1044                 :                            Datum constval, Oid consttype)
                               1045                 : {
                               1046                 :     double      hist_selec;
                               1047                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot;
                               1048                 : 
 4843 tgl                      1049 GIC      104154 :     hist_selec = -1.0;
                               1050                 : 
 8007 tgl                      1051 ECB             :     /*
                               1052                 :      * Someday, ANALYZE might store more than one histogram per rel/att,
                               1053                 :      * corresponding to more than one possible sort ordering defined for the
                               1054                 :      * column type.  Right now, we know there is only one, so just grab it and
                               1055                 :      * see if it matches the query.
                               1056                 :      *
                               1057                 :      * Note that we can't use opoid as search argument; the staop appearing in
                               1058                 :      * pg_statistic will be for the relevant '<' operator, but what we have
                               1059                 :      * might be some other inequality operator such as '>='.  (Even if opoid
                               1060                 :      * is a '<' operator, it could be cross-type.)  Hence we must use
                               1061                 :      * comparison_ops_are_compatible() to see if the operators match.
                               1062                 :      */
 6298 tgl                      1063 GIC      207775 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
 2165 peter_e                  1064          207203 :         statistic_proc_security_check(vardata, opproc->fn_oid) &&
 2157 tgl                      1065 CBC      103582 :         get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
 8007 tgl                      1066 ECB             :                          STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
 2157                          1067                 :                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
                               1068                 :     {
 1038 tgl                      1069 GIC       83741 :         if (sslot.nvalues > 1 &&
                               1070          167456 :             sslot.stacoll == collation &&
 1038 tgl                      1071 CBC       83715 :             comparison_ops_are_compatible(sslot.staop, opoid))
 8651                          1072           83661 :         {
 6045 tgl                      1073 ECB             :             /*
 2034                          1074                 :              * Use binary search to find the desired location, namely the
                               1075                 :              * right end of the histogram bin containing the comparison value,
                               1076                 :              * which is the leftmost entry for which the comparison operator
                               1077                 :              * succeeds (if isgt) or fails (if !isgt).
                               1078                 :              *
                               1079                 :              * In this loop, we pay no attention to whether the operator iseq
                               1080                 :              * or not; that detail will be mopped up below.  (We cannot tell,
                               1081                 :              * anyway, whether the operator thinks the values are equal.)
                               1082                 :              *
                               1083                 :              * If the binary search accesses the first or last histogram
                               1084                 :              * entry, we try to replace that endpoint with the true column min
                               1085                 :              * or max as found by get_actual_variable_range().  This
                               1086                 :              * ameliorates misestimates when the min or max is moving as a
                               1087                 :              * result of changes since the last ANALYZE.  Note that this could
                               1088                 :              * result in effectively including MCVs into the histogram that
                               1089                 :              * weren't there before, but we don't try to correct for that.
                               1090                 :              */
                               1091                 :             double      histfrac;
 6031 bruce                    1092 GIC       83661 :             int         lobound = 0;    /* first possible slot to search */
 2118 tgl                      1093           83661 :             int         hibound = sslot.nvalues;    /* last+1 slot to search */
 4843 tgl                      1094 CBC       83661 :             bool        have_end = false;
 4843 tgl                      1095 ECB             : 
                               1096                 :             /*
                               1097                 :              * If there are only two histogram entries, we'll want up-to-date
                               1098                 :              * values for both.  (If there are more than two, we need at most
                               1099                 :              * one of them to be updated, so we deal with that within the
                               1100                 :              * loop.)
                               1101                 :              */
 2157 tgl                      1102 GIC       83661 :             if (sslot.nvalues == 2)
 4843                          1103             605 :                 have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
 4843 tgl                      1104 ECB             :                                                      vardata,
 2157                          1105                 :                                                      sslot.staop,
                               1106                 :                                                      collation,
                               1107                 :                                                      &sslot.values[0],
 2157 tgl                      1108 GIC         605 :                                                      &sslot.values[1]);
                               1109                 : 
 6045 tgl                      1110 CBC      571203 :             while (lobound < hibound)
                               1111                 :             {
 6031 bruce                    1112          487542 :                 int         probe = (lobound + hibound) / 2;
                               1113                 :                 bool        ltcmp;
 6045 tgl                      1114 ECB             : 
                               1115                 :                 /*
                               1116                 :                  * If we find ourselves about to compare to the first or last
                               1117                 :                  * histogram entry, first try to replace it with the actual
                               1118                 :                  * current min or max (unless we already did so above).
                               1119                 :                  */
 2157 tgl                      1120 GIC      487542 :                 if (probe == 0 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
 4843                          1121           39996 :                     have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
 4843 tgl                      1122 ECB             :                                                          vardata,
 2157                          1123                 :                                                          sslot.staop,
                               1124                 :                                                          collation,
                               1125                 :                                                          &sslot.values[0],
                               1126                 :                                                          NULL);
 2157 tgl                      1127 GIC      447546 :                 else if (probe == sslot.nvalues - 1 && sslot.nvalues > 2)
 4843                          1128           31356 :                     have_end = get_actual_variable_range(root,
 4843 tgl                      1129 ECB             :                                                          vardata,
 2157                          1130                 :                                                          sslot.staop,
                               1131                 :                                                          collation,
                               1132                 :                                                          NULL,
 2118 tgl                      1133 GIC       31356 :                                                          &sslot.values[probe]);
                               1134                 : 
 4380 tgl                      1135 CBC      487542 :                 ltcmp = DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
                               1136                 :                                                        collation,
 2157                          1137          487542 :                                                        sslot.values[probe],
                               1138                 :                                                        constval));
 6045                          1139          487542 :                 if (isgt)
 6045 tgl                      1140 GIC       23917 :                     ltcmp = !ltcmp;
 6045 tgl                      1141 CBC      487542 :                 if (ltcmp)
                               1142          195523 :                     lobound = probe + 1;
 6045 tgl                      1143 ECB             :                 else
 6045 tgl                      1144 CBC      292019 :                     hibound = probe;
                               1145                 :             }
 6045 tgl                      1146 ECB             : 
 6045 tgl                      1147 GIC       83661 :             if (lobound <= 0)
                               1148                 :             {
 2034 tgl                      1149 ECB             :                 /*
                               1150                 :                  * Constant is below lower histogram boundary.  More
                               1151                 :                  * precisely, we have found that no entry in the histogram
                               1152                 :                  * satisfies the inequality clause (if !isgt) or they all do
                               1153                 :                  * (if isgt).  We estimate that that's true of the entire
                               1154                 :                  * table, so set histfrac to 0.0 (which we'll flip to 1.0
                               1155                 :                  * below, if isgt).
                               1156                 :                  */
 8007 tgl                      1157 GIC       35865 :                 histfrac = 0.0;
                               1158                 :             }
 2157 tgl                      1159 CBC       47796 :             else if (lobound >= sslot.nvalues)
                               1160                 :             {
 2034 tgl                      1161 ECB             :                 /*
                               1162                 :                  * Inverse case: constant is above upper histogram boundary.
                               1163                 :                  */
 6045 tgl                      1164 GIC       15231 :                 histfrac = 1.0;
                               1165                 :             }
 8007 tgl                      1166 ECB             :             else
                               1167                 :             {
                               1168                 :                 /* We have values[i-1] <= constant <= values[i]. */
 6045 tgl                      1169 GIC       32565 :                 int         i = lobound;
 2034                          1170           32565 :                 double      eq_selec = 0;
 6045 tgl                      1171 ECB             :                 double      val,
                               1172                 :                             high,
                               1173                 :                             low;
                               1174                 :                 double      binfrac;
                               1175                 : 
                               1176                 :                 /*
                               1177                 :                  * In the cases where we'll need it below, obtain an estimate
                               1178                 :                  * of the selectivity of "x = constval".  We use a calculation
                               1179                 :                  * similar to what var_eq_const() does for a non-MCV constant,
                               1180                 :                  * ie, estimate that all distinct non-MCV values occur equally
                               1181                 :                  * often.  But multiplication by "1.0 - sumcommon - nullfrac"
                               1182                 :                  * will be done by our caller, so we shouldn't do that here.
                               1183                 :                  * Therefore we can't try to clamp the estimate by reference
                               1184                 :                  * to the least common MCV; the result would be too small.
                               1185                 :                  *
                               1186                 :                  * Note: since this is effectively assuming that constval
                               1187                 :                  * isn't an MCV, it's logically dubious if constval in fact is
                               1188                 :                  * one.  But we have to apply *some* correction for equality,
                               1189                 :                  * and anyway we cannot tell if constval is an MCV, since we
                               1190                 :                  * don't have a suitable equality operator at hand.
                               1191                 :                  */
 2034 tgl                      1192 GIC       32565 :                 if (i == 1 || isgt == iseq)
                               1193                 :                 {
 2034 tgl                      1194 ECB             :                     double      otherdistinct;
                               1195                 :                     bool        isdefault;
                               1196                 :                     AttStatsSlot mcvslot;
                               1197                 : 
                               1198                 :                     /* Get estimated number of distinct values */
 2034 tgl                      1199 GIC       10744 :                     otherdistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata,
                               1200                 :                                                              &isdefault);
 2034 tgl                      1201 ECB             : 
                               1202                 :                     /* Subtract off the number of known MCVs */
 2034 tgl                      1203 GIC       10744 :                     if (get_attstatsslot(&mcvslot, vardata->statsTuple,
                               1204                 :                                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 2034 tgl                      1205 ECB             :                                          ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                               1206                 :                     {
 2034 tgl                      1207 GIC        1658 :                         otherdistinct -= mcvslot.nnumbers;
                               1208            1658 :                         free_attstatsslot(&mcvslot);
 2034 tgl                      1209 ECB             :                     }
                               1210                 : 
                               1211                 :                     /* If result doesn't seem sane, leave eq_selec at 0 */
 2034 tgl                      1212 GIC       10744 :                     if (otherdistinct > 1)
                               1213           10744 :                         eq_selec = 1.0 / otherdistinct;
 2034 tgl                      1214 ECB             :                 }
                               1215                 : 
                               1216                 :                 /*
                               1217                 :                  * Convert the constant and the two nearest bin boundary
                               1218                 :                  * values to a uniform comparison scale, and do a linear
                               1219                 :                  * interpolation within this bin.
                               1220                 :                  */
 1038 tgl                      1221 GIC       32565 :                 if (convert_to_scalar(constval, consttype, collation,
                               1222                 :                                       &val,
 2157 tgl                      1223 CBC       32565 :                                       sslot.values[i - 1], sslot.values[i],
                               1224                 :                                       vardata->vartype,
 6045 tgl                      1225 ECB             :                                       &low, &high))
                               1226                 :                 {
 6045 tgl                      1227 GIC       32565 :                     if (high <= low)
                               1228                 :                     {
 6045 tgl                      1229 ECB             :                         /* cope if bin boundaries appear identical */
 6045 tgl                      1230 UIC           0 :                         binfrac = 0.5;
                               1231                 :                     }
 6045 tgl                      1232 GBC       32565 :                     else if (val <= low)
 6045 tgl                      1233 GIC        5555 :                         binfrac = 0.0;
 6045 tgl                      1234 CBC       27010 :                     else if (val >= high)
                               1235            1069 :                         binfrac = 1.0;
 8007 tgl                      1236 ECB             :                     else
                               1237                 :                     {
 6045 tgl                      1238 GIC       25941 :                         binfrac = (val - low) / (high - low);
                               1239                 : 
 8007 tgl                      1240 ECB             :                         /*
                               1241                 :                          * Watch out for the possibility that we got a NaN or
                               1242                 :                          * Infinity from the division.  This can happen
                               1243                 :                          * despite the previous checks, if for example "low"
                               1244                 :                          * is -Infinity.
                               1245                 :                          */
 6045 tgl                      1246 GIC       25941 :                         if (isnan(binfrac) ||
                               1247           25941 :                             binfrac < 0.0 || binfrac > 1.0)
 6045 tgl                      1248 LBC           0 :                             binfrac = 0.5;
 8007 tgl                      1249 ECB             :                     }
 6045 tgl                      1250 EUB             :                 }
                               1251                 :                 else
                               1252                 :                 {
                               1253                 :                     /*
                               1254                 :                      * Ideally we'd produce an error here, on the grounds that
                               1255                 :                      * the given operator shouldn't have scalarXXsel
                               1256                 :                      * registered as its selectivity func unless we can deal
                               1257                 :                      * with its operand types.  But currently, all manner of
                               1258                 :                      * stuff is invoking scalarXXsel, so give a default
                               1259                 :                      * estimate until that can be fixed.
                               1260                 :                      */
 6045 tgl                      1261 UIC           0 :                     binfrac = 0.5;
                               1262                 :                 }
 6045 tgl                      1263 EUB             : 
                               1264                 :                 /*
                               1265                 :                  * Now, compute the overall selectivity across the values
                               1266                 :                  * represented by the histogram.  We have i-1 full bins and
                               1267                 :                  * binfrac partial bin below the constant.
                               1268                 :                  */
 6045 tgl                      1269 GIC       32565 :                 histfrac = (double) (i - 1) + binfrac;
 2157                          1270           32565 :                 histfrac /= (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
 2034 tgl                      1271 ECB             : 
                               1272                 :                 /*
                               1273                 :                  * At this point, histfrac is an estimate of the fraction of
                               1274                 :                  * the population represented by the histogram that satisfies
                               1275                 :                  * "x <= constval".  Somewhat remarkably, this statement is
                               1276                 :                  * true regardless of which operator we were doing the probes
                               1277                 :                  * with, so long as convert_to_scalar() delivers reasonable
                               1278                 :                  * results.  If the probe constant is equal to some histogram
                               1279                 :                  * entry, we would have considered the bin to the left of that
                               1280                 :                  * entry if probing with "<" or ">=", or the bin to the right
                               1281                 :                  * if probing with "<=" or ">"; but binfrac would have come
                               1282                 :                  * out as 1.0 in the first case and 0.0 in the second, leading
                               1283                 :                  * to the same histfrac in either case.  For probe constants
                               1284                 :                  * between histogram entries, we find the same bin and get the
                               1285                 :                  * same estimate with any operator.
                               1286                 :                  *
                               1287                 :                  * The fact that the estimate corresponds to "x <= constval"
                               1288                 :                  * and not "x < constval" is because of the way that ANALYZE
                               1289                 :                  * constructs the histogram: each entry is, effectively, the
                               1290                 :                  * rightmost value in its sample bucket.  So selectivity
                               1291                 :                  * values that are exact multiples of 1/(histogram_size-1)
                               1292                 :                  * should be understood as estimates including a histogram
                               1293                 :                  * entry plus everything to its left.
                               1294                 :                  *
                               1295                 :                  * However, that breaks down for the first histogram entry,
                               1296                 :                  * which necessarily is the leftmost value in its sample
                               1297                 :                  * bucket.  That means the first histogram bin is slightly
                               1298                 :                  * narrower than the rest, by an amount equal to eq_selec.
                               1299                 :                  * Another way to say that is that we want "x <= leftmost" to
                               1300                 :                  * be estimated as eq_selec not zero.  So, if we're dealing
                               1301                 :                  * with the first bin (i==1), rescale to make that true while
                               1302                 :                  * adjusting the rest of that bin linearly.
                               1303                 :                  */
 2034 tgl                      1304 GIC       32565 :                 if (i == 1)
                               1305            4490 :                     histfrac += eq_selec * (1.0 - binfrac);
 2034 tgl                      1306 ECB             : 
                               1307                 :                 /*
                               1308                 :                  * "x <= constval" is good if we want an estimate for "<=" or
                               1309                 :                  * ">", but if we are estimating for "<" or ">=", we now need
                               1310                 :                  * to decrease the estimate by eq_selec.
                               1311                 :                  */
 2034 tgl                      1312 GIC       32565 :                 if (isgt == iseq)
                               1313            9453 :                     histfrac -= eq_selec;
 8007 tgl                      1314 ECB             :             }
 7836 bruce                    1315                 : 
                               1316                 :             /*
                               1317                 :              * Now the estimate is finished for "<" and "<=" cases.  If we are
                               1318                 :              * estimating for ">" or ">=", flip it.
                               1319                 :              */
 8007 tgl                      1320 GIC       83661 :             hist_selec = isgt ? (1.0 - histfrac) : histfrac;
                               1321                 : 
 8397 bruce                    1322 ECB             :             /*
                               1323                 :              * The histogram boundaries are only approximate to begin with,
                               1324                 :              * and may well be out of date anyway.  Therefore, don't believe
                               1325                 :              * extremely small or large selectivity estimates --- unless we
                               1326                 :              * got actual current endpoint values from the table, in which
                               1327                 :              * case just do the usual sanity clamp.  Somewhat arbitrarily, we
                               1328                 :              * set the cutoff for other cases at a hundredth of the histogram
                               1329                 :              * resolution.
                               1330                 :              */
 4843 tgl                      1331 GIC       83661 :             if (have_end)
                               1332           46278 :                 CLAMP_PROBABILITY(hist_selec);
 4843 tgl                      1333 ECB             :             else
                               1334                 :             {
 2034 tgl                      1335 GIC       37383 :                 double      cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
                               1336                 : 
 2034 tgl                      1337 CBC       37383 :                 if (hist_selec < cutoff)
 2034 tgl                      1338 GIC       12722 :                     hist_selec = cutoff;
 2034 tgl                      1339 CBC       24661 :                 else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
                               1340           11365 :                     hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
 4843 tgl                      1341 ECB             :             }
 9345 bruce                    1342                 :         }
 1038 tgl                      1343 GIC          80 :         else if (sslot.nvalues > 1)
                               1344                 :         {
 1038 tgl                      1345 ECB             :             /*
                               1346                 :              * If we get here, we have a histogram but it's not sorted the way
                               1347                 :              * we want.  Do a brute-force search to see how many of the
                               1348                 :              * entries satisfy the comparison condition, and take that
                               1349                 :              * fraction as our estimate.  (This is identical to the inner loop
                               1350                 :              * of histogram_selectivity; maybe share code?)
                               1351                 :              */
 1038 tgl                      1352 GIC          80 :             LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
                               1353              80 :             int         nmatch = 0;
 1038 tgl                      1354 ECB             : 
 1038 tgl                      1355 CBC          80 :             InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, opproc, 2, collation,
                               1356                 :                                      NULL, NULL);
                               1357              80 :             fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
 1038 tgl                      1358 GIC          80 :             fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
 1038 tgl                      1359 CBC          80 :             fcinfo->args[1].value = constval;
                               1360          481118 :             for (int i = 0; i < sslot.nvalues; i++)
 1038 tgl                      1361 ECB             :             {
                               1362                 :                 Datum       fresult;
                               1363                 : 
 1038 tgl                      1364 GIC      481038 :                 fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot.values[i];
                               1365          481038 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
 1038 tgl                      1366 CBC      481038 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
                               1367          481038 :                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
                               1368            1074 :                     nmatch++;
 1038 tgl                      1369 ECB             :             }
 1038 tgl                      1370 CBC          80 :             hist_selec = ((double) nmatch) / ((double) sslot.nvalues);
                               1371                 : 
 1038 tgl                      1372 ECB             :             /*
                               1373                 :              * As above, clamp to a hundredth of the histogram resolution.
                               1374                 :              * This case is surely even less trustworthy than the normal one,
                               1375                 :              * so we shouldn't believe exact 0 or 1 selectivity.  (Maybe the
                               1376                 :              * clamp should be more restrictive in this case?)
                               1377                 :              */
                               1378                 :             {
 1038 tgl                      1379 GIC          80 :                 double      cutoff = 0.01 / (double) (sslot.nvalues - 1);
                               1380                 : 
 1038 tgl                      1381 CBC          80 :                 if (hist_selec < cutoff)
 1038 tgl                      1382 UIC           0 :                     hist_selec = cutoff;
 1038 tgl                      1383 CBC          80 :                 else if (hist_selec > 1.0 - cutoff)
 1038 tgl                      1384 UBC           0 :                     hist_selec = 1.0 - cutoff;
 1038 tgl                      1385 ECB             :             }
 1038 tgl                      1386 EUB             :         }
                               1387                 : 
 2157 tgl                      1388 GIC       83741 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               1389                 :     }
 8007 tgl                      1390 ECB             : 
 6298 tgl                      1391 GIC      104154 :     return hist_selec;
                               1392                 : }
 7994 tgl                      1393 ECB             : 
                               1394                 : /*
                               1395                 :  * Common wrapper function for the selectivity estimators that simply
                               1396                 :  * invoke scalarineqsel().
                               1397                 :  */
                               1398                 : static Datum
 2034 tgl                      1399 GIC       18158 : scalarineqsel_wrapper(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS, bool isgt, bool iseq)
                               1400                 : {
 6517 tgl                      1401 CBC       18158 :     PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
 7994 tgl                      1402 GIC       18158 :     Oid         operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
 7994 tgl                      1403 CBC       18158 :     List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
                               1404           18158 :     int         varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
 1038                          1405           18158 :     Oid         collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
 6991 tgl                      1406 ECB             :     VariableStatData vardata;
 7994                          1407                 :     Node       *other;
                               1408                 :     bool        varonleft;
                               1409                 :     Datum       constval;
                               1410                 :     Oid         consttype;
                               1411                 :     double      selec;
                               1412                 : 
                               1413                 :     /*
                               1414                 :      * If expression is not variable op something or something op variable,
                               1415                 :      * then punt and return a default estimate.
                               1416                 :      */
 6991 tgl                      1417 GIC       18158 :     if (!get_restriction_variable(root, args, varRelid,
                               1418                 :                                   &vardata, &other, &varonleft))
 7994 tgl                      1419 CBC         358 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
                               1420                 : 
 7709 tgl                      1421 ECB             :     /*
                               1422                 :      * Can't do anything useful if the something is not a constant, either.
                               1423                 :      */
 7709 tgl                      1424 GIC       17800 :     if (!IsA(other, Const))
                               1425                 :     {
 6991 tgl                      1426 CBC        1165 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 7709 tgl                      1427 GIC        1165 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
 6991 tgl                      1428 ECB             :     }
 7709                          1429                 : 
                               1430                 :     /*
                               1431                 :      * If the constant is NULL, assume operator is strict and return zero, ie,
                               1432                 :      * operator will never return TRUE.
                               1433                 :      */
 7709 tgl                      1434 GIC       16635 :     if (((Const *) other)->constisnull)
                               1435                 :     {
 6991 tgl                      1436 CBC          27 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 7709 tgl                      1437 GIC          27 :         PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(0.0);
 6991 tgl                      1438 ECB             :     }
 7709 tgl                      1439 CBC       16608 :     constval = ((Const *) other)->constvalue;
 7709 tgl                      1440 GIC       16608 :     consttype = ((Const *) other)->consttype;
 7709 tgl                      1441 ECB             : 
 7994                          1442                 :     /*
                               1443                 :      * Force the var to be on the left to simplify logic in scalarineqsel.
                               1444                 :      */
 2034 tgl                      1445 GIC       16608 :     if (!varonleft)
                               1446                 :     {
 7994 tgl                      1447 CBC         165 :         operator = get_commutator(operator);
 7994 tgl                      1448 GIC         165 :         if (!operator)
 7994 tgl                      1449 ECB             :         {
                               1450                 :             /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
 6991 tgl                      1451 UIC           0 :             ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 7994                          1452               0 :             PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
 7994 tgl                      1453 EUB             :         }
 2034 tgl                      1454 GBC         165 :         isgt = !isgt;
                               1455                 :     }
 7994 tgl                      1456 ECB             : 
                               1457                 :     /* The rest of the work is done by scalarineqsel(). */
 1038 tgl                      1458 GIC       16608 :     selec = scalarineqsel(root, operator, isgt, iseq, collation,
                               1459                 :                           &vardata, constval, consttype);
 6991 tgl                      1460 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      1461 GIC       16608 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               1462                 : 
 8007 tgl                      1463 CBC       16608 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
                               1464                 : }
 9770 scrappy                  1465 ECB             : 
                               1466                 : /*
                               1467                 :  *      scalarltsel     - Selectivity of "<" for scalars.
                               1468                 :  */
                               1469                 : Datum
 2034 tgl                      1470 GIC        6635 : scalarltsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               1471                 : {
 2034 tgl                      1472 CBC        6635 :     return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, false);
                               1473                 : }
 7994 tgl                      1474 ECB             : 
                               1475                 : /*
                               1476                 :  *      scalarlesel     - Selectivity of "<=" for scalars.
                               1477                 :  */
                               1478                 : Datum
 2034 tgl                      1479 GIC        2035 : scalarlesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               1480                 : {
 2034 tgl                      1481 CBC        2035 :     return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, false, true);
                               1482                 : }
 6991 tgl                      1483 ECB             : 
                               1484                 : /*
                               1485                 :  *      scalargtsel     - Selectivity of ">" for scalars.
                               1486                 :  */
                               1487                 : Datum
 2034 tgl                      1488 GIC        6174 : scalargtsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               1489                 : {
 2034 tgl                      1490 CBC        6174 :     return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, false);
                               1491                 : }
 8284 tgl                      1492 ECB             : 
                               1493                 : /*
                               1494                 :  *      scalargesel     - Selectivity of ">=" for scalars.
                               1495                 :  */
                               1496                 : Datum
 2034 tgl                      1497 GIC        3314 : scalargesel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               1498                 : {
 2034 tgl                      1499 CBC        3314 :     return scalarineqsel_wrapper(fcinfo, true, true);
                               1500                 : }
 9770 scrappy                  1501 ECB             : 
                               1502                 : /*
                               1503                 :  *      boolvarsel      - Selectivity of Boolean variable.
                               1504                 :  *
                               1505                 :  * This can actually be called on any boolean-valued expression.  If it
                               1506                 :  * involves only Vars of the specified relation, and if there are statistics
                               1507                 :  * about the Var or expression (the latter is possible if it's indexed) then
                               1508                 :  * we'll produce a real estimate; otherwise it's just a default.
                               1509                 :  */
                               1510                 : Selectivity
 2754 tgl                      1511 GIC       16041 : boolvarsel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *arg, int varRelid)
                               1512                 : {
 2754 tgl                      1513 ECB             :     VariableStatData vardata;
                               1514                 :     double      selec;
                               1515                 : 
 2754 tgl                      1516 GIC       16041 :     examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
                               1517           16041 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
 2754 tgl                      1518 ECB             :     {
                               1519                 :         /*
                               1520                 :          * A boolean variable V is equivalent to the clause V = 't', so we
                               1521                 :          * compute the selectivity as if that is what we have.
                               1522                 :          */
 1038 tgl                      1523 GIC       13408 :         selec = var_eq_const(&vardata, BooleanEqualOperator, InvalidOid,
                               1524                 :                              BoolGetDatum(true), false, true, false);
 2754 tgl                      1525 ECB             :     }
                               1526                 :     else
                               1527                 :     {
                               1528                 :         /* Otherwise, the default estimate is 0.5 */
 2754 tgl                      1529 GIC        2633 :         selec = 0.5;
                               1530                 :     }
 2754 tgl                      1531 CBC       16041 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 2754 tgl                      1532 GIC       16041 :     return selec;
 2754 tgl                      1533 ECB             : }
                               1534                 : 
                               1535                 : /*
                               1536                 :  *      booltestsel     - Selectivity of BooleanTest Node.
                               1537                 :  */
                               1538                 : Selectivity
 6517 tgl                      1539 GIC          96 : booltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, BoolTestType booltesttype, Node *arg,
                               1540                 :             int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
 7958 tgl                      1541 ECB             : {
                               1542                 :     VariableStatData vardata;
                               1543                 :     double      selec;
                               1544                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1545 GIC          96 :     examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
                               1546                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1547 CBC          96 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                               1548                 :     {
 7958 tgl                      1549 ECB             :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                               1550                 :         double      freq_null;
                               1551                 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
                               1552                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1553 UIC           0 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
 7958                          1554               0 :         freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
 7958 tgl                      1555 EUB             : 
 2157 tgl                      1556 UBC           0 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
                               1557                 :                              STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 2157 tgl                      1558 EUB             :                              ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS)
 2157 tgl                      1559 UIC           0 :             && sslot.nnumbers > 0)
 7958                          1560               0 :         {
 7836 bruce                    1561 EUB             :             double      freq_true;
                               1562                 :             double      freq_false;
                               1563                 : 
                               1564                 :             /*
                               1565                 :              * Get first MCV frequency and derive frequency for true.
                               1566                 :              */
 2157 tgl                      1567 UIC           0 :             if (DatumGetBool(sslot.values[0]))
                               1568               0 :                 freq_true = sslot.numbers[0];
 7958 tgl                      1569 EUB             :             else
 2157 tgl                      1570 UBC           0 :                 freq_true = 1.0 - sslot.numbers[0] - freq_null;
                               1571                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1572 EUB             :             /*
                               1573                 :              * Next derive frequency for false. Then use these as appropriate
                               1574                 :              * to derive frequency for each case.
                               1575                 :              */
 7958 tgl                      1576 UIC           0 :             freq_false = 1.0 - freq_true - freq_null;
                               1577                 : 
 7477 tgl                      1578 UBC           0 :             switch (booltesttype)
                               1579                 :             {
 7836 bruce                    1580               0 :                 case IS_UNKNOWN:
                               1581                 :                     /* select only NULL values */
 7958 tgl                      1582               0 :                     selec = freq_null;
 7958 tgl                      1583 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1584 UBC           0 :                 case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
 7958 tgl                      1585 EUB             :                     /* select non-NULL values */
 7958 tgl                      1586 UBC           0 :                     selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
 7958 tgl                      1587 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1588 UBC           0 :                 case IS_TRUE:
 7958 tgl                      1589 EUB             :                     /* select only TRUE values */
 7958 tgl                      1590 UBC           0 :                     selec = freq_true;
 7958 tgl                      1591 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1592 UBC           0 :                 case IS_NOT_TRUE:
 7958 tgl                      1593 EUB             :                     /* select non-TRUE values */
 7958 tgl                      1594 UBC           0 :                     selec = 1.0 - freq_true;
 7958 tgl                      1595 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1596 UBC           0 :                 case IS_FALSE:
 7958 tgl                      1597 EUB             :                     /* select only FALSE values */
 7958 tgl                      1598 UBC           0 :                     selec = freq_false;
 7958 tgl                      1599 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1600 UBC           0 :                 case IS_NOT_FALSE:
 7958 tgl                      1601 EUB             :                     /* select non-FALSE values */
 7958 tgl                      1602 UBC           0 :                     selec = 1.0 - freq_false;
 7958 tgl                      1603 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1604 UBC           0 :                 default:
 7196 tgl                      1605               0 :                     elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
 7477 tgl                      1606 EUB             :                          (int) booltesttype);
 7833 bruce                    1607                 :                     selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
                               1608                 :                     break;
                               1609                 :             }
                               1610                 : 
 2157 tgl                      1611 UIC           0 :             free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               1612                 :         }
 7958 tgl                      1613 EUB             :         else
                               1614                 :         {
                               1615                 :             /*
                               1616                 :              * No most-common-value info available. Still have null fraction
                               1617                 :              * information, so use it for IS [NOT] UNKNOWN. Otherwise adjust
                               1618                 :              * for null fraction and assume a 50-50 split of TRUE and FALSE.
                               1619                 :              */
 7477 tgl                      1620 UIC           0 :             switch (booltesttype)
                               1621                 :             {
 7836 bruce                    1622 UBC           0 :                 case IS_UNKNOWN:
                               1623                 :                     /* select only NULL values */
 7958 tgl                      1624               0 :                     selec = freq_null;
 7958 tgl                      1625 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1626 UBC           0 :                 case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
 3546 tgl                      1627 EUB             :                     /* select non-NULL values */
 7958 tgl                      1628 UBC           0 :                     selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
 7958 tgl                      1629 UIC           0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1630 UBC           0 :                 case IS_TRUE:
 7836 bruce                    1631 EUB             :                 case IS_FALSE:
 3546 tgl                      1632                 :                     /* Assume we select half of the non-NULL values */
 7958 tgl                      1633 UIC           0 :                     selec = (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0;
                               1634               0 :                     break;
 3546 tgl                      1635 UBC           0 :                 case IS_NOT_TRUE:
 3546 tgl                      1636 EUB             :                 case IS_NOT_FALSE:
                               1637                 :                     /* Assume we select NULLs plus half of the non-NULLs */
                               1638                 :                     /* equiv. to freq_null + (1.0 - freq_null) / 2.0 */
 3546 tgl                      1639 UIC           0 :                     selec = (freq_null + 1.0) / 2.0;
                               1640               0 :                     break;
 7836 bruce                    1641 UBC           0 :                 default:
 7196 tgl                      1642               0 :                     elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
 7477 tgl                      1643 EUB             :                          (int) booltesttype);
 7833 bruce                    1644                 :                     selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
                               1645                 :                     break;
                               1646                 :             }
                               1647                 :         }
                               1648                 :     }
                               1649                 :     else
                               1650                 :     {
                               1651                 :         /*
                               1652                 :          * If we can't get variable statistics for the argument, perhaps
                               1653                 :          * clause_selectivity can do something with it.  We ignore the
                               1654                 :          * possibility of a NULL value when using clause_selectivity, and just
                               1655                 :          * assume the value is either TRUE or FALSE.
                               1656                 :          */
 7477 tgl                      1657 GIC          96 :         switch (booltesttype)
                               1658                 :         {
 7958 tgl                      1659 CBC           9 :             case IS_UNKNOWN:
 7958 tgl                      1660 GIC           9 :                 selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
 7958 tgl                      1661 CBC           9 :                 break;
                               1662               9 :             case IS_NOT_UNKNOWN:
                               1663               9 :                 selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
                               1664               9 :                 break;
                               1665              24 :             case IS_TRUE:
 7958 tgl                      1666 ECB             :             case IS_NOT_FALSE:
 6991 tgl                      1667 CBC          24 :                 selec = (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
                               1668                 :                                                     varRelid,
 2194 simon                    1669 ECB             :                                                     jointype, sjinfo);
 6991 tgl                      1670 GIC          24 :                 break;
                               1671              54 :             case IS_FALSE:
 6991 tgl                      1672 ECB             :             case IS_NOT_TRUE:
 6991 tgl                      1673 CBC          54 :                 selec = 1.0 - (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
                               1674                 :                                                           varRelid,
 2194 simon                    1675 ECB             :                                                           jointype, sjinfo);
 7958 tgl                      1676 GIC          54 :                 break;
 7958 tgl                      1677 UIC           0 :             default:
 7196 tgl                      1678 LBC           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
 7477 tgl                      1679 EUB             :                      (int) booltesttype);
 7836 bruce                    1680                 :                 selec = 0.0;    /* Keep compiler quiet */
                               1681                 :                 break;
                               1682                 :         }
                               1683                 :     }
                               1684                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1685 GIC          96 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               1686                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1687 ECB             :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 7766 tgl                      1688 GIC          96 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                               1689                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1690 CBC          96 :     return (Selectivity) selec;
                               1691                 : }
 7958 tgl                      1692 ECB             : 
                               1693                 : /*
                               1694                 :  *      nulltestsel     - Selectivity of NullTest Node.
                               1695                 :  */
                               1696                 : Selectivity
 5351 tgl                      1697 GIC        9830 : nulltestsel(PlannerInfo *root, NullTestType nulltesttype, Node *arg,
                               1698                 :             int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
 7958 tgl                      1699 ECB             : {
                               1700                 :     VariableStatData vardata;
                               1701                 :     double      selec;
                               1702                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1703 GIC        9830 :     examine_variable(root, arg, varRelid, &vardata);
                               1704                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1705 CBC        9830 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                               1706                 :     {
 7958 tgl                      1707 ECB             :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                               1708                 :         double      freq_null;
                               1709                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1710 GIC        4141 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
 7958                          1711            4141 :         freq_null = stats->stanullfrac;
 7958 tgl                      1712 ECB             : 
 7477 tgl                      1713 CBC        4141 :         switch (nulltesttype)
                               1714                 :         {
 7836 bruce                    1715            3270 :             case IS_NULL:
                               1716                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1717 ECB             :                 /*
                               1718                 :                  * Use freq_null directly.
                               1719                 :                  */
 7958 tgl                      1720 GIC        3270 :                 selec = freq_null;
                               1721            3270 :                 break;
 7836 bruce                    1722 CBC         871 :             case IS_NOT_NULL:
 7836 bruce                    1723 ECB             : 
 7958 tgl                      1724                 :                 /*
                               1725                 :                  * Select not unknown (not null) values. Calculate from
                               1726                 :                  * freq_null.
                               1727                 :                  */
 7958 tgl                      1728 GIC         871 :                 selec = 1.0 - freq_null;
                               1729             871 :                 break;
 7836 bruce                    1730 LBC           0 :             default:
 7196 tgl                      1731               0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
 7477 tgl                      1732 EUB             :                      (int) nulltesttype);
 7836 bruce                    1733                 :                 return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
                               1734                 :         }
                               1735                 :     }
 1535 tgl                      1736 GIC        5689 :     else if (vardata.var && IsA(vardata.var, Var) &&
                               1737            5460 :              ((Var *) vardata.var)->varattno < 0)
 1535 tgl                      1738 ECB             :     {
                               1739                 :         /*
                               1740                 :          * There are no stats for system columns, but we know they are never
                               1741                 :          * NULL.
                               1742                 :          */
 1535 tgl                      1743 GIC          42 :         selec = (nulltesttype == IS_NULL) ? 0.0 : 1.0;
                               1744                 :     }
 7958 tgl                      1745 ECB             :     else
                               1746                 :     {
                               1747                 :         /*
                               1748                 :          * No ANALYZE stats available, so make a guess
                               1749                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      1750 GIC        5647 :         switch (nulltesttype)
                               1751                 :         {
 6991 tgl                      1752 CBC         966 :             case IS_NULL:
 6991 tgl                      1753 GIC         966 :                 selec = DEFAULT_UNK_SEL;
 6991 tgl                      1754 CBC         966 :                 break;
                               1755            4681 :             case IS_NOT_NULL:
                               1756            4681 :                 selec = DEFAULT_NOT_UNK_SEL;
                               1757            4681 :                 break;
 6991 tgl                      1758 LBC           0 :             default:
                               1759               0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized nulltesttype: %d",
 6991 tgl                      1760 EUB             :                      (int) nulltesttype);
 6797 bruce                    1761                 :                 return (Selectivity) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
                               1762                 :         }
                               1763                 :     }
                               1764                 : 
 6991 tgl                      1765 GIC        9830 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               1766                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1767 ECB             :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 7766 tgl                      1768 GIC        9830 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                               1769                 : 
 7958 tgl                      1770 CBC        9830 :     return (Selectivity) selec;
                               1771                 : }
 7958 tgl                      1772 ECB             : 
                               1773                 : /*
                               1774                 :  * strip_array_coercion - strip binary-compatible relabeling from an array expr
                               1775                 :  *
                               1776                 :  * For array values, the parser normally generates ArrayCoerceExpr conversions,
                               1777                 :  * but it seems possible that RelabelType might show up.  Also, the planner
                               1778                 :  * is not currently tense about collapsing stacked ArrayCoerceExpr nodes,
                               1779                 :  * so we need to be ready to deal with more than one level.
                               1780                 :  */
                               1781                 : static Node *
 5915 tgl                      1782 GIC       50871 : strip_array_coercion(Node *node)
                               1783                 : {
 5915 tgl                      1784 ECB             :     for (;;)
                               1785                 :     {
 2017 tgl                      1786 GIC       50889 :         if (node && IsA(node, ArrayCoerceExpr))
 5915                          1787              18 :         {
 2017 tgl                      1788 CBC        1211 :             ArrayCoerceExpr *acoerce = (ArrayCoerceExpr *) node;
 2017 tgl                      1789 ECB             : 
                               1790                 :             /*
                               1791                 :              * If the per-element expression is just a RelabelType on top of
                               1792                 :              * CaseTestExpr, then we know it's a binary-compatible relabeling.
                               1793                 :              */
 2017 tgl                      1794 GIC        1211 :             if (IsA(acoerce->elemexpr, RelabelType) &&
                               1795              18 :                 IsA(((RelabelType *) acoerce->elemexpr)->arg, CaseTestExpr))
 2017 tgl                      1796 CBC          18 :                 node = (Node *) acoerce->arg;
 2017 tgl                      1797 ECB             :             else
                               1798                 :                 break;
                               1799                 :         }
 5857 tgl                      1800 GIC       49678 :         else if (node && IsA(node, RelabelType))
                               1801                 :         {
 5857 tgl                      1802 ECB             :             /* We don't really expect this case, but may as well cope */
 5857 tgl                      1803 UIC           0 :             node = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg;
                               1804                 :         }
 5915 tgl                      1805 EUB             :         else
                               1806                 :             break;
                               1807                 :     }
 5915 tgl                      1808 GIC       50871 :     return node;
                               1809                 : }
 5915 tgl                      1810 ECB             : 
                               1811                 : /*
                               1812                 :  *      scalararraysel      - Selectivity of ScalarArrayOpExpr Node.
                               1813                 :  */
                               1814                 : Selectivity
 6344 tgl                      1815 GIC        7885 : scalararraysel(PlannerInfo *root,
                               1816                 :                ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
 6344 tgl                      1817 ECB             :                bool is_join_clause,
                               1818                 :                int varRelid,
                               1819                 :                JoinType jointype,
                               1820                 :                SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
                               1821                 : {
 6344 tgl                      1822 GIC        7885 :     Oid         operator = clause->opno;
                               1823            7885 :     bool        useOr = clause->useOr;
 4054 tgl                      1824 CBC        7885 :     bool        isEquality = false;
                               1825            7885 :     bool        isInequality = false;
 6344 tgl                      1826 ECB             :     Node       *leftop;
                               1827                 :     Node       *rightop;
                               1828                 :     Oid         nominal_element_type;
                               1829                 :     Oid         nominal_element_collation;
                               1830                 :     TypeCacheEntry *typentry;
                               1831                 :     RegProcedure oprsel;
                               1832                 :     FmgrInfo    oprselproc;
                               1833                 :     Selectivity s1;
                               1834                 :     Selectivity s1disjoint;
                               1835                 : 
                               1836                 :     /* First, deconstruct the expression */
 5915 tgl                      1837 GIC        7885 :     Assert(list_length(clause->args) == 2);
                               1838            7885 :     leftop = (Node *) linitial(clause->args);
 5915 tgl                      1839 CBC        7885 :     rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
 5915 tgl                      1840 ECB             : 
 3334                          1841                 :     /* aggressively reduce both sides to constants */
 3334 tgl                      1842 GIC        7885 :     leftop = estimate_expression_value(root, leftop);
                               1843            7885 :     rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
 3334 tgl                      1844 ECB             : 
 5915                          1845                 :     /* get nominal (after relabeling) element type of rightop */
 4553 tgl                      1846 GIC        7885 :     nominal_element_type = get_base_element_type(exprType(rightop));
 5915                          1847            7885 :     if (!OidIsValid(nominal_element_type))
 2118 tgl                      1848 LBC           0 :         return (Selectivity) 0.5;   /* probably shouldn't happen */
 4398 tgl                      1849 ECB             :     /* get nominal collation, too, for generating constants */
 4398 tgl                      1850 GBC        7885 :     nominal_element_collation = exprCollation(rightop);
                               1851                 : 
 5915 tgl                      1852 ECB             :     /* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of rightop */
 5915 tgl                      1853 GIC        7885 :     rightop = strip_array_coercion(rightop);
                               1854                 : 
 4054 tgl                      1855 ECB             :     /*
                               1856                 :      * Detect whether the operator is the default equality or inequality
                               1857                 :      * operator of the array element type.
                               1858                 :      */
 4054 tgl                      1859 GIC        7885 :     typentry = lookup_type_cache(nominal_element_type, TYPECACHE_EQ_OPR);
                               1860            7885 :     if (OidIsValid(typentry->eq_opr))
 4054 tgl                      1861 ECB             :     {
 4054 tgl                      1862 CBC        7885 :         if (operator == typentry->eq_opr)
 4054 tgl                      1863 GIC        6914 :             isEquality = true;
 4054 tgl                      1864 CBC         971 :         else if (get_negator(operator) == typentry->eq_opr)
                               1865             731 :             isInequality = true;
 4054 tgl                      1866 ECB             :     }
                               1867                 : 
                               1868                 :     /*
                               1869                 :      * If it is equality or inequality, we might be able to estimate this as a
                               1870                 :      * form of array containment; for instance "const = ANY(column)" can be
                               1871                 :      * treated as "ARRAY[const] <@ column".  scalararraysel_containment tries
                               1872                 :      * that, and returns the selectivity estimate if successful, or -1 if not.
                               1873                 :      */
 4054 tgl                      1874 GIC        7885 :     if ((isEquality || isInequality) && !is_join_clause)
                               1875                 :     {
 4054 tgl                      1876 CBC        7645 :         s1 = scalararraysel_containment(root, leftop, rightop,
                               1877                 :                                         nominal_element_type,
 4054 tgl                      1878 ECB             :                                         isEquality, useOr, varRelid);
 4054 tgl                      1879 GIC        7645 :         if (s1 >= 0.0)
                               1880              61 :             return s1;
 4054 tgl                      1881 ECB             :     }
                               1882                 : 
                               1883                 :     /*
                               1884                 :      * Look up the underlying operator's selectivity estimator. Punt if it
                               1885                 :      * hasn't got one.
                               1886                 :      */
 4054 tgl                      1887 GIC        7824 :     if (is_join_clause)
 4054 tgl                      1888 UIC           0 :         oprsel = get_oprjoin(operator);
 4054 tgl                      1889 ECB             :     else
 4054 tgl                      1890 GBC        7824 :         oprsel = get_oprrest(operator);
 4054 tgl                      1891 GIC        7824 :     if (!oprsel)
 4054 tgl                      1892 LBC           0 :         return (Selectivity) 0.5;
 4054 tgl                      1893 CBC        7824 :     fmgr_info(oprsel, &oprselproc);
 4054 tgl                      1894 EUB             : 
 4050 tgl                      1895 ECB             :     /*
                               1896                 :      * In the array-containment check above, we must only believe that an
                               1897                 :      * operator is equality or inequality if it is the default btree equality
                               1898                 :      * operator (or its negator) for the element type, since those are the
                               1899                 :      * operators that array containment will use.  But in what follows, we can
                               1900                 :      * be a little laxer, and also believe that any operators using eqsel() or
                               1901                 :      * neqsel() as selectivity estimator act like equality or inequality.
                               1902                 :      */
 4050 tgl                      1903 GIC        7824 :     if (oprsel == F_EQSEL || oprsel == F_EQJOINSEL)
                               1904            6935 :         isEquality = true;
 4050 tgl                      1905 CBC         889 :     else if (oprsel == F_NEQSEL || oprsel == F_NEQJOINSEL)
                               1906             676 :         isInequality = true;
 4050 tgl                      1907 ECB             : 
 6344                          1908                 :     /*
                               1909                 :      * We consider three cases:
                               1910                 :      *
                               1911                 :      * 1. rightop is an Array constant: deconstruct the array, apply the
                               1912                 :      * operator's selectivity function for each array element, and merge the
                               1913                 :      * results in the same way that clausesel.c does for AND/OR combinations.
                               1914                 :      *
                               1915                 :      * 2. rightop is an ARRAY[] construct: apply the operator's selectivity
                               1916                 :      * function for each element of the ARRAY[] construct, and merge.
                               1917                 :      *
                               1918                 :      * 3. otherwise, make a guess ...
                               1919                 :      */
 6344 tgl                      1920 GIC        7824 :     if (rightop && IsA(rightop, Const))
                               1921            6346 :     {
 6344 tgl                      1922 CBC        6355 :         Datum       arraydatum = ((Const *) rightop)->constvalue;
                               1923            6355 :         bool        arrayisnull = ((Const *) rightop)->constisnull;
 6344 tgl                      1924 ECB             :         ArrayType  *arrayval;
                               1925                 :         int16       elmlen;
                               1926                 :         bool        elmbyval;
                               1927                 :         char        elmalign;
                               1928                 :         int         num_elems;
                               1929                 :         Datum      *elem_values;
                               1930                 :         bool       *elem_nulls;
                               1931                 :         int         i;
                               1932                 : 
 6344 tgl                      1933 GIC        6355 :         if (arrayisnull)        /* qual can't succeed if null array */
                               1934               9 :             return (Selectivity) 0.0;
 6344 tgl                      1935 CBC        6346 :         arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
                               1936            6346 :         get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
 6344 tgl                      1937 ECB             :                              &elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
 6344 tgl                      1938 CBC        6346 :         deconstruct_array(arrayval,
                               1939                 :                           ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
 6344 tgl                      1940 ECB             :                           elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
                               1941                 :                           &elem_values, &elem_nulls, &num_elems);
                               1942                 : 
                               1943                 :         /*
                               1944                 :          * For generic operators, we assume the probability of success is
                               1945                 :          * independent for each array element.  But for "= ANY" or "<> ALL",
                               1946                 :          * if the array elements are distinct (which'd typically be the case)
                               1947                 :          * then the probabilities are disjoint, and we should just sum them.
                               1948                 :          *
                               1949                 :          * If we were being really tense we would try to confirm that the
                               1950                 :          * elements are all distinct, but that would be expensive and it
                               1951                 :          * doesn't seem to be worth the cycles; it would amount to penalizing
                               1952                 :          * well-written queries in favor of poorly-written ones.  However, we
                               1953                 :          * do protect ourselves a little bit by checking whether the
                               1954                 :          * disjointness assumption leads to an impossible (out of range)
                               1955                 :          * probability; if so, we fall back to the normal calculation.
                               1956                 :          */
 4050 tgl                      1957 GIC        6346 :         s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
                               1958                 : 
 6344 tgl                      1959 CBC       26536 :         for (i = 0; i < num_elems; i++)
                               1960                 :         {
 6031 bruce                    1961 ECB             :             List       *args;
                               1962                 :             Selectivity s2;
                               1963                 : 
 6344 tgl                      1964 GIC       20190 :             args = list_make2(leftop,
                               1965                 :                               makeConst(nominal_element_type,
 5867 tgl                      1966 ECB             :                                         -1,
                               1967                 :                                         nominal_element_collation,
                               1968                 :                                         elmlen,
                               1969                 :                                         elem_values[i],
                               1970                 :                                         elem_nulls[i],
                               1971                 :                                         elmbyval));
 5349 tgl                      1972 GIC       20190 :             if (is_join_clause)
 3927 tgl                      1973 UIC           0 :                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
 3927 tgl                      1974 ECB             :                                                       clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      1975 EUB             :                                                       PointerGetDatum(root),
                               1976                 :                                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               1977                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(args),
                               1978                 :                                                       Int16GetDatum(jointype),
                               1979                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
                               1980                 :             else
 3927 tgl                      1981 GIC       20190 :                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
                               1982                 :                                                       clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      1983 ECB             :                                                       PointerGetDatum(root),
                               1984                 :                                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               1985                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(args),
                               1986                 :                                                       Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
                               1987                 : 
 6344 tgl                      1988 GIC       20190 :             if (useOr)
                               1989                 :             {
 6344 tgl                      1990 CBC       18028 :                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
 4050 tgl                      1991 GIC       18028 :                 if (isEquality)
 4050 tgl                      1992 CBC       17596 :                     s1disjoint += s2;
 4050 tgl                      1993 ECB             :             }
 6344                          1994                 :             else
                               1995                 :             {
 6344 tgl                      1996 GIC        2162 :                 s1 = s1 * s2;
 4050                          1997            2162 :                 if (isInequality)
 4050 tgl                      1998 CBC        2006 :                     s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
 4050 tgl                      1999 ECB             :             }
 6344                          2000                 :         }
                               2001                 : 
                               2002                 :         /* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
 4050 tgl                      2003 GIC        6346 :         if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
                               2004            6061 :             s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
 4050 tgl                      2005 CBC        6046 :             s1 = s1disjoint;
 6344 tgl                      2006 ECB             :     }
 6344 tgl                      2007 CBC        1469 :     else if (rightop && IsA(rightop, ArrayExpr) &&
 6344 tgl                      2008 GIC          52 :              !((ArrayExpr *) rightop)->multidims)
 6344 tgl                      2009 CBC          52 :     {
                               2010              52 :         ArrayExpr  *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) rightop;
 6344 tgl                      2011 ECB             :         int16       elmlen;
                               2012                 :         bool        elmbyval;
                               2013                 :         ListCell   *l;
                               2014                 : 
 6344 tgl                      2015 GIC          52 :         get_typlenbyval(arrayexpr->element_typeid,
                               2016                 :                         &elmlen, &elmbyval);
 4050 tgl                      2017 ECB             : 
                               2018                 :         /*
                               2019                 :          * We use the assumption of disjoint probabilities here too, although
                               2020                 :          * the odds of equal array elements are rather higher if the elements
                               2021                 :          * are not all constants (which they won't be, else constant folding
                               2022                 :          * would have reduced the ArrayExpr to a Const).  In this path it's
                               2023                 :          * critical to have the sanity check on the s1disjoint estimate.
                               2024                 :          */
 4050 tgl                      2025 GIC          52 :         s1 = s1disjoint = (useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0);
                               2026                 : 
 6344 tgl                      2027 CBC         184 :         foreach(l, arrayexpr->elements)
                               2028                 :         {
 5915                          2029             132 :             Node       *elem = (Node *) lfirst(l);
                               2030                 :             List       *args;
 6344 tgl                      2031 ECB             :             Selectivity s2;
                               2032                 : 
                               2033                 :             /*
                               2034                 :              * Theoretically, if elem isn't of nominal_element_type we should
                               2035                 :              * insert a RelabelType, but it seems unlikely that any operator
                               2036                 :              * estimation function would really care ...
                               2037                 :              */
 5915 tgl                      2038 GIC         132 :             args = list_make2(leftop, elem);
 5349                          2039             132 :             if (is_join_clause)
 3927 tgl                      2040 LBC           0 :                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
 3927 tgl                      2041 ECB             :                                                       clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      2042 EUB             :                                                       PointerGetDatum(root),
                               2043                 :                                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               2044                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(args),
                               2045                 :                                                       Int16GetDatum(jointype),
                               2046                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
                               2047                 :             else
 3927 tgl                      2048 GIC         132 :                 s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
                               2049                 :                                                       clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      2050 ECB             :                                                       PointerGetDatum(root),
                               2051                 :                                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               2052                 :                                                       PointerGetDatum(args),
                               2053                 :                                                       Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
                               2054                 : 
 6344 tgl                      2055 GIC         132 :             if (useOr)
                               2056                 :             {
 6344 tgl                      2057 CBC         132 :                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
 4050 tgl                      2058 GIC         132 :                 if (isEquality)
 4050 tgl                      2059 CBC         132 :                     s1disjoint += s2;
 4050 tgl                      2060 ECB             :             }
 6344                          2061                 :             else
                               2062                 :             {
 6344 tgl                      2063 UIC           0 :                 s1 = s1 * s2;
 4050                          2064               0 :                 if (isInequality)
 4050 tgl                      2065 UBC           0 :                     s1disjoint += s2 - 1.0;
 4050 tgl                      2066 EUB             :             }
 6344                          2067                 :         }
                               2068                 : 
                               2069                 :         /* accept disjoint-probability estimate if in range */
 4050 tgl                      2070 GIC          52 :         if ((useOr ? isEquality : isInequality) &&
                               2071              52 :             s1disjoint >= 0.0 && s1disjoint <= 1.0)
 4050 tgl                      2072 CBC          52 :             s1 = s1disjoint;
 6344 tgl                      2073 ECB             :     }
                               2074                 :     else
                               2075                 :     {
                               2076                 :         CaseTestExpr *dummyexpr;
                               2077                 :         List       *args;
                               2078                 :         Selectivity s2;
                               2079                 :         int         i;
                               2080                 : 
                               2081                 :         /*
                               2082                 :          * We need a dummy rightop to pass to the operator selectivity
                               2083                 :          * routine.  It can be pretty much anything that doesn't look like a
                               2084                 :          * constant; CaseTestExpr is a convenient choice.
                               2085                 :          */
 6344 tgl                      2086 GIC        1417 :         dummyexpr = makeNode(CaseTestExpr);
 5915                          2087            1417 :         dummyexpr->typeId = nominal_element_type;
 6344 tgl                      2088 CBC        1417 :         dummyexpr->typeMod = -1;
 4404                          2089            1417 :         dummyexpr->collation = clause->inputcollid;
 6344                          2090            1417 :         args = list_make2(leftop, dummyexpr);
 5349                          2091            1417 :         if (is_join_clause)
 3927 tgl                      2092 LBC           0 :             s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall5Coll(&oprselproc,
 3927 tgl                      2093 ECB             :                                                   clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      2094 EUB             :                                                   PointerGetDatum(root),
                               2095                 :                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               2096                 :                                                   PointerGetDatum(args),
                               2097                 :                                                   Int16GetDatum(jointype),
                               2098                 :                                                   PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
                               2099                 :         else
 3927 tgl                      2100 GIC        1417 :             s2 = DatumGetFloat8(FunctionCall4Coll(&oprselproc,
                               2101                 :                                                   clause->inputcollid,
 3927 tgl                      2102 ECB             :                                                   PointerGetDatum(root),
                               2103                 :                                                   ObjectIdGetDatum(operator),
                               2104                 :                                                   PointerGetDatum(args),
                               2105                 :                                                   Int32GetDatum(varRelid)));
 6344 tgl                      2106 GIC        1417 :         s1 = useOr ? 0.0 : 1.0;
                               2107                 : 
 6344 tgl                      2108 ECB             :         /*
                               2109                 :          * Arbitrarily assume 10 elements in the eventual array value (see
                               2110                 :          * also estimate_array_length).  We don't risk an assumption of
                               2111                 :          * disjoint probabilities here.
                               2112                 :          */
 6344 tgl                      2113 GIC       15587 :         for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
                               2114                 :         {
 6344 tgl                      2115 CBC       14170 :             if (useOr)
 6344 tgl                      2116 GIC       14170 :                 s1 = s1 + s2 - s1 * s2;
 6344 tgl                      2117 ECB             :             else
 6344 tgl                      2118 LBC           0 :                 s1 = s1 * s2;
                               2119                 :         }
 6344 tgl                      2120 EUB             :     }
                               2121                 : 
                               2122                 :     /* result should be in range, but make sure... */
 6344 tgl                      2123 GIC        7815 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(s1);
                               2124                 : 
 6344 tgl                      2125 CBC        7815 :     return s1;
                               2126                 : }
 6344 tgl                      2127 ECB             : 
                               2128                 : /*
                               2129                 :  * Estimate number of elements in the array yielded by an expression.
                               2130                 :  *
                               2131                 :  * It's important that this agree with scalararraysel.
                               2132                 :  */
                               2133                 : int
 6126 tgl                      2134 GIC       42986 : estimate_array_length(Node *arrayexpr)
                               2135                 : {
 5915 tgl                      2136 ECB             :     /* look through any binary-compatible relabeling of arrayexpr */
 5915 tgl                      2137 GIC       42986 :     arrayexpr = strip_array_coercion(arrayexpr);
                               2138                 : 
 6126 tgl                      2139 CBC       42986 :     if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, Const))
                               2140                 :     {
                               2141           19720 :         Datum       arraydatum = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constvalue;
 6126 tgl                      2142 GIC       19720 :         bool        arrayisnull = ((Const *) arrayexpr)->constisnull;
 6126 tgl                      2143 ECB             :         ArrayType  *arrayval;
                               2144                 : 
 6126 tgl                      2145 GIC       19720 :         if (arrayisnull)
                               2146              18 :             return 0;
 6126 tgl                      2147 CBC       19702 :         arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(arraydatum);
                               2148           19702 :         return ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(arrayval), ARR_DIMS(arrayval));
 6126 tgl                      2149 ECB             :     }
 6126 tgl                      2150 CBC       23266 :     else if (arrayexpr && IsA(arrayexpr, ArrayExpr) &&
 6126 tgl                      2151 GIC         227 :              !((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->multidims)
 6126 tgl                      2152 ECB             :     {
 6126 tgl                      2153 CBC         227 :         return list_length(((ArrayExpr *) arrayexpr)->elements);
                               2154                 :     }
 6126 tgl                      2155 ECB             :     else
                               2156                 :     {
                               2157                 :         /* default guess --- see also scalararraysel */
 6126 tgl                      2158 GIC       23039 :         return 10;
                               2159                 :     }
 6126 tgl                      2160 ECB             : }
                               2161                 : 
                               2162                 : /*
                               2163                 :  *      rowcomparesel       - Selectivity of RowCompareExpr Node.
                               2164                 :  *
                               2165                 :  * We estimate RowCompare selectivity by considering just the first (high
                               2166                 :  * order) columns, which makes it equivalent to an ordinary OpExpr.  While
                               2167                 :  * this estimate could be refined by considering additional columns, it
                               2168                 :  * seems unlikely that we could do a lot better without multi-column
                               2169                 :  * statistics.
                               2170                 :  */
                               2171                 : Selectivity
 6294 tgl                      2172 GIC          78 : rowcomparesel(PlannerInfo *root,
                               2173                 :               RowCompareExpr *clause,
 5351 tgl                      2174 ECB             :               int varRelid, JoinType jointype, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
                               2175                 : {
                               2176                 :     Selectivity s1;
 6294 tgl                      2177 GIC          78 :     Oid         opno = linitial_oid(clause->opnos);
 3927                          2178              78 :     Oid         inputcollid = linitial_oid(clause->inputcollids);
 6294 tgl                      2179 ECB             :     List       *opargs;
                               2180                 :     bool        is_join_clause;
                               2181                 : 
                               2182                 :     /* Build equivalent arg list for single operator */
 6294 tgl                      2183 GIC          78 :     opargs = list_make2(linitial(clause->largs), linitial(clause->rargs));
                               2184                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2185 ECB             :     /*
                               2186                 :      * Decide if it's a join clause.  This should match clausesel.c's
                               2187                 :      * treat_as_join_clause(), except that we intentionally consider only the
                               2188                 :      * leading columns and not the rest of the clause.
                               2189                 :      */
 6294 tgl                      2190 GIC          78 :     if (varRelid != 0)
                               2191                 :     {
 6294 tgl                      2192 ECB             :         /*
                               2193                 :          * Caller is forcing restriction mode (eg, because we are examining an
                               2194                 :          * inner indexscan qual).
                               2195                 :          */
 5349 tgl                      2196 GIC          27 :         is_join_clause = false;
                               2197                 :     }
 5349 tgl                      2198 CBC          51 :     else if (sjinfo == NULL)
                               2199                 :     {
 5349 tgl                      2200 ECB             :         /*
                               2201                 :          * It must be a restriction clause, since it's being evaluated at a
                               2202                 :          * scan node.
                               2203                 :          */
 6294 tgl                      2204 GIC          45 :         is_join_clause = false;
                               2205                 :     }
 6294 tgl                      2206 ECB             :     else
                               2207                 :     {
                               2208                 :         /*
                               2209                 :          * Otherwise, it's a join if there's more than one base relation used.
                               2210                 :          */
  808 tgl                      2211 GIC           6 :         is_join_clause = (NumRelids(root, (Node *) opargs) > 1);
                               2212                 :     }
 6294 tgl                      2213 ECB             : 
 6294 tgl                      2214 GIC          78 :     if (is_join_clause)
                               2215                 :     {
 6294 tgl                      2216 ECB             :         /* Estimate selectivity for a join clause. */
 6294 tgl                      2217 GIC           6 :         s1 = join_selectivity(root, opno,
                               2218                 :                               opargs,
 3927 tgl                      2219 ECB             :                               inputcollid,
                               2220                 :                               jointype,
                               2221                 :                               sjinfo);
                               2222                 :     }
                               2223                 :     else
                               2224                 :     {
                               2225                 :         /* Estimate selectivity for a restriction clause. */
 6294 tgl                      2226 GIC          72 :         s1 = restriction_selectivity(root, opno,
                               2227                 :                                      opargs,
 3927 tgl                      2228 ECB             :                                      inputcollid,
                               2229                 :                                      varRelid);
                               2230                 :     }
                               2231                 : 
 6294 tgl                      2232 GIC          78 :     return s1;
                               2233                 : }
 6294 tgl                      2234 ECB             : 
                               2235                 : /*
                               2236                 :  *      eqjoinsel       - Join selectivity of "="
                               2237                 :  */
                               2238                 : Datum
 8343 tgl                      2239 GIC       82762 : eqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2240                 : {
 6517 tgl                      2241 CBC       82762 :     PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
 7994 tgl                      2242 GIC       82762 :     Oid         operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
 7994 tgl                      2243 CBC       82762 :     List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
 5050 bruce                    2244 ECB             : 
 5349 tgl                      2245                 : #ifdef NOT_USED
                               2246                 :     JoinType    jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
                               2247                 : #endif
 5349 tgl                      2248 GIC       82762 :     SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
 1038                          2249           82762 :     Oid         collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
 8007 tgl                      2250 ECB             :     double      selec;
 1598                          2251                 :     double      selec_inner;
                               2252                 :     VariableStatData vardata1;
                               2253                 :     VariableStatData vardata2;
                               2254                 :     double      nd1;
                               2255                 :     double      nd2;
                               2256                 :     bool        isdefault1;
                               2257                 :     bool        isdefault2;
                               2258                 :     Oid         opfuncoid;
                               2259                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot1;
                               2260                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot2;
 1598 tgl                      2261 GIC       82762 :     Form_pg_statistic stats1 = NULL;
                               2262           82762 :     Form_pg_statistic stats2 = NULL;
 1598 tgl                      2263 CBC       82762 :     bool        have_mcvs1 = false;
                               2264           82762 :     bool        have_mcvs2 = false;
                               2265                 :     bool        get_mcv_stats;
 5349 tgl                      2266 ECB             :     bool        join_is_reversed;
 4238                          2267                 :     RelOptInfo *inner_rel;
                               2268                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2269 GIC       82762 :     get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo,
                               2270                 :                        &vardata1, &vardata2, &join_is_reversed);
                               2271                 : 
 1598 tgl                      2272 CBC       82762 :     nd1 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata1, &isdefault1);
 1598 tgl                      2273 GIC       82762 :     nd2 = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata2, &isdefault2);
                               2274                 : 
 1598 tgl                      2275 CBC       82762 :     opfuncoid = get_opcode(operator);
 1598 tgl                      2276 ECB             : 
 1598 tgl                      2277 GIC       82762 :     memset(&sslot1, 0, sizeof(sslot1));
 1598 tgl                      2278 CBC       82762 :     memset(&sslot2, 0, sizeof(sslot2));
                               2279                 : 
                               2280                 :     /*
                               2281                 :      * There is no use in fetching one side's MCVs if we lack MCVs for the
                               2282                 :      * other side, so do a quick check to verify that both stats exist.
                               2283                 :      */
  142 tgl                      2284 GNC      228575 :     get_mcv_stats = (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata1.statsTuple) &&
                               2285          113702 :                      HeapTupleIsValid(vardata2.statsTuple) &&
                               2286           50651 :                      get_attstatsslot(&sslot1, vardata1.statsTuple,
                               2287                 :                                       STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
                               2288          145813 :                                       0) &&
                               2289           23885 :                      get_attstatsslot(&sslot2, vardata2.statsTuple,
                               2290                 :                                       STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
                               2291                 :                                       0));
                               2292                 : 
 1598 tgl                      2293 CBC       82762 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata1.statsTuple))
 1598 tgl                      2294 ECB             :     {
                               2295                 :         /* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
 1598 tgl                      2296 GIC       63051 :         stats1 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata1.statsTuple);
  142 tgl                      2297 GNC       70405 :         if (get_mcv_stats &&
                               2298            7354 :             statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata1, opfuncoid))
 1598 tgl                      2299 GIC        7354 :             have_mcvs1 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot1, vardata1.statsTuple,
                               2300                 :                                           STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
 1598 tgl                      2301 ECB             :                                           ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
                               2302                 :     }
                               2303                 : 
 1598 tgl                      2304 GIC       82762 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata2.statsTuple))
 1598 tgl                      2305 ECB             :     {
                               2306                 :         /* note we allow use of nullfrac regardless of security check */
 1598 tgl                      2307 GIC       54391 :         stats2 = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata2.statsTuple);
  142 tgl                      2308 GNC       61745 :         if (get_mcv_stats &&
                               2309            7354 :             statistic_proc_security_check(&vardata2, opfuncoid))
 1598 tgl                      2310 GIC        7354 :             have_mcvs2 = get_attstatsslot(&sslot2, vardata2.statsTuple,
 1598 tgl                      2311 ECB             :                                           STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
                               2312                 :                                           ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS);
                               2313                 :     }
                               2314                 : 
                               2315                 :     /* We need to compute the inner-join selectivity in all cases */
 1038 tgl                      2316 CBC       82762 :     selec_inner = eqjoinsel_inner(opfuncoid, collation,
 1598 tgl                      2317 ECB             :                                   &vardata1, &vardata2,
                               2318                 :                                   nd1, nd2,
                               2319                 :                                   isdefault1, isdefault2,
                               2320                 :                                   &sslot1, &sslot2,
                               2321                 :                                   stats1, stats2,
                               2322                 :                                   have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2);
                               2323                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2324 GIC       82762 :     switch (sjinfo->jointype)
 5349 tgl                      2325 ECB             :     {
 5349 tgl                      2326 CBC       79160 :         case JOIN_INNER:
 5349 tgl                      2327 ECB             :         case JOIN_LEFT:
                               2328                 :         case JOIN_FULL:
 1598 tgl                      2329 GIC       79160 :             selec = selec_inner;
 5349                          2330           79160 :             break;
                               2331            3602 :         case JOIN_SEMI:
                               2332                 :         case JOIN_ANTI:
                               2333                 : 
 4238 tgl                      2334 ECB             :             /*
                               2335                 :              * Look up the join's inner relation.  min_righthand is sufficient
                               2336                 :              * information because neither SEMI nor ANTI joins permit any
                               2337                 :              * reassociation into or out of their RHS, so the righthand will
                               2338                 :              * always be exactly that set of rels.
                               2339                 :              */
 4238 tgl                      2340 GIC        3602 :             inner_rel = find_join_input_rel(root, sjinfo->min_righthand);
                               2341                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2342 CBC        3602 :             if (!join_is_reversed)
 1038 tgl                      2343 GIC        1356 :                 selec = eqjoinsel_semi(opfuncoid, collation,
 1598 tgl                      2344 ECB             :                                        &vardata1, &vardata2,
                               2345                 :                                        nd1, nd2,
                               2346                 :                                        isdefault1, isdefault2,
                               2347                 :                                        &sslot1, &sslot2,
                               2348                 :                                        stats1, stats2,
                               2349                 :                                        have_mcvs1, have_mcvs2,
                               2350                 :                                        inner_rel);
                               2351                 :             else
                               2352                 :             {
 1598 tgl                      2353 GIC        2246 :                 Oid         commop = get_commutator(operator);
                               2354            2246 :                 Oid         commopfuncoid = OidIsValid(commop) ? get_opcode(commop) : InvalidOid;
                               2355                 : 
 1038                          2356            2246 :                 selec = eqjoinsel_semi(commopfuncoid, collation,
                               2357                 :                                        &vardata2, &vardata1,
 1598 tgl                      2358 ECB             :                                        nd2, nd1,
                               2359                 :                                        isdefault2, isdefault1,
                               2360                 :                                        &sslot2, &sslot1,
                               2361                 :                                        stats2, stats1,
                               2362                 :                                        have_mcvs2, have_mcvs1,
                               2363                 :                                        inner_rel);
                               2364                 :             }
                               2365                 : 
                               2366                 :             /*
                               2367                 :              * We should never estimate the output of a semijoin to be more
                               2368                 :              * rows than we estimate for an inner join with the same input
                               2369                 :              * rels and join condition; it's obviously impossible for that to
                               2370                 :              * happen.  The former estimate is N1 * Ssemi while the latter is
                               2371                 :              * N1 * N2 * Sinner, so we may clamp Ssemi <= N2 * Sinner.  Doing
                               2372                 :              * this is worthwhile because of the shakier estimation rules we
                               2373                 :              * use in eqjoinsel_semi, particularly in cases where it has to
                               2374                 :              * punt entirely.
                               2375                 :              */
 1598 tgl                      2376 GIC        3602 :             selec = Min(selec, inner_rel->rows * selec_inner);
 5349                          2377            3602 :             break;
 5349 tgl                      2378 UIC           0 :         default:
                               2379                 :             /* other values not expected here */
                               2380               0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
                               2381                 :                  (int) sjinfo->jointype);
                               2382                 :             selec = 0;          /* keep compiler quiet */
                               2383                 :             break;
                               2384                 :     }
                               2385                 : 
 1598 tgl                      2386 GIC       82762 :     free_attstatsslot(&sslot1);
                               2387           82762 :     free_attstatsslot(&sslot2);
                               2388                 : 
 5349                          2389           82762 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata1);
                               2390           82762 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata2);
                               2391                 : 
                               2392           82762 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                               2393                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2394 CBC       82762 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
 5349 tgl                      2395 ECB             : }
 5349 tgl                      2396 EUB             : 
                               2397                 : /*
                               2398                 :  * eqjoinsel_inner --- eqjoinsel for normal inner join
                               2399                 :  *
                               2400                 :  * We also use this for LEFT/FULL outer joins; it's not presently clear
                               2401                 :  * that it's worth trying to distinguish them here.
                               2402                 :  */
                               2403                 : static double
 1038 tgl                      2404 CBC       82762 : eqjoinsel_inner(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
 1598 tgl                      2405 ECB             :                 VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
                               2406                 :                 double nd1, double nd2,
                               2407                 :                 bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
                               2408                 :                 AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
                               2409                 :                 Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
                               2410                 :                 bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2)
                               2411                 : {
 5349                          2412                 :     double      selec;
                               2413                 : 
 6991 tgl                      2414 GIC       82762 :     if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2)
 9345 bruce                    2415            7354 :     {
                               2416                 :         /*
                               2417                 :          * We have most-common-value lists for both relations.  Run through
                               2418                 :          * the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
                               2419                 :          * given operator.  This allows us to determine the exact join
                               2420                 :          * selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
                               2421                 :          * lists.  We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
 6385 bruce                    2422 ECB             :          * in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
                               2423                 :          * For motivation see the analysis in Y. Ioannidis and S.
                               2424                 :          * Christodoulakis, "On the propagation of errors in the size of join
                               2425                 :          * results", Technical Report 1018, Computer Science Dept., University
                               2426                 :          * of Wisconsin, Madison, March 1991 (available from ftp.cs.wisc.edu).
                               2427                 :          */
 1083 tgl                      2428 GIC        7354 :         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
                               2429                 :         FmgrInfo    eqproc;
                               2430                 :         bool       *hasmatch1;
                               2431                 :         bool       *hasmatch2;
 6991 tgl                      2432 CBC        7354 :         double      nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
                               2433            7354 :         double      nullfrac2 = stats2->stanullfrac;
                               2434                 :         double      matchprodfreq,
                               2435                 :                     matchfreq1,
                               2436                 :                     matchfreq2,
                               2437                 :                     unmatchfreq1,
                               2438                 :                     unmatchfreq2,
                               2439                 :                     otherfreq1,
                               2440                 :                     otherfreq2,
                               2441                 :                     totalsel1,
                               2442                 :                     totalsel2;
                               2443                 :         int         i,
                               2444                 :                     nmatches;
                               2445                 : 
 2165 peter_e                  2446            7354 :         fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
                               2447                 : 
                               2448                 :         /*
                               2449                 :          * Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once. Using
 1083 tgl                      2450 ECB             :          * FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the eqproc
                               2451                 :          * returns NULL, though really equality functions should never do
                               2452                 :          * that.
                               2453                 :          */
 1038 tgl                      2454 GIC        7354 :         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
                               2455                 :                                  NULL, NULL);
 1083                          2456            7354 :         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
                               2457            7354 :         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
                               2458                 : 
 1598                          2459            7354 :         hasmatch1 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot1->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
                               2460            7354 :         hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot2->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
                               2461                 : 
                               2462                 :         /*
                               2463                 :          * Note we assume that each MCV will match at most one member of the
 3260 bruce                    2464 ECB             :          * other MCV list.  If the operator isn't really equality, there could
                               2465                 :          * be multiple matches --- but we don't look for them, both for speed
                               2466                 :          * and because the math wouldn't add up...
                               2467                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      2468 GIC        7354 :         matchprodfreq = 0.0;
                               2469            7354 :         nmatches = 0;
 1598                          2470          218386 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
                               2471                 :         {
 6991 tgl                      2472 ECB             :             int         j;
                               2473                 : 
 1083 tgl                      2474 CBC      211032 :             fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot1->values[i];
 1083 tgl                      2475 ECB             : 
 1598 tgl                      2476 GIC     7823113 :             for (j = 0; j < sslot2->nvalues; j++)
 7994 tgl                      2477 ECB             :             {
 1083                          2478                 :                 Datum       fresult;
                               2479                 : 
 6991 tgl                      2480 GIC     7679569 :                 if (hasmatch2[j])
                               2481         2091521 :                     continue;
 1083                          2482         5588048 :                 fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot2->values[j];
                               2483         5588048 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
                               2484         5588048 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
                               2485         5588048 :                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
 7987 tgl                      2486 ECB             :                 {
 6991 tgl                      2487 CBC       67488 :                     hasmatch1[i] = hasmatch2[j] = true;
 1598                          2488           67488 :                     matchprodfreq += sslot1->numbers[i] * sslot2->numbers[j];
 6991 tgl                      2489 GIC       67488 :                     nmatches++;
                               2490           67488 :                     break;
                               2491                 :                 }
 7994 tgl                      2492 ECB             :             }
                               2493                 :         }
 6991 tgl                      2494 CBC        7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchprodfreq);
                               2495                 :         /* Sum up frequencies of matched and unmatched MCVs */
 6991 tgl                      2496 GIC        7354 :         matchfreq1 = unmatchfreq1 = 0.0;
 1598                          2497          218386 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
 7987 tgl                      2498 ECB             :         {
 6991 tgl                      2499 CBC      211032 :             if (hasmatch1[i])
 1598                          2500           67488 :                 matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
 6991 tgl                      2501 ECB             :             else
 1598 tgl                      2502 CBC      143544 :                 unmatchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
 6991 tgl                      2503 ECB             :         }
 6991 tgl                      2504 GIC        7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
 6991 tgl                      2505 CBC        7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq1);
                               2506            7354 :         matchfreq2 = unmatchfreq2 = 0.0;
 1598                          2507          270961 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot2->nvalues; i++)
 6991 tgl                      2508 ECB             :         {
 6991 tgl                      2509 GIC      263607 :             if (hasmatch2[i])
 1598                          2510           67488 :                 matchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
                               2511                 :             else
 1598 tgl                      2512 CBC      196119 :                 unmatchfreq2 += sslot2->numbers[i];
                               2513                 :         }
 6991                          2514            7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq2);
                               2515            7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(unmatchfreq2);
 6991 tgl                      2516 GIC        7354 :         pfree(hasmatch1);
 6991 tgl                      2517 CBC        7354 :         pfree(hasmatch2);
 8007 tgl                      2518 ECB             : 
                               2519                 :         /*
 6385 bruce                    2520                 :          * Compute total frequency of non-null values that are not in the MCV
                               2521                 :          * lists.
 6991 tgl                      2522                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      2523 CBC        7354 :         otherfreq1 = 1.0 - nullfrac1 - matchfreq1 - unmatchfreq1;
                               2524            7354 :         otherfreq2 = 1.0 - nullfrac2 - matchfreq2 - unmatchfreq2;
                               2525            7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq1);
 6991 tgl                      2526 GIC        7354 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(otherfreq2);
 7836 bruce                    2527 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      2528                 :         /*
                               2529                 :          * We can estimate the total selectivity from the point of view of
 6797 bruce                    2530                 :          * relation 1 as: the known selectivity for matched MCVs, plus
                               2531                 :          * unmatched MCVs that are assumed to match against random members of
 6385                          2532                 :          * relation 2's non-MCV population, plus non-MCV values that are
                               2533                 :          * assumed to match against random members of relation 2's unmatched
                               2534                 :          * MCVs plus non-MCV values.
 6991 tgl                      2535                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      2536 GIC        7354 :         totalsel1 = matchprodfreq;
 1598                          2537            7354 :         if (nd2 > sslot2->nvalues)
                               2538            4546 :             totalsel1 += unmatchfreq1 * otherfreq2 / (nd2 - sslot2->nvalues);
 6991                          2539            7354 :         if (nd2 > nmatches)
                               2540            6151 :             totalsel1 += otherfreq1 * (otherfreq2 + unmatchfreq2) /
 6991 tgl                      2541 CBC        6151 :                 (nd2 - nmatches);
 6991 tgl                      2542 ECB             :         /* Same estimate from the point of view of relation 2. */
 6991 tgl                      2543 CBC        7354 :         totalsel2 = matchprodfreq;
 1598                          2544            7354 :         if (nd1 > sslot1->nvalues)
 1598 tgl                      2545 GIC        4573 :             totalsel2 += unmatchfreq2 * otherfreq1 / (nd1 - sslot1->nvalues);
 6991                          2546            7354 :         if (nd1 > nmatches)
                               2547            5747 :             totalsel2 += otherfreq2 * (otherfreq1 + unmatchfreq1) /
                               2548            5747 :                 (nd1 - nmatches);
                               2549                 : 
                               2550                 :         /*
                               2551                 :          * Use the smaller of the two estimates.  This can be justified in
                               2552                 :          * essentially the same terms as given below for the no-stats case: to
                               2553                 :          * a first approximation, we are estimating from the point of view of
 6385 bruce                    2554 ECB             :          * the relation with smaller nd.
 6991 tgl                      2555                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      2556 CBC        7354 :         selec = (totalsel1 < totalsel2) ? totalsel1 : totalsel2;
 6991 tgl                      2557 ECB             :     }
                               2558                 :     else
                               2559                 :     {
                               2560                 :         /*
                               2561                 :          * We do not have MCV lists for both sides.  Estimate the join
 6385 bruce                    2562                 :          * selectivity as MIN(1/nd1,1/nd2)*(1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2). This
                               2563                 :          * is plausible if we assume that the join operator is strict and the
                               2564                 :          * non-null values are about equally distributed: a given non-null
                               2565                 :          * tuple of rel1 will join to either zero or N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 rows
                               2566                 :          * of rel2, so total join rows are at most
                               2567                 :          * N1*(1-nullfrac1)*N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 giving a join selectivity of
                               2568                 :          * not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2. By the same logic it
                               2569                 :          * is not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd1, so the expression
                               2570                 :          * with MIN() is an upper bound.  Using the MIN() means we estimate
                               2571                 :          * from the point of view of the relation with smaller nd (since the
                               2572                 :          * larger nd is determining the MIN).  It is reasonable to assume that
                               2573                 :          * most tuples in this rel will have join partners, so the bound is
                               2574                 :          * probably reasonably tight and should be taken as-is.
                               2575                 :          *
                               2576                 :          * XXX Can we be smarter if we have an MCV list for just one side? It
                               2577                 :          * seems that if we assume equal distribution for the other side, we
                               2578                 :          * end up with the same answer anyway.
                               2579                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      2580 GIC       75408 :         double      nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
                               2581           75408 :         double      nullfrac2 = stats2 ? stats2->stanullfrac : 0.0;
                               2582                 : 
                               2583           75408 :         selec = (1.0 - nullfrac1) * (1.0 - nullfrac2);
                               2584           75408 :         if (nd1 > nd2)
                               2585           35144 :             selec /= nd1;
                               2586                 :         else
                               2587           40264 :             selec /= nd2;
                               2588                 :     }
                               2589                 : 
 5349                          2590           82762 :     return selec;
                               2591                 : }
                               2592                 : 
                               2593                 : /*
                               2594                 :  * eqjoinsel_semi --- eqjoinsel for semi join
                               2595                 :  *
                               2596                 :  * (Also used for anti join, which we are supposed to estimate the same way.)
                               2597                 :  * Caller has ensured that vardata1 is the LHS variable.
 1598 tgl                      2598 ECB             :  * Unlike eqjoinsel_inner, we have to cope with opfuncoid being InvalidOid.
 5349                          2599                 :  */
                               2600                 : static double
 1038 tgl                      2601 CBC        3602 : eqjoinsel_semi(Oid opfuncoid, Oid collation,
 4239 tgl                      2602 ECB             :                VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
 1598                          2603                 :                double nd1, double nd2,
                               2604                 :                bool isdefault1, bool isdefault2,
                               2605                 :                AttStatsSlot *sslot1, AttStatsSlot *sslot2,
                               2606                 :                Form_pg_statistic stats1, Form_pg_statistic stats2,
                               2607                 :                bool have_mcvs1, bool have_mcvs2,
 4238                          2608                 :                RelOptInfo *inner_rel)
                               2609                 : {
                               2610                 :     double      selec;
                               2611                 : 
                               2612                 :     /*
                               2613                 :      * We clamp nd2 to be not more than what we estimate the inner relation's
                               2614                 :      * size to be.  This is intuitively somewhat reasonable since obviously
                               2615                 :      * there can't be more than that many distinct values coming from the
                               2616                 :      * inner rel.  The reason for the asymmetry (ie, that we don't clamp nd1
                               2617                 :      * likewise) is that this is the only pathway by which restriction clauses
                               2618                 :      * applied to the inner rel will affect the join result size estimate,
                               2619                 :      * since set_joinrel_size_estimates will multiply SEMI/ANTI selectivity by
                               2620                 :      * only the outer rel's size.  If we clamped nd1 we'd be double-counting
                               2621                 :      * the selectivity of outer-rel restrictions.
                               2622                 :      *
                               2623                 :      * We can apply this clamping both with respect to the base relation from
                               2624                 :      * which the join variable comes (if there is just one), and to the
                               2625                 :      * immediate inner input relation of the current join.
                               2626                 :      *
                               2627                 :      * If we clamp, we can treat nd2 as being a non-default estimate; it's not
                               2628                 :      * great, maybe, but it didn't come out of nowhere either.  This is most
                               2629                 :      * helpful when the inner relation is empty and consequently has no stats.
                               2630                 :      */
 4238 tgl                      2631 GIC        3602 :     if (vardata2->rel)
                               2632                 :     {
 2322                          2633            3602 :         if (nd2 >= vardata2->rel->rows)
                               2634                 :         {
                               2635            2874 :             nd2 = vardata2->rel->rows;
                               2636            2874 :             isdefault2 = false;
                               2637                 :         }
                               2638                 :     }
                               2639            3602 :     if (nd2 >= inner_rel->rows)
                               2640                 :     {
                               2641            2862 :         nd2 = inner_rel->rows;
                               2642            2862 :         isdefault2 = false;
                               2643                 :     }
                               2644                 : 
 1598                          2645            3602 :     if (have_mcvs1 && have_mcvs2 && OidIsValid(opfuncoid))
 5349                          2646             243 :     {
                               2647                 :         /*
                               2648                 :          * We have most-common-value lists for both relations.  Run through
 5349 tgl                      2649 ECB             :          * the lists to see which MCVs actually join to each other with the
                               2650                 :          * given operator.  This allows us to determine the exact join
                               2651                 :          * selectivity for the portion of the relations represented by the MCV
                               2652                 :          * lists.  We still have to estimate for the remaining population, but
                               2653                 :          * in a skewed distribution this gives us a big leg up in accuracy.
                               2654                 :          */
 1083 tgl                      2655 GIC         243 :         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 2);
                               2656                 :         FmgrInfo    eqproc;
 5349 tgl                      2657 ECB             :         bool       *hasmatch1;
                               2658                 :         bool       *hasmatch2;
 5349 tgl                      2659 CBC         243 :         double      nullfrac1 = stats1->stanullfrac;
 4380 tgl                      2660 ECB             :         double      matchfreq1,
                               2661                 :                     uncertainfrac,
                               2662                 :                     uncertain;
 5349                          2663                 :         int         i,
 4238                          2664                 :                     nmatches,
                               2665                 :                     clamped_nvalues2;
                               2666                 : 
                               2667                 :         /*
                               2668                 :          * The clamping above could have resulted in nd2 being less than
                               2669                 :          * sslot2->nvalues; in which case, we assume that precisely the nd2
                               2670                 :          * most common values in the relation will appear in the join input,
                               2671                 :          * and so compare to only the first nd2 members of the MCV list.  Of
                               2672                 :          * course this is frequently wrong, but it's the best bet we can make.
                               2673                 :          */
 1598 tgl                      2674 GIC         243 :         clamped_nvalues2 = Min(sslot2->nvalues, nd2);
                               2675                 : 
 2165 peter_e                  2676             243 :         fmgr_info(opfuncoid, &eqproc);
 1083 tgl                      2677 ECB             : 
                               2678                 :         /*
                               2679                 :          * Save a few cycles by setting up the fcinfo struct just once. Using
                               2680                 :          * FunctionCallInvoke directly also avoids failure if the eqproc
                               2681                 :          * returns NULL, though really equality functions should never do
                               2682                 :          * that.
                               2683                 :          */
 1038 tgl                      2684 GIC         243 :         InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, &eqproc, 2, collation,
                               2685                 :                                  NULL, NULL);
 1083                          2686             243 :         fcinfo->args[0].isnull = false;
                               2687             243 :         fcinfo->args[1].isnull = false;
                               2688                 : 
 1598                          2689             243 :         hasmatch1 = (bool *) palloc0(sslot1->nvalues * sizeof(bool));
 4238                          2690             243 :         hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(clamped_nvalues2 * sizeof(bool));
                               2691                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2692 ECB             :         /*
                               2693                 :          * Note we assume that each MCV will match at most one member of the
 3260 bruce                    2694                 :          * other MCV list.  If the operator isn't really equality, there could
                               2695                 :          * be multiple matches --- but we don't look for them, both for speed
                               2696                 :          * and because the math wouldn't add up...
                               2697                 :          */
 5349 tgl                      2698 GIC         243 :         nmatches = 0;
 1598                          2699            4150 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
                               2700                 :         {
                               2701                 :             int         j;
 5349 tgl                      2702 ECB             : 
 1083 tgl                      2703 GIC        3907 :             fcinfo->args[0].value = sslot1->values[i];
 1083 tgl                      2704 ECB             : 
 4238 tgl                      2705 CBC      131372 :             for (j = 0; j < clamped_nvalues2; j++)
                               2706                 :             {
 1083 tgl                      2707 ECB             :                 Datum       fresult;
                               2708                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2709 GIC      130760 :                 if (hasmatch2[j])
                               2710          100214 :                     continue;
 1083                          2711           30546 :                 fcinfo->args[1].value = sslot2->values[j];
                               2712           30546 :                 fcinfo->isnull = false;
                               2713           30546 :                 fresult = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
                               2714           30546 :                 if (!fcinfo->isnull && DatumGetBool(fresult))
                               2715                 :                 {
 5349 tgl                      2716 CBC        3295 :                     hasmatch1[i] = hasmatch2[j] = true;
                               2717            3295 :                     nmatches++;
 5349 tgl                      2718 GIC        3295 :                     break;
                               2719                 :                 }
                               2720                 :             }
 5349 tgl                      2721 ECB             :         }
                               2722                 :         /* Sum up frequencies of matched MCVs */
 5349 tgl                      2723 CBC         243 :         matchfreq1 = 0.0;
 1598 tgl                      2724 GIC        4150 :         for (i = 0; i < sslot1->nvalues; i++)
                               2725                 :         {
 5349                          2726            3907 :             if (hasmatch1[i])
 1598 tgl                      2727 CBC        3295 :                 matchfreq1 += sslot1->numbers[i];
 5349 tgl                      2728 ECB             :         }
 5349 tgl                      2729 CBC         243 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(matchfreq1);
                               2730             243 :         pfree(hasmatch1);
                               2731             243 :         pfree(hasmatch2);
 5349 tgl                      2732 ECB             : 
                               2733                 :         /*
                               2734                 :          * Now we need to estimate the fraction of relation 1 that has at
 3260 bruce                    2735                 :          * least one join partner.  We know for certain that the matched MCVs
 5050                          2736                 :          * do, so that gives us a lower bound, but we're really in the dark
                               2737                 :          * about everything else.  Our crude approach is: if nd1 <= nd2 then
                               2738                 :          * assume all non-null rel1 rows have join partners, else assume for
                               2739                 :          * the uncertain rows that a fraction nd2/nd1 have join partners. We
                               2740                 :          * can discount the known-matched MCVs from the distinct-values counts
                               2741                 :          * before doing the division.
 4380 tgl                      2742                 :          *
                               2743                 :          * Crude as the above is, it's completely useless if we don't have
 4322 bruce                    2744                 :          * reliable ndistinct values for both sides.  Hence, if either nd1 or
                               2745                 :          * nd2 is default, punt and assume half of the uncertain rows have
                               2746                 :          * join partners.
 5349 tgl                      2747                 :          */
 4235 tgl                      2748 CBC         243 :         if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
 5349 tgl                      2749 ECB             :         {
 4380 tgl                      2750 GIC         243 :             nd1 -= nmatches;
                               2751             243 :             nd2 -= nmatches;
 4238                          2752             243 :             if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
 4380                          2753             225 :                 uncertainfrac = 1.0;
                               2754                 :             else
                               2755              18 :                 uncertainfrac = nd2 / nd1;
                               2756                 :         }
                               2757                 :         else
 4380 tgl                      2758 UIC           0 :             uncertainfrac = 0.5;
 4380 tgl                      2759 GIC         243 :         uncertain = 1.0 - matchfreq1 - nullfrac1;
                               2760             243 :         CLAMP_PROBABILITY(uncertain);
                               2761             243 :         selec = matchfreq1 + uncertainfrac * uncertain;
                               2762                 :     }
                               2763                 :     else
                               2764                 :     {
                               2765                 :         /*
 5349 tgl                      2766 ECB             :          * Without MCV lists for both sides, we can only use the heuristic
                               2767                 :          * about nd1 vs nd2.
                               2768                 :          */
 5349 tgl                      2769 CBC        3359 :         double      nullfrac1 = stats1 ? stats1->stanullfrac : 0.0;
 5349 tgl                      2770 ECB             : 
 4235 tgl                      2771 CBC        3359 :         if (!isdefault1 && !isdefault2)
                               2772                 :         {
 4238                          2773            2478 :             if (nd1 <= nd2 || nd2 < 0)
 4380 tgl                      2774 GIC        1089 :                 selec = 1.0 - nullfrac1;
                               2775                 :             else
 4380 tgl                      2776 GBC        1389 :                 selec = (nd2 / nd1) * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
 4380 tgl                      2777 ECB             :         }
 5349                          2778                 :         else
 4380 tgl                      2779 CBC         881 :             selec = 0.5 * (1.0 - nullfrac1);
                               2780                 :     }
                               2781                 : 
 5349 tgl                      2782 GIC        3602 :     return selec;
                               2783                 : }
                               2784                 : 
                               2785                 : /*
                               2786                 :  *      neqjoinsel      - Join selectivity of "!="
 9770 scrappy                  2787 ECB             :  */
                               2788                 : Datum
 8343 tgl                      2789 CBC        1382 : neqjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2790                 : {
 6517                          2791            1382 :     PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
 7987                          2792            1382 :     Oid         operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
 7987 tgl                      2793 GIC        1382 :     List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
 7376 tgl                      2794 CBC        1382 :     JoinType    jointype = (JoinType) PG_GETARG_INT16(3);
 5349 tgl                      2795 GIC        1382 :     SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo = (SpecialJoinInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(4);
  992                          2796            1382 :     Oid         collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
 8343 tgl                      2797 ECB             :     float8      result;
                               2798                 : 
 1957 tgl                      2799 GIC        1382 :     if (jointype == JOIN_SEMI || jointype == JOIN_ANTI)
 7987 tgl                      2800 CBC         464 :     {
                               2801                 :         /*
                               2802                 :          * For semi-joins, if there is more than one distinct value in the RHS
                               2803                 :          * relation then every non-null LHS row must find a row to join since
                               2804                 :          * it can only be equal to one of them.  We'll assume that there is
                               2805                 :          * always more than one distinct RHS value for the sake of stability,
                               2806                 :          * though in theory we could have special cases for empty RHS
 1957 tgl                      2807 ECB             :          * (selectivity = 0) and single-distinct-value RHS (selectivity =
                               2808                 :          * fraction of LHS that has the same value as the single RHS value).
                               2809                 :          *
                               2810                 :          * For anti-joins, if we use the same assumption that there is more
                               2811                 :          * than one distinct key in the RHS relation, then every non-null LHS
                               2812                 :          * row must be suppressed by the anti-join.
                               2813                 :          *
                               2814                 :          * So either way, the selectivity estimate should be 1 - nullfrac.
                               2815                 :          */
                               2816                 :         VariableStatData leftvar;
                               2817                 :         VariableStatData rightvar;
                               2818                 :         bool        reversed;
                               2819                 :         HeapTuple   statsTuple;
                               2820                 :         double      nullfrac;
                               2821                 : 
 1957 tgl                      2822 GIC         464 :         get_join_variables(root, args, sjinfo, &leftvar, &rightvar, &reversed);
                               2823             464 :         statsTuple = reversed ? rightvar.statsTuple : leftvar.statsTuple;
                               2824             464 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(statsTuple))
                               2825             374 :             nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
                               2826                 :         else
                               2827              90 :             nullfrac = 0.0;
                               2828             464 :         ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
                               2829             464 :         ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
                               2830                 : 
                               2831             464 :         result = 1.0 - nullfrac;
                               2832                 :     }
                               2833                 :     else
                               2834                 :     {
                               2835                 :         /*
                               2836                 :          * We want 1 - eqjoinsel() where the equality operator is the one
                               2837                 :          * associated with this != operator, that is, its negator.
                               2838                 :          */
                               2839             918 :         Oid         eqop = get_negator(operator);
 1957 tgl                      2840 ECB             : 
 1957 tgl                      2841 CBC         918 :         if (eqop)
 1957 tgl                      2842 ECB             :         {
  992                          2843                 :             result =
  992 tgl                      2844 GIC         918 :                 DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall5Coll(eqjoinsel,
  992 tgl                      2845 ECB             :                                                        collation,
                               2846                 :                                                        PointerGetDatum(root),
                               2847                 :                                                        ObjectIdGetDatum(eqop),
                               2848                 :                                                        PointerGetDatum(args),
                               2849                 :                                                        Int16GetDatum(jointype),
                               2850                 :                                                        PointerGetDatum(sjinfo)));
                               2851                 :         }
                               2852                 :         else
                               2853                 :         {
                               2854                 :             /* Use default selectivity (should we raise an error instead?) */
 1957 tgl                      2855 UIC           0 :             result = DEFAULT_EQ_SEL;
                               2856                 :         }
 1957 tgl                      2857 CBC         918 :         result = 1.0 - result;
                               2858                 :     }
 1957 tgl                      2859 ECB             : 
 8343 tgl                      2860 GIC        1382 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(result);
                               2861                 : }
 9770 scrappy                  2862 ECB             : 
                               2863                 : /*
                               2864                 :  *      scalarltjoinsel - Join selectivity of "<" for scalars
                               2865                 :  */
                               2866                 : Datum
 8343 tgl                      2867 GIC         156 : scalarltjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2868                 : {
                               2869             156 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
                               2870                 : }
                               2871                 : 
                               2872                 : /*
 2034 tgl                      2873 EUB             :  *      scalarlejoinsel - Join selectivity of "<=" for scalars
                               2874                 :  */
 2034 tgl                      2875 ECB             : Datum
 2034 tgl                      2876 GIC          95 : scalarlejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2877                 : {
 2034 tgl                      2878 CBC          95 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
                               2879                 : }
                               2880                 : 
                               2881                 : /*
                               2882                 :  *      scalargtjoinsel - Join selectivity of ">" for scalars
                               2883                 :  */
                               2884                 : Datum
 8343                          2885             114 : scalargtjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2886                 : {
                               2887             114 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
                               2888                 : }
                               2889                 : 
                               2890                 : /*
                               2891                 :  *      scalargejoinsel - Join selectivity of ">=" for scalars
                               2892                 :  */
                               2893                 : Datum
 2034                          2894              92 : scalargejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               2895                 : {
                               2896              92 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL);
                               2897                 : }
                               2898                 : 
                               2899                 : 
                               2900                 : /*
                               2901                 :  * mergejoinscansel         - Scan selectivity of merge join.
                               2902                 :  *
 1515 tgl                      2903 ECB             :  * A merge join will stop as soon as it exhausts either input stream.
                               2904                 :  * Therefore, if we can estimate the ranges of both input variables,
                               2905                 :  * we can estimate how much of the input will actually be read.  This
                               2906                 :  * can have a considerable impact on the cost when using indexscans.
                               2907                 :  *
                               2908                 :  * Also, we can estimate how much of each input has to be read before the
                               2909                 :  * first join pair is found, which will affect the join's startup time.
                               2910                 :  *
                               2911                 :  * clause should be a clause already known to be mergejoinable.  opfamily,
                               2912                 :  * strategy, and nulls_first specify the sort ordering being used.
                               2913                 :  *
                               2914                 :  * The outputs are:
                               2915                 :  *      *leftstart is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
                               2916                 :  *       to be scanned before the first join pair is found (0 to 1).
                               2917                 :  *      *leftend is set to the fraction of the left-hand variable expected
                               2918                 :  *       to be scanned before the join terminates (0 to 1).
                               2919                 :  *      *rightstart, *rightend similarly for the right-hand variable.
                               2920                 :  */
                               2921                 : void
 1515 tgl                      2922 GIC       42184 : mergejoinscansel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *clause,
                               2923                 :                  Oid opfamily, int strategy, bool nulls_first,
                               2924                 :                  Selectivity *leftstart, Selectivity *leftend,
                               2925                 :                  Selectivity *rightstart, Selectivity *rightend)
                               2926                 : {
                               2927                 :     Node       *left,
                               2928                 :                *right;
                               2929                 :     VariableStatData leftvar,
                               2930                 :                 rightvar;
                               2931                 :     int         op_strategy;
                               2932                 :     Oid         op_lefttype;
                               2933                 :     Oid         op_righttype;
                               2934                 :     Oid         opno,
                               2935                 :                 collation,
                               2936                 :                 lsortop,
                               2937                 :                 rsortop,
                               2938                 :                 lstatop,
                               2939                 :                 rstatop,
 5601 tgl                      2940 ECB             :                 ltop,
                               2941                 :                 leop,
                               2942                 :                 revltop,
                               2943                 :                 revleop;
                               2944                 :     bool        isgt;
                               2945                 :     Datum       leftmin,
                               2946                 :                 leftmax,
                               2947                 :                 rightmin,
                               2948                 :                 rightmax;
                               2949                 :     double      selec;
                               2950                 : 
                               2951                 :     /* Set default results if we can't figure anything out. */
                               2952                 :     /* XXX should default "start" fraction be a bit more than 0? */
 5601 tgl                      2953 GIC       42184 :     *leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
                               2954           42184 :     *leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
                               2955                 : 
                               2956                 :     /* Deconstruct the merge clause */
 7709                          2957           42184 :     if (!is_opclause(clause))
 7709 tgl                      2958 UIC           0 :         return;                 /* shouldn't happen */
 7423 tgl                      2959 GIC       42184 :     opno = ((OpExpr *) clause)->opno;
 1038                          2960           42184 :     collation = ((OpExpr *) clause)->inputcollid;
 6991                          2961           42184 :     left = get_leftop((Expr *) clause);
                               2962           42184 :     right = get_rightop((Expr *) clause);
 7709                          2963           42184 :     if (!right)
 7709 tgl                      2964 UIC           0 :         return;                 /* shouldn't happen */
                               2965                 : 
                               2966                 :     /* Look for stats for the inputs */
 6991 tgl                      2967 GIC       42184 :     examine_variable(root, left, 0, &leftvar);
                               2968           42184 :     examine_variable(root, right, 0, &rightvar);
                               2969                 : 
                               2970                 :     /* Extract the operator's declared left/right datatypes */
 4511 tgl                      2971 CBC       42184 :     get_op_opfamily_properties(opno, opfamily, false,
 5951 tgl                      2972 ECB             :                                &op_strategy,
                               2973                 :                                &op_lefttype,
                               2974                 :                                &op_righttype);
 5951 tgl                      2975 CBC       42184 :     Assert(op_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber);
 5951 tgl                      2976 EUB             : 
 5951 tgl                      2977 ECB             :     /*
 5624 bruce                    2978                 :      * Look up the various operators we need.  If we don't find them all, it
 5601 tgl                      2979                 :      * probably means the opfamily is broken, but we just fail silently.
                               2980                 :      *
 5050 bruce                    2981                 :      * Note: we expect that pg_statistic histograms will be sorted by the '<'
 5050 bruce                    2982 EUB             :      * operator, regardless of which sort direction we are considering.
                               2983                 :      */
 5951 tgl                      2984 GIC       42184 :     switch (strategy)
 5951 tgl                      2985 ECB             :     {
 5951 tgl                      2986 CBC       42157 :         case BTLessStrategyNumber:
 5601 tgl                      2987 GIC       42157 :             isgt = false;
                               2988           42157 :             if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
 5601 tgl                      2989 ECB             :             {
                               2990                 :                 /* easy case */
 5601 tgl                      2991 GIC       41606 :                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               2992                 :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
 5601 tgl                      2993 ECB             :                                            BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      2994 GIC       41606 :                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               2995                 :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               2996                 :                                            BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
                               2997           41606 :                 lsortop = ltop;
                               2998           41606 :                 rsortop = ltop;
                               2999           41606 :                 lstatop = lsortop;
                               3000           41606 :                 rstatop = rsortop;
                               3001           41606 :                 revltop = ltop;
 5601 tgl                      3002 CBC       41606 :                 revleop = leop;
                               3003                 :             }
 5601 tgl                      3004 ECB             :             else
                               3005                 :             {
 5601 tgl                      3006 CBC         551 :                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3007                 :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               3008                 :                                            BTLessStrategyNumber);
                               3009             551 :                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3010                 :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               3011                 :                                            BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
                               3012             551 :                 lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3013                 :                                               op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
                               3014                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
                               3015             551 :                 rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3016 ECB             :                                               op_righttype, op_righttype,
                               3017                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3018 CBC         551 :                 lstatop = lsortop;
                               3019             551 :                 rstatop = rsortop;
                               3020             551 :                 revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3021                 :                                               op_righttype, op_lefttype,
                               3022                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3023 GIC         551 :                 revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3024 ECB             :                                               op_righttype, op_lefttype,
                               3025                 :                                               BTLessEqualStrategyNumber);
                               3026                 :             }
 5951 tgl                      3027 CBC       42157 :             break;
 5951 tgl                      3028 GIC          27 :         case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
                               3029                 :             /* descending-order case */
 5601 tgl                      3030 CBC          27 :             isgt = true;
 5601 tgl                      3031 GIC          27 :             if (op_lefttype == op_righttype)
                               3032                 :             {
 5601 tgl                      3033 ECB             :                 /* easy case */
 5601 tgl                      3034 GIC          27 :                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3035                 :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
 5601 tgl                      3036 ECB             :                                            BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3037 CBC          27 :                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3038 ECB             :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               3039                 :                                            BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3040 GIC          27 :                 lsortop = ltop;
 5601 tgl                      3041 CBC          27 :                 rsortop = ltop;
 5601 tgl                      3042 GIC          27 :                 lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3043                 :                                               op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
                               3044                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3045 CBC          27 :                 rstatop = lstatop;
                               3046              27 :                 revltop = ltop;
 5601 tgl                      3047 GIC          27 :                 revleop = leop;
 5601 tgl                      3048 ECB             :             }
                               3049                 :             else
                               3050                 :             {
 5601 tgl                      3051 UIC           0 :                 ltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3052 ECB             :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               3053                 :                                            BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3054 UIC           0 :                 leop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3055 ECB             :                                            op_lefttype, op_righttype,
                               3056                 :                                            BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3057 UIC           0 :                 lsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3058 ECB             :                                               op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
                               3059                 :                                               BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3060 LBC           0 :                 rsortop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3061                 :                                               op_righttype, op_righttype,
                               3062                 :                                               BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
                               3063               0 :                 lstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
 5601 tgl                      3064 ECB             :                                               op_lefttype, op_lefttype,
                               3065                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3066 UIC           0 :                 rstatop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3067                 :                                               op_righttype, op_righttype,
                               3068                 :                                               BTLessStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3069 UBC           0 :                 revltop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3070                 :                                               op_righttype, op_lefttype,
                               3071                 :                                               BTGreaterStrategyNumber);
                               3072               0 :                 revleop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily,
                               3073                 :                                               op_righttype, op_lefttype,
                               3074                 :                                               BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber);
 5601 tgl                      3075 EUB             :             }
 5951 tgl                      3076 GIC          27 :             break;
 5951 tgl                      3077 UIC           0 :         default:
 5951 tgl                      3078 UBC           0 :             goto fail;          /* shouldn't get here */
                               3079                 :     }
                               3080                 : 
 5951 tgl                      3081 GBC       42184 :     if (!OidIsValid(lsortop) ||
 5951 tgl                      3082 GIC       42184 :         !OidIsValid(rsortop) ||
 5601                          3083           42184 :         !OidIsValid(lstatop) ||
 5601 tgl                      3084 GBC       42184 :         !OidIsValid(rstatop) ||
 5601 tgl                      3085 GIC       42178 :         !OidIsValid(ltop) ||
 5951                          3086           42178 :         !OidIsValid(leop) ||
 5601 tgl                      3087 GBC       42178 :         !OidIsValid(revltop) ||
                               3088                 :         !OidIsValid(revleop))
 5951 tgl                      3089 GIC           6 :         goto fail;              /* insufficient info in catalogs */
 7709 tgl                      3090 EUB             : 
                               3091                 :     /* Try to get ranges of both inputs */
 5601 tgl                      3092 GIC       42178 :     if (!isgt)
                               3093                 :     {
 1038 tgl                      3094 CBC       42151 :         if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
 5601 tgl                      3095 EUB             :                                 &leftmin, &leftmax))
 5601 tgl                      3096 GBC       10896 :             goto fail;          /* no range available from stats */
 1038 tgl                      3097 GIC       31255 :         if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
                               3098                 :                                 &rightmin, &rightmax))
 5601 tgl                      3099 CBC        7377 :             goto fail;          /* no range available from stats */
 5601 tgl                      3100 ECB             :     }
                               3101                 :     else
                               3102                 :     {
                               3103                 :         /* need to swap the max and min */
 1038 tgl                      3104 CBC          27 :         if (!get_variable_range(root, &leftvar, lstatop, collation,
 5601 tgl                      3105 ECB             :                                 &leftmax, &leftmin))
 5601 tgl                      3106 GIC          15 :             goto fail;          /* no range available from stats */
 1038 tgl                      3107 CBC          12 :         if (!get_variable_range(root, &rightvar, rstatop, collation,
                               3108                 :                                 &rightmax, &rightmin))
 5601 tgl                      3109 UIC           0 :             goto fail;          /* no range available from stats */
 5601 tgl                      3110 ECB             :     }
                               3111                 : 
 7709                          3112                 :     /*
                               3113                 :      * Now, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned is the
                               3114                 :      * fraction that's <= the right-side maximum value.  But only believe
 5601                          3115                 :      * non-default estimates, else stick with our 1.0.
                               3116                 :      */
 1038 tgl                      3117 CBC       23890 :     selec = scalarineqsel(root, leop, isgt, true, collation, &leftvar,
                               3118                 :                           rightmax, op_righttype);
 7709 tgl                      3119 GIC       23890 :     if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
 5601                          3120           23887 :         *leftend = selec;
                               3121                 : 
 7709 tgl                      3122 ECB             :     /* And similarly for the right variable. */
 1038 tgl                      3123 GIC       23890 :     selec = scalarineqsel(root, revleop, isgt, true, collation, &rightvar,
 5951 tgl                      3124 ECB             :                           leftmax, op_lefttype);
 7709 tgl                      3125 CBC       23890 :     if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
 5601 tgl                      3126 GIC       23890 :         *rightend = selec;
 5601 tgl                      3127 EUB             : 
                               3128                 :     /*
                               3129                 :      * Only one of the two "end" fractions can really be less than 1.0;
                               3130                 :      * believe the smaller estimate and reset the other one to exactly 1.0. If
                               3131                 :      * we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
                               3132                 :      * believe neither.
                               3133                 :      */
 5601 tgl                      3134 GIC       23890 :     if (*leftend > *rightend)
 5601 tgl                      3135 CBC       11396 :         *leftend = 1.0;
 5601 tgl                      3136 GIC       12494 :     else if (*leftend < *rightend)
 5601 tgl                      3137 CBC        8432 :         *rightend = 1.0;
 5601 tgl                      3138 ECB             :     else
 5601 tgl                      3139 GIC        4062 :         *leftend = *rightend = 1.0;
                               3140                 : 
 5601 tgl                      3141 ECB             :     /*
                               3142                 :      * Also, the fraction of the left variable that will be scanned before the
 5050 bruce                    3143                 :      * first join pair is found is the fraction that's < the right-side
 5601 tgl                      3144                 :      * minimum value.  But only believe non-default estimates, else stick with
                               3145                 :      * our own default.
                               3146                 :      */
 1038 tgl                      3147 GIC       23890 :     selec = scalarineqsel(root, ltop, isgt, false, collation, &leftvar,
                               3148                 :                           rightmin, op_righttype);
 5601                          3149           23890 :     if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
                               3150           23890 :         *leftstart = selec;
                               3151                 : 
 5601 tgl                      3152 ECB             :     /* And similarly for the right variable. */
 1038 tgl                      3153 CBC       23890 :     selec = scalarineqsel(root, revltop, isgt, false, collation, &rightvar,
 5601 tgl                      3154 ECB             :                           leftmin, op_lefttype);
 5601 tgl                      3155 CBC       23890 :     if (selec != DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL)
 5601 tgl                      3156 GIC       23890 :         *rightstart = selec;
 5601 tgl                      3157 ECB             : 
                               3158                 :     /*
                               3159                 :      * Only one of the two "start" fractions can really be more than zero;
                               3160                 :      * believe the larger estimate and reset the other one to exactly 0.0. If
                               3161                 :      * we get exactly equal estimates (as can easily happen with self-joins),
                               3162                 :      * believe neither.
                               3163                 :      */
 5601 tgl                      3164 GIC       23890 :     if (*leftstart < *rightstart)
 5601 tgl                      3165 CBC        5010 :         *leftstart = 0.0;
 5601 tgl                      3166 GIC       18880 :     else if (*leftstart > *rightstart)
 5601 tgl                      3167 CBC       10602 :         *rightstart = 0.0;
 5601 tgl                      3168 ECB             :     else
 5601 tgl                      3169 GIC        8278 :         *leftstart = *rightstart = 0.0;
                               3170                 : 
 5601 tgl                      3171 ECB             :     /*
                               3172                 :      * If the sort order is nulls-first, we're going to have to skip over any
 5050 bruce                    3173                 :      * nulls too.  These would not have been counted by scalarineqsel, and we
                               3174                 :      * can safely add in this fraction regardless of whether we believe
                               3175                 :      * scalarineqsel's results or not.  But be sure to clamp the sum to 1.0!
                               3176                 :      */
 5601 tgl                      3177 GIC       23890 :     if (nulls_first)
                               3178                 :     {
                               3179                 :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                               3180                 : 
                               3181              12 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(leftvar.statsTuple))
 5601 tgl                      3182 ECB             :         {
 5601 tgl                      3183 CBC          12 :             stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(leftvar.statsTuple);
                               3184              12 :             *leftstart += stats->stanullfrac;
                               3185              12 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftstart);
 5601 tgl                      3186 GIC          12 :             *leftend += stats->stanullfrac;
 5601 tgl                      3187 CBC          12 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*leftend);
                               3188                 :         }
 5601 tgl                      3189 GIC          12 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(rightvar.statsTuple))
                               3190                 :         {
 5921                          3191              12 :             stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(rightvar.statsTuple);
 5601                          3192              12 :             *rightstart += stats->stanullfrac;
                               3193              12 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightstart);
                               3194              12 :             *rightend += stats->stanullfrac;
 5601 tgl                      3195 CBC          12 :             CLAMP_PROBABILITY(*rightend);
                               3196                 :         }
                               3197                 :     }
                               3198                 : 
 5601 tgl                      3199 ECB             :     /* Disbelieve start >= end, just in case that can happen */
 5601 tgl                      3200 GIC       23890 :     if (*leftstart >= *leftend)
 5601 tgl                      3201 ECB             :     {
 5601 tgl                      3202 CBC          82 :         *leftstart = 0.0;
                               3203              82 :         *leftend = 1.0;
 5601 tgl                      3204 ECB             :     }
 5601 tgl                      3205 CBC       23890 :     if (*rightstart >= *rightend)
                               3206                 :     {
                               3207             334 :         *rightstart = 0.0;
 5601 tgl                      3208 GIC         334 :         *rightend = 1.0;
 5601 tgl                      3209 ECB             :     }
 6991                          3210                 : 
 6991 tgl                      3211 CBC       23556 : fail:
                               3212           42184 :     ReleaseVariableStats(leftvar);
                               3213           42184 :     ReleaseVariableStats(rightvar);
                               3214                 : }
                               3215                 : 
                               3216                 : 
                               3217                 : /*
 1103 tgl                      3218 ECB             :  *  matchingsel -- generic matching-operator selectivity support
                               3219                 :  *
                               3220                 :  * Use these for any operators that (a) are on data types for which we collect
                               3221                 :  * standard statistics, and (b) have behavior for which the default estimate
                               3222                 :  * (twice DEFAULT_EQ_SEL) is sane.  Typically that is good for match-like
                               3223                 :  * operators.
                               3224                 :  */
                               3225                 : 
                               3226                 : Datum
 1103 tgl                      3227 GIC         553 : matchingsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               3228                 : {
 1103 tgl                      3229 CBC         553 :     PlannerInfo *root = (PlannerInfo *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
                               3230             553 :     Oid         operator = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
                               3231             553 :     List       *args = (List *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
 1103 tgl                      3232 GIC         553 :     int         varRelid = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
 1038                          3233             553 :     Oid         collation = PG_GET_COLLATION();
                               3234                 :     double      selec;
                               3235                 : 
                               3236                 :     /* Use generic restriction selectivity logic. */
                               3237             553 :     selec = generic_restriction_selectivity(root, operator, collation,
                               3238                 :                                             args, varRelid,
                               3239                 :                                             DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
                               3240                 : 
 1103                          3241             553 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8((float8) selec);
                               3242                 : }
                               3243                 : 
                               3244                 : Datum
 1103 tgl                      3245 CBC           3 : matchingjoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
                               3246                 : {
 1103 tgl                      3247 ECB             :     /* Just punt, for the moment. */
 1103 tgl                      3248 CBC           3 :     PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(DEFAULT_MATCHING_SEL);
 1103 tgl                      3249 ECB             : }
                               3250                 : 
                               3251                 : 
                               3252                 : /*
                               3253                 :  * Helper routine for estimate_num_groups: add an item to a list of
                               3254                 :  * GroupVarInfos, but only if it's not known equal to any of the existing
 6777                          3255                 :  * entries.
                               3256                 :  */
                               3257                 : typedef struct
                               3258                 : {
 6385 bruce                    3259                 :     Node       *var;            /* might be an expression, not just a Var */
                               3260                 :     RelOptInfo *rel;            /* relation it belongs to */
                               3261                 :     double      ndistinct;      /* # distinct values */
                               3262                 :     bool        isdefault;      /* true if DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT was used */
 6777 tgl                      3263                 : } GroupVarInfo;
                               3264                 : 
                               3265                 : static List *
 6517 tgl                      3266 CBC      113011 : add_unique_group_var(PlannerInfo *root, List *varinfos,
                               3267                 :                      Node *var, VariableStatData *vardata)
                               3268                 : {
                               3269                 :     GroupVarInfo *varinfo;
                               3270                 :     double      ndistinct;
                               3271                 :     bool        isdefault;
                               3272                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               3273                 : 
 4235 tgl                      3274 GIC      113011 :     ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(vardata, &isdefault);
                               3275                 : 
 1364                          3276          130879 :     foreach(lc, varinfos)
                               3277                 :     {
 6777                          3278           18281 :         varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
                               3279                 : 
                               3280                 :         /* Drop exact duplicates */
                               3281           18281 :         if (equal(var, varinfo->var))
                               3282             413 :             return varinfos;
                               3283                 : 
 6777 tgl                      3284 ECB             :         /*
                               3285                 :          * Drop known-equal vars, but only if they belong to different
                               3286                 :          * relations (see comments for estimate_num_groups)
                               3287                 :          */
 6777 tgl                      3288 GIC       19308 :         if (vardata->rel != varinfo->rel &&
                               3289            1380 :             exprs_known_equal(root, var, varinfo->var))
                               3290                 :         {
                               3291              60 :             if (varinfo->ndistinct <= ndistinct)
 6777 tgl                      3292 ECB             :             {
                               3293                 :                 /* Keep older item, forget new one */
 6777 tgl                      3294 CBC          60 :                 return varinfos;
                               3295                 :             }
 6777 tgl                      3296 ECB             :             else
                               3297                 :             {
                               3298                 :                 /* Delete the older item */
 1364 tgl                      3299 LBC           0 :                 varinfos = foreach_delete_current(varinfos, lc);
 6777 tgl                      3300 ECB             :             }
                               3301                 :         }
                               3302                 :     }
                               3303                 : 
 6777 tgl                      3304 GIC      112598 :     varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) palloc(sizeof(GroupVarInfo));
                               3305                 : 
 6777 tgl                      3306 CBC      112598 :     varinfo->var = var;
                               3307          112598 :     varinfo->rel = vardata->rel;
 6777 tgl                      3308 GIC      112598 :     varinfo->ndistinct = ndistinct;
  740 drowley                  3309 CBC      112598 :     varinfo->isdefault = isdefault;
 6777 tgl                      3310 GIC      112598 :     varinfos = lappend(varinfos, varinfo);
                               3311          112598 :     return varinfos;
 6777 tgl                      3312 ECB             : }
                               3313                 : 
                               3314                 : /*
                               3315                 :  * estimate_num_groups      - Estimate number of groups in a grouped query
                               3316                 :  *
 7446 tgl                      3317 EUB             :  * Given a query having a GROUP BY clause, estimate how many groups there
                               3318                 :  * will be --- ie, the number of distinct combinations of the GROUP BY
                               3319                 :  * expressions.
                               3320                 :  *
                               3321                 :  * This routine is also used to estimate the number of rows emitted by
 7446 tgl                      3322 ECB             :  * a DISTINCT filtering step; that is an isomorphic problem.  (Note:
                               3323                 :  * actually, we only use it for DISTINCT when there's no grouping or
                               3324                 :  * aggregation ahead of the DISTINCT.)
                               3325                 :  *
                               3326                 :  * Inputs:
                               3327                 :  *  root - the query
 7384                          3328                 :  *  groupExprs - list of expressions being grouped by
 7446                          3329                 :  *  input_rows - number of rows estimated to arrive at the group/unique
                               3330                 :  *      filter step
                               3331                 :  *  pgset - NULL, or a List** pointing to a grouping set to filter the
                               3332                 :  *      groupExprs against
                               3333                 :  *
                               3334                 :  * Outputs:
                               3335                 :  *  estinfo - When passed as non-NULL, the function will set bits in the
                               3336                 :  *      "flags" field in order to provide callers with additional information
                               3337                 :  *      about the estimation.  Currently, we only set the SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT
                               3338                 :  *      bit if we used any default values in the estimation.
                               3339                 :  *
                               3340                 :  * Given the lack of any cross-correlation statistics in the system, it's
                               3341                 :  * impossible to do anything really trustworthy with GROUP BY conditions
                               3342                 :  * involving multiple Vars.  We should however avoid assuming the worst
                               3343                 :  * case (all possible cross-product terms actually appear as groups) since
                               3344                 :  * very often the grouped-by Vars are highly correlated.  Our current approach
                               3345                 :  * is as follows:
                               3346                 :  *  1.  Expressions yielding boolean are assumed to contribute two groups,
                               3347                 :  *      independently of their content, and are ignored in the subsequent
                               3348                 :  *      steps.  This is mainly because tests like "col IS NULL" break the
                               3349                 :  *      heuristic used in step 2 especially badly.
                               3350                 :  *  2.  Reduce the given expressions to a list of unique Vars used.  For
                               3351                 :  *      example, GROUP BY a, a + b is treated the same as GROUP BY a, b.
                               3352                 :  *      It is clearly correct not to count the same Var more than once.
                               3353                 :  *      It is also reasonable to treat f(x) the same as x: f() cannot
                               3354                 :  *      increase the number of distinct values (unless it is volatile,
                               3355                 :  *      which we consider unlikely for grouping), but it probably won't
                               3356                 :  *      reduce the number of distinct values much either.
                               3357                 :  *      As a special case, if a GROUP BY expression can be matched to an
                               3358                 :  *      expressional index for which we have statistics, then we treat the
                               3359                 :  *      whole expression as though it were just a Var.
                               3360                 :  *  3.  If the list contains Vars of different relations that are known equal
                               3361                 :  *      due to equivalence classes, then drop all but one of the Vars from each
                               3362                 :  *      known-equal set, keeping the one with smallest estimated # of values
                               3363                 :  *      (since the extra values of the others can't appear in joined rows).
                               3364                 :  *      Note the reason we only consider Vars of different relations is that
                               3365                 :  *      if we considered ones of the same rel, we'd be double-counting the
                               3366                 :  *      restriction selectivity of the equality in the next step.
                               3367                 :  *  4.  For Vars within a single source rel, we multiply together the numbers
                               3368                 :  *      of values, clamp to the number of rows in the rel (divided by 10 if
                               3369                 :  *      more than one Var), and then multiply by a factor based on the
                               3370                 :  *      selectivity of the restriction clauses for that rel.  When there's
                               3371                 :  *      more than one Var, the initial product is probably too high (it's the
                               3372                 :  *      worst case) but clamping to a fraction of the rel's rows seems to be a
                               3373                 :  *      helpful heuristic for not letting the estimate get out of hand.  (The
                               3374                 :  *      factor of 10 is derived from pre-Postgres-7.4 practice.)  The factor
                               3375                 :  *      we multiply by to adjust for the restriction selectivity assumes that
                               3376                 :  *      the restriction clauses are independent of the grouping, which may not
                               3377                 :  *      be a valid assumption, but it's hard to do better.
                               3378                 :  *  5.  If there are Vars from multiple rels, we repeat step 4 for each such
                               3379                 :  *      rel, and multiply the results together.
                               3380                 :  * Note that rels not containing grouped Vars are ignored completely, as are
                               3381                 :  * join clauses.  Such rels cannot increase the number of groups, and we
                               3382                 :  * assume such clauses do not reduce the number either (somewhat bogus,
                               3383                 :  * but we don't have the info to do better).
                               3384                 :  */
                               3385                 : double
 2885 andres                   3386 GIC       99552 : estimate_num_groups(PlannerInfo *root, List *groupExprs, double input_rows,
                               3387                 :                     List **pgset, EstimationInfo *estinfo)
                               3388                 : {
  188 tgl                      3389           99552 :     List       *varinfos = NIL;
 1961                          3390           99552 :     double      srf_multiplier = 1.0;
                               3391                 :     double      numdistinct;
                               3392                 :     ListCell   *l;
                               3393                 :     int         i;
                               3394                 : 
                               3395                 :     /* Zero the estinfo output parameter, if non-NULL */
  740 drowley                  3396           99552 :     if (estinfo != NULL)
                               3397           89797 :         memset(estinfo, 0, sizeof(EstimationInfo));
                               3398                 : 
                               3399                 :     /*
                               3400                 :      * We don't ever want to return an estimate of zero groups, as that tends
                               3401                 :      * to lead to division-by-zero and other unpleasantness.  The input_rows
                               3402                 :      * estimate is usually already at least 1, but clamp it just in case it
                               3403                 :      * isn't.
 3621 tgl                      3404 ECB             :      */
 3621 tgl                      3405 GIC       99552 :     input_rows = clamp_row_est(input_rows);
                               3406                 : 
 4017 tgl                      3407 ECB             :     /*
                               3408                 :      * If no grouping columns, there's exactly one group.  (This can't happen
                               3409                 :      * for normal cases with GROUP BY or DISTINCT, but it is possible for
                               3410                 :      * corner cases with set operations.)
                               3411                 :      */
  235 tgl                      3412 GNC       99552 :     if (groupExprs == NIL || (pgset && *pgset == NIL))
 4017 tgl                      3413 GIC         470 :         return 1.0;
 7446 tgl                      3414 ECB             : 
 6777                          3415                 :     /*
                               3416                 :      * Count groups derived from boolean grouping expressions.  For other
                               3417                 :      * expressions, find the unique Vars used, treating an expression as a Var
                               3418                 :      * if we can find stats for it.  For each one, record the statistical
                               3419                 :      * estimate of number of distinct values (total in its table, without
                               3420                 :      * regard for filtering).
                               3421                 :      */
 5389 tgl                      3422 GIC       99082 :     numdistinct = 1.0;
 5389 tgl                      3423 ECB             : 
  188 tgl                      3424 GIC       99082 :     i = 0;
 7384                          3425          211246 :     foreach(l, groupExprs)
                               3426                 :     {
                               3427          112179 :         Node       *groupexpr = (Node *) lfirst(l);
                               3428                 :         double      this_srf_multiplier;
                               3429                 :         VariableStatData vardata;
 7446 tgl                      3430 ECB             :         List       *varshere;
 6777                          3431                 :         ListCell   *l2;
                               3432                 : 
                               3433                 :         /* is expression in this grouping set? */
 2885 andres                   3434 GIC      112179 :         if (pgset && !list_member_int(*pgset, i++))
                               3435           92818 :             continue;
                               3436                 : 
                               3437                 :         /*
                               3438                 :          * Set-returning functions in grouping columns are a bit problematic.
                               3439                 :          * The code below will effectively ignore their SRF nature and come up
 1961 tgl                      3440 ECB             :          * with a numdistinct estimate as though they were scalar functions.
                               3441                 :          * We compensate by scaling up the end result by the largest SRF
                               3442                 :          * rowcount estimate.  (This will be an overestimate if the SRF
                               3443                 :          * produces multiple copies of any output value, but it seems best to
                               3444                 :          * assume the SRF's outputs are distinct.  In any case, it's probably
                               3445                 :          * pointless to worry too much about this without much better
                               3446                 :          * estimates for SRF output rowcounts than we have today.)
                               3447                 :          */
 1520 tgl                      3448 GIC      111815 :         this_srf_multiplier = expression_returns_set_rows(root, groupexpr);
 1961                          3449          111815 :         if (srf_multiplier < this_srf_multiplier)
                               3450              54 :             srf_multiplier = this_srf_multiplier;
                               3451                 : 
 5389 tgl                      3452 ECB             :         /* Short-circuit for expressions returning boolean */
 5389 tgl                      3453 CBC      111815 :         if (exprType(groupexpr) == BOOLOID)
                               3454                 :         {
 5389 tgl                      3455 GIC          18 :             numdistinct *= 2.0;
                               3456              18 :             continue;
                               3457                 :         }
                               3458                 : 
                               3459                 :         /*
                               3460                 :          * If examine_variable is able to deduce anything about the GROUP BY
                               3461                 :          * expression, treat it as a single variable even if it's really more
                               3462                 :          * complicated.
                               3463                 :          *
                               3464                 :          * XXX This has the consequence that if there's a statistics object on
                               3465                 :          * the expression, we don't split it into individual Vars. This
  557 michael                  3466 ECB             :          * affects our selection of statistics in
                               3467                 :          * estimate_multivariate_ndistinct, because it's probably better to
                               3468                 :          * use more accurate estimate for each expression and treat them as
                               3469                 :          * independent, than to combine estimates for the extracted variables
                               3470                 :          * when we don't know how that relates to the expressions.
 6777 tgl                      3471                 :          */
 6777 tgl                      3472 GIC      111797 :         examine_variable(root, groupexpr, 0, &vardata);
 5306 tgl                      3473 CBC      111797 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) || vardata.isunique)
 6777 tgl                      3474 ECB             :         {
 6777 tgl                      3475 GIC       92193 :             varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos,
                               3476                 :                                             groupexpr, &vardata);
                               3477           92193 :             ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               3478           92193 :             continue;
                               3479                 :         }
                               3480           19604 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               3481                 : 
                               3482                 :         /*
                               3483                 :          * Else pull out the component Vars.  Handle PlaceHolderVars by
                               3484                 :          * recursing into their arguments (effectively assuming that the
                               3485                 :          * PlaceHolderVar doesn't change the number of groups, which boils
                               3486                 :          * down to ignoring the possible addition of nulls to the result set).
                               3487                 :          */
 4289                          3488           19604 :         varshere = pull_var_clause(groupexpr,
                               3489                 :                                    PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
 2586 tgl                      3490 ECB             :                                    PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
 4289                          3491                 :                                    PVC_RECURSE_PLACEHOLDERS);
                               3492                 : 
 7446                          3493                 :         /*
                               3494                 :          * If we find any variable-free GROUP BY item, then either it is a
 6385 bruce                    3495                 :          * constant (and we can ignore it) or it contains a volatile function;
                               3496                 :          * in the latter case we punt and assume that each input row will
                               3497                 :          * yield a distinct group.
 7446 tgl                      3498                 :          */
 7446 tgl                      3499 GIC       19604 :         if (varshere == NIL)
                               3500                 :         {
                               3501             258 :             if (contain_volatile_functions(groupexpr))
                               3502              15 :                 return input_rows;
                               3503             243 :             continue;
                               3504                 :         }
                               3505                 : 
 6777 tgl                      3506 ECB             :         /*
                               3507                 :          * Else add variables to varinfos list
                               3508                 :          */
 6777 tgl                      3509 GIC       40164 :         foreach(l2, varshere)
                               3510                 :         {
                               3511           20818 :             Node       *var = (Node *) lfirst(l2);
                               3512                 : 
                               3513           20818 :             examine_variable(root, var, 0, &vardata);
                               3514           20818 :             varinfos = add_unique_group_var(root, varinfos, var, &vardata);
                               3515           20818 :             ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               3516                 :         }
 7446 tgl                      3517 ECB             :     }
                               3518                 : 
 5389                          3519                 :     /*
                               3520                 :      * If now no Vars, we must have an all-constant or all-boolean GROUP BY
                               3521                 :      * list.
                               3522                 :      */
 6777 tgl                      3523 GIC       99067 :     if (varinfos == NIL)
                               3524                 :     {
                               3525                 :         /* Apply SRF multiplier as we would do in the long path */
 1961                          3526             130 :         numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
 1961 tgl                      3527 ECB             :         /* Round off */
 1961 tgl                      3528 GIC         130 :         numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
 5389 tgl                      3529 ECB             :         /* Guard against out-of-range answers */
 5389 tgl                      3530 GIC         130 :         if (numdistinct > input_rows)
 5389 tgl                      3531 LBC           0 :             numdistinct = input_rows;
 1961 tgl                      3532 CBC         130 :         if (numdistinct < 1.0)
 1961 tgl                      3533 LBC           0 :             numdistinct = 1.0;
 5389 tgl                      3534 GIC         130 :         return numdistinct;
                               3535                 :     }
                               3536                 : 
                               3537                 :     /*
                               3538                 :      * Group Vars by relation and estimate total numdistinct.
                               3539                 :      *
                               3540                 :      * For each iteration of the outer loop, we process the frontmost Var in
 3260 bruce                    3541 ECB             :      * varinfos, plus all other Vars in the same relation.  We remove these
                               3542                 :      * Vars from the newvarinfos list for the next iteration. This is the
                               3543                 :      * easiest way to group Vars of same rel together.
 7446 tgl                      3544                 :      */
                               3545                 :     do
                               3546                 :     {
 6777 tgl                      3547 GIC       99686 :         GroupVarInfo *varinfo1 = (GroupVarInfo *) linitial(varinfos);
 6777 tgl                      3548 CBC       99686 :         RelOptInfo *rel = varinfo1->rel;
 2207 alvherre                 3549 GBC       99686 :         double      reldistinct = 1;
 6641 tgl                      3550 CBC       99686 :         double      relmaxndistinct = reldistinct;
 2204 alvherre                 3551 GBC       99686 :         int         relvarcount = 0;
 7188 bruce                    3552 CBC       99686 :         List       *newvarinfos = NIL;
 2207 alvherre                 3553 GIC       99686 :         List       *relvarinfos = NIL;
                               3554                 : 
                               3555                 :         /*
                               3556                 :          * Split the list of varinfos in two - one for the current rel, one
                               3557                 :          * for remaining Vars on other rels.
                               3558                 :          */
 1362 tgl                      3559           99686 :         relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo1);
  923                          3560          113609 :         for_each_from(l, varinfos, 1)
                               3561                 :         {
 6777                          3562           13923 :             GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
                               3563                 : 
                               3564           13923 :             if (varinfo2->rel == varinfo1->rel)
 6645 tgl                      3565 ECB             :             {
 2207 alvherre                 3566                 :                 /* varinfos on current rel */
 1362 tgl                      3567 CBC       12912 :                 relvarinfos = lappend(relvarinfos, varinfo2);
 6645 tgl                      3568 ECB             :             }
 7446                          3569                 :             else
                               3570                 :             {
                               3571                 :                 /* not time to process varinfo2 yet */
 1362 tgl                      3572 GIC        1011 :                 newvarinfos = lappend(newvarinfos, varinfo2);
                               3573                 :             }
                               3574                 :         }
                               3575                 : 
                               3576                 :         /*
 2207 alvherre                 3577 ECB             :          * Get the numdistinct estimate for the Vars of this rel.  We
                               3578                 :          * iteratively search for multivariate n-distinct with maximum number
                               3579                 :          * of vars; assuming that each var group is independent of the others,
 2153 bruce                    3580                 :          * we multiply them together.  Any remaining relvarinfos after no more
                               3581                 :          * multivariate matches are found are assumed independent too, so
                               3582                 :          * their individual ndistinct estimates are multiplied also.
                               3583                 :          *
                               3584                 :          * While iterating, count how many separate numdistinct values we
 2204 alvherre                 3585                 :          * apply.  We apply a fudge factor below, but only if we multiplied
                               3586                 :          * more than one such values.
                               3587                 :          */
 2207 alvherre                 3588 GIC      199435 :         while (relvarinfos)
                               3589                 :         {
 2207 alvherre                 3590 ECB             :             double      mvndistinct;
                               3591                 : 
 2207 alvherre                 3592 GIC       99749 :             if (estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(root, rel, &relvarinfos,
                               3593                 :                                                 &mvndistinct))
                               3594                 :             {
                               3595             201 :                 reldistinct *= mvndistinct;
                               3596             201 :                 if (relmaxndistinct < mvndistinct)
                               3597             195 :                     relmaxndistinct = mvndistinct;
 2204                          3598             201 :                 relvarcount++;
                               3599                 :             }
                               3600                 :             else
                               3601                 :             {
 2153 bruce                    3602          211720 :                 foreach(l, relvarinfos)
                               3603                 :                 {
 2207 alvherre                 3604          112172 :                     GroupVarInfo *varinfo2 = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
                               3605                 : 
 2207 alvherre                 3606 CBC      112172 :                     reldistinct *= varinfo2->ndistinct;
 2207 alvherre                 3607 GIC      112172 :                     if (relmaxndistinct < varinfo2->ndistinct)
                               3608          103638 :                         relmaxndistinct = varinfo2->ndistinct;
                               3609          112172 :                     relvarcount++;
  740 drowley                  3610 ECB             : 
                               3611                 :                     /*
                               3612                 :                      * When varinfo2's isdefault is set then we'd better set
                               3613                 :                      * the SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT bit in the EstimationInfo.
                               3614                 :                      */
  740 drowley                  3615 CBC      112172 :                     if (estinfo != NULL && varinfo2->isdefault)
                               3616            6272 :                         estinfo->flags |= SELFLAG_USED_DEFAULT;
                               3617                 :                 }
                               3618                 : 
                               3619                 :                 /* we're done with this relation */
 2207 alvherre                 3620           99548 :                 relvarinfos = NIL;
                               3621                 :             }
 2207 alvherre                 3622 ECB             :         }
                               3623                 : 
 7446 tgl                      3624                 :         /*
 7115                          3625                 :          * Sanity check --- don't divide by zero if empty relation.
 7446                          3626                 :          */
 2197 rhaas                    3627 CBC       99686 :         Assert(IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel));
 7115 tgl                      3628 GIC       99686 :         if (rel->tuples > 0)
                               3629                 :         {
                               3630                 :             /*
                               3631                 :              * Clamp to size of rel, or size of rel / 10 if multiple Vars. The
                               3632                 :              * fudge factor is because the Vars are probably correlated but we
 6385 bruce                    3633 ECB             :              * don't know by how much.  We should never clamp to less than the
                               3634                 :              * largest ndistinct value for any of the Vars, though, since
                               3635                 :              * there will surely be at least that many groups.
                               3636                 :              */
 6645 tgl                      3637 GIC       99659 :             double      clamp = rel->tuples;
 6645 tgl                      3638 ECB             : 
 6645 tgl                      3639 GIC       99659 :             if (relvarcount > 1)
                               3640                 :             {
                               3641           11586 :                 clamp *= 0.1;
 6641                          3642           11586 :                 if (clamp < relmaxndistinct)
                               3643                 :                 {
                               3644           10933 :                     clamp = relmaxndistinct;
 6641 tgl                      3645 ECB             :                     /* for sanity in case some ndistinct is too large: */
 6641 tgl                      3646 CBC       10933 :                     if (clamp > rel->tuples)
 6641 tgl                      3647 GIC          36 :                         clamp = rel->tuples;
                               3648                 :                 }
                               3649                 :             }
 6645                          3650           99659 :             if (reldistinct > clamp)
                               3651           10724 :                 reldistinct = clamp;
                               3652                 : 
                               3653                 :             /*
                               3654                 :              * Update the estimate based on the restriction selectivity,
 2561 dean.a.rasheed           3655 ECB             :              * guarding against division by zero when reldistinct is zero.
                               3656                 :              * Also skip this if we know that we are returning all rows.
 7115 tgl                      3657                 :              */
 2561 dean.a.rasheed           3658 GIC       99659 :             if (reldistinct > 0 && rel->rows < rel->tuples)
 2561 dean.a.rasheed           3659 ECB             :             {
                               3660                 :                 /*
                               3661                 :                  * Given a table containing N rows with n distinct values in a
                               3662                 :                  * uniform distribution, if we select p rows at random then
                               3663                 :                  * the expected number of distinct values selected is
                               3664                 :                  *
                               3665                 :                  * n * (1 - product((N-N/n-i)/(N-i), i=0..p-1))
                               3666                 :                  *
                               3667                 :                  * = n * (1 - (N-N/n)! / (N-N/n-p)! * (N-p)! / N!)
                               3668                 :                  *
                               3669                 :                  * See "Approximating block accesses in database
                               3670                 :                  * organizations", S. B. Yao, Communications of the ACM,
                               3671                 :                  * Volume 20 Issue 4, April 1977 Pages 260-261.
                               3672                 :                  *
                               3673                 :                  * Alternatively, re-arranging the terms from the factorials,
                               3674                 :                  * this may be written as
                               3675                 :                  *
                               3676                 :                  * n * (1 - product((N-p-i)/(N-i), i=0..N/n-1))
                               3677                 :                  *
                               3678                 :                  * This form of the formula is more efficient to compute in
                               3679                 :                  * the common case where p is larger than N/n.  Additionally,
                               3680                 :                  * as pointed out by Dell'Era, if i << N for all terms in the
                               3681                 :                  * product, it can be approximated by
                               3682                 :                  *
                               3683                 :                  * n * (1 - ((N-p)/N)^(N/n))
                               3684                 :                  *
                               3685                 :                  * See "Expected distinct values when selecting from a bag
                               3686                 :                  * without replacement", Alberto Dell'Era,
                               3687                 :                  * http://www.adellera.it/investigations/distinct_balls/.
                               3688                 :                  *
                               3689                 :                  * The condition i << N is equivalent to n >> 1, so this is a
                               3690                 :                  * good approximation when the number of distinct values in
                               3691                 :                  * the table is large.  It turns out that this formula also
                               3692                 :                  * works well even when n is small.
                               3693                 :                  */
 2561 dean.a.rasheed           3694 GIC       31322 :                 reldistinct *=
                               3695           31322 :                     (1 - pow((rel->tuples - rel->rows) / rel->tuples,
                               3696           31322 :                              rel->tuples / reldistinct));
                               3697                 :             }
                               3698           99659 :             reldistinct = clamp_row_est(reldistinct);
                               3699                 : 
                               3700                 :             /*
                               3701                 :              * Update estimate of total distinct groups.
                               3702                 :              */
 7115 tgl                      3703           99659 :             numdistinct *= reldistinct;
                               3704                 :         }
                               3705                 : 
 7446                          3706           99686 :         varinfos = newvarinfos;
                               3707           99686 :     } while (varinfos != NIL);
                               3708                 : 
                               3709                 :     /* Now we can account for the effects of any SRFs */
 1961                          3710           98937 :     numdistinct *= srf_multiplier;
                               3711                 : 
 1961 tgl                      3712 ECB             :     /* Round off */
 7377 tgl                      3713 CBC       98937 :     numdistinct = ceil(numdistinct);
 7446 tgl                      3714 ECB             : 
                               3715                 :     /* Guard against out-of-range answers */
 7446 tgl                      3716 CBC       98937 :     if (numdistinct > input_rows)
 7446 tgl                      3717 GIC       22224 :         numdistinct = input_rows;
                               3718           98937 :     if (numdistinct < 1.0)
 7446 tgl                      3719 UIC           0 :         numdistinct = 1.0;
                               3720                 : 
 7446 tgl                      3721 CBC       98937 :     return numdistinct;
                               3722                 : }
                               3723                 : 
 6991 tgl                      3724 ECB             : /*
 2063                          3725                 :  * Estimate hash bucket statistics when the specified expression is used
                               3726                 :  * as a hash key for the given number of buckets.
                               3727                 :  *
                               3728                 :  * This attempts to determine two values:
                               3729                 :  *
                               3730                 :  * 1. The frequency of the most common value of the expression (returns
                               3731                 :  * zero into *mcv_freq if we can't get that).
                               3732                 :  *
                               3733                 :  * 2. The "bucketsize fraction", ie, average number of entries in a bucket
                               3734                 :  * divided by total tuples in relation.
 7446                          3735                 :  *
 6991                          3736                 :  * XXX This is really pretty bogus since we're effectively assuming that the
 6991 tgl                      3737 EUB             :  * distribution of hash keys will be the same after applying restriction
                               3738                 :  * clauses as it was in the underlying relation.  However, we are not nearly
 6991 tgl                      3739 ECB             :  * smart enough to figure out how the restrict clauses might change the
                               3740                 :  * distribution, so this will have to do for now.
                               3741                 :  *
                               3742                 :  * We are passed the number of buckets the executor will use for the given
                               3743                 :  * input relation.  If the data were perfectly distributed, with the same
                               3744                 :  * number of tuples going into each available bucket, then the bucketsize
                               3745                 :  * fraction would be 1/nbuckets.  But this happy state of affairs will occur
                               3746                 :  * only if (a) there are at least nbuckets distinct data values, and (b)
                               3747                 :  * we have a not-too-skewed data distribution.  Otherwise the buckets will
                               3748                 :  * be nonuniformly occupied.  If the other relation in the join has a key
                               3749                 :  * distribution similar to this one's, then the most-loaded buckets are
                               3750                 :  * exactly those that will be probed most often.  Therefore, the "average"
                               3751                 :  * bucket size for costing purposes should really be taken as something close
                               3752                 :  * to the "worst case" bucket size.  We try to estimate this by adjusting the
                               3753                 :  * fraction if there are too few distinct data values, and then scaling up
                               3754                 :  * by the ratio of the most common value's frequency to the average frequency.
                               3755                 :  *
                               3756                 :  * If no statistics are available, use a default estimate of 0.1.  This will
                               3757                 :  * discourage use of a hash rather strongly if the inner relation is large,
                               3758                 :  * which is what we want.  We do not want to hash unless we know that the
                               3759                 :  * inner rel is well-dispersed (or the alternatives seem much worse).
                               3760                 :  *
                               3761                 :  * The caller should also check that the mcv_freq is not so large that the
                               3762                 :  * most common value would by itself require an impractically large bucket.
                               3763                 :  * In a hash join, the executor can split buckets if they get too big, but
                               3764                 :  * obviously that doesn't help for a bucket that contains many duplicates of
                               3765                 :  * the same value.
                               3766                 :  */
                               3767                 : void
 2063 tgl                      3768 GIC       59733 : estimate_hash_bucket_stats(PlannerInfo *root, Node *hashkey, double nbuckets,
                               3769                 :                            Selectivity *mcv_freq,
                               3770                 :                            Selectivity *bucketsize_frac)
                               3771                 : {
                               3772                 :     VariableStatData vardata;
                               3773                 :     double      estfract,
                               3774                 :                 ndistinct,
                               3775                 :                 stanullfrac,
                               3776                 :                 avgfreq;
                               3777                 :     bool        isdefault;
                               3778                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot;
                               3779                 : 
 6991                          3780           59733 :     examine_variable(root, hashkey, 0, &vardata);
                               3781                 : 
                               3782                 :     /* Look up the frequency of the most common value, if available */
 2063                          3783           59733 :     *mcv_freq = 0.0;
                               3784                 : 
                               3785           59733 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
 2063 tgl                      3786 ECB             :     {
 2063 tgl                      3787 GIC       39317 :         if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
                               3788                 :                              STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
                               3789                 :                              ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                               3790                 :         {
                               3791                 :             /*
                               3792                 :              * The first MCV stat is for the most common value.
                               3793                 :              */
                               3794           17933 :             if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
                               3795           17933 :                 *mcv_freq = sslot.numbers[0];
                               3796           17933 :             free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               3797                 :         }
 2063 tgl                      3798 ECB             :     }
                               3799                 : 
                               3800                 :     /* Get number of distinct values */
 4235 tgl                      3801 CBC       59733 :     ndistinct = get_variable_numdistinct(&vardata, &isdefault);
                               3802                 : 
 2063 tgl                      3803 ECB             :     /*
                               3804                 :      * If ndistinct isn't real, punt.  We normally return 0.1, but if the
                               3805                 :      * mcv_freq is known to be even higher than that, use it instead.
                               3806                 :      */
 4235 tgl                      3807 GIC       59733 :     if (isdefault)
                               3808                 :     {
 2063                          3809            8442 :         *bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) Max(0.1, *mcv_freq);
 4235                          3810            8442 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 2063                          3811            8442 :         return;
 4235 tgl                      3812 ECB             :     }
                               3813                 : 
                               3814                 :     /* Get fraction that are null */
 6991 tgl                      3815 GIC       51291 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                               3816                 :     {
                               3817                 :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                               3818                 : 
 6991 tgl                      3819 CBC       39308 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata.statsTuple);
 6991 tgl                      3820 GIC       39308 :         stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
                               3821                 :     }
                               3822                 :     else
                               3823           11983 :         stanullfrac = 0.0;
                               3824                 : 
 6991 tgl                      3825 ECB             :     /* Compute avg freq of all distinct data values in raw relation */
 6991 tgl                      3826 GIC       51291 :     avgfreq = (1.0 - stanullfrac) / ndistinct;
 7709 tgl                      3827 ECB             : 
                               3828                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                    3829                 :      * Adjust ndistinct to account for restriction clauses.  Observe we are
                               3830                 :      * assuming that the data distribution is affected uniformly by the
                               3831                 :      * restriction clauses!
                               3832                 :      *
 6347                          3833                 :      * XXX Possibly better way, but much more expensive: multiply by
                               3834                 :      * selectivity of rel's restriction clauses that mention the target Var.
                               3835                 :      */
 2569 tgl                      3836 GIC       51291 :     if (vardata.rel && vardata.rel->tuples > 0)
 2569 tgl                      3837 ECB             :     {
 6991 tgl                      3838 CBC       51284 :         ndistinct *= vardata.rel->rows / vardata.rel->tuples;
 2569 tgl                      3839 GIC       51284 :         ndistinct = clamp_row_est(ndistinct);
                               3840                 :     }
 6991 tgl                      3841 ECB             : 
                               3842                 :     /*
                               3843                 :      * Initial estimate of bucketsize fraction is 1/nbuckets as long as the
 6385 bruce                    3844                 :      * number of buckets is less than the expected number of distinct values;
                               3845                 :      * otherwise it is 1/ndistinct.
                               3846                 :      */
 6608 tgl                      3847 GIC       51291 :     if (ndistinct > nbuckets)
                               3848              44 :         estfract = 1.0 / nbuckets;
                               3849                 :     else
 6991                          3850           51247 :         estfract = 1.0 / ndistinct;
                               3851                 : 
                               3852                 :     /*
                               3853                 :      * Adjust estimated bucketsize upward to account for skewed distribution.
 7709 tgl                      3854 ECB             :      */
 2063 tgl                      3855 GIC       51291 :     if (avgfreq > 0.0 && *mcv_freq > avgfreq)
 2063 tgl                      3856 CBC       15802 :         estfract *= *mcv_freq / avgfreq;
 7709 tgl                      3857 ECB             : 
                               3858                 :     /*
                               3859                 :      * Clamp bucketsize to sane range (the above adjustment could easily
                               3860                 :      * produce an out-of-range result).  We set the lower bound a little above
                               3861                 :      * zero, since zero isn't a very sane result.
                               3862                 :      */
 6991 tgl                      3863 GIC       51291 :     if (estfract < 1.0e-6)
 6991 tgl                      3864 UIC           0 :         estfract = 1.0e-6;
 6991 tgl                      3865 CBC       51291 :     else if (estfract > 1.0)
                               3866           11291 :         estfract = 1.0;
                               3867                 : 
 2063                          3868           51291 :     *bucketsize_frac = (Selectivity) estfract;
                               3869                 : 
 2063 tgl                      3870 GIC       51291 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               3871                 : }
                               3872                 : 
 1508 tgl                      3873 ECB             : /*
                               3874                 :  * estimate_hashagg_tablesize
                               3875                 :  *    estimate the number of bytes that a hash aggregate hashtable will
                               3876                 :  *    require based on the agg_costs, path width and number of groups.
                               3877                 :  *
                               3878                 :  * We return the result as "double" to forestall any possible overflow
                               3879                 :  * problem in the multiplication by dNumGroups.
                               3880                 :  *
                               3881                 :  * XXX this may be over-estimating the size now that hashagg knows to omit
 1508 tgl                      3882 EUB             :  * unneeded columns from the hashtable.  Also for mixed-mode grouping sets,
 1508 tgl                      3883 ECB             :  * grouping columns not in the hashed set are counted here even though hashagg
                               3884                 :  * won't store them.  Is this a problem?
                               3885                 :  */
                               3886                 : double
  866 heikki.linnakangas       3887 GIC         989 : estimate_hashagg_tablesize(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path,
  866 heikki.linnakangas       3888 ECB             :                            const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
                               3889                 : {
                               3890                 :     Size        hashentrysize;
                               3891                 : 
  866 heikki.linnakangas       3892 GIC         989 :     hashentrysize = hash_agg_entry_size(list_length(root->aggtransinfos),
                               3893             989 :                                         path->pathtarget->width,
                               3894             989 :                                         agg_costs->transitionSpace);
                               3895                 : 
                               3896                 :     /*
                               3897                 :      * Note that this disregards the effect of fill-factor and growth policy
                               3898                 :      * of the hash table.  That's probably ok, given that the default
                               3899                 :      * fill-factor is relatively high.  It'd be hard to meaningfully factor in
                               3900                 :      * "double-in-size" growth policies here.
                               3901                 :      */
 1508 tgl                      3902             989 :     return hashentrysize * dNumGroups;
                               3903                 : }
                               3904                 : 
 6991 tgl                      3905 ECB             : 
                               3906                 : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               3907                 :  *
                               3908                 :  * Support routines
                               3909                 :  *
                               3910                 :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               3911                 :  */
                               3912                 : 
                               3913                 : /*
                               3914                 :  * Find applicable ndistinct statistics for the given list of VarInfos (which
                               3915                 :  * must all belong to the given rel), and update *ndistinct to the estimate of
                               3916                 :  * the MVNDistinctItem that best matches.  If a match it found, *varinfos is
                               3917                 :  * updated to remove the list of matched varinfos.
                               3918                 :  *
                               3919                 :  * Varinfos that aren't for simple Vars are ignored.
 2207 alvherre                 3920                 :  *
                               3921                 :  * Return true if we're able to find a match, false otherwise.
                               3922                 :  */
                               3923                 : static bool
 2207 alvherre                 3924 GIC       99749 : estimate_multivariate_ndistinct(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
                               3925                 :                                 List **varinfos, double *ndistinct)
                               3926                 : {
                               3927                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               3928                 :     int         nmatches_vars;
                               3929                 :     int         nmatches_exprs;
                               3930           99749 :     Oid         statOid = InvalidOid;
                               3931                 :     MVNDistinct *stats;
  744 tomas.vondra             3932           99749 :     StatisticExtInfo *matched_info = NULL;
  159 tgl                      3933           99749 :     RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(rel->relid, root);
                               3934                 : 
                               3935                 :     /* bail out immediately if the table has no extended statistics */
 2207 alvherre                 3936           99749 :     if (!rel->statlist)
                               3937           99488 :         return false;
                               3938                 : 
                               3939                 :     /* look for the ndistinct statistics object matching the most vars */
  744 tomas.vondra             3940             261 :     nmatches_vars = 0;          /* we require at least two matches */
                               3941             261 :     nmatches_exprs = 0;
 2207 alvherre                 3942 CBC        1056 :     foreach(lc, rel->statlist)
                               3943                 :     {
                               3944                 :         ListCell   *lc2;
 2207 alvherre                 3945 GIC         795 :         StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(lc);
  744 tomas.vondra             3946             795 :         int         nshared_vars = 0;
                               3947             795 :         int         nshared_exprs = 0;
 2207 alvherre                 3948 ECB             : 
                               3949                 :         /* skip statistics of other kinds */
 2207 alvherre                 3950 CBC         795 :         if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_NDISTINCT)
                               3951             375 :             continue;
                               3952                 : 
                               3953                 :         /* skip statistics with mismatching stxdinherit value */
  159 tgl                      3954             420 :         if (info->inherit != rte->inh)
                               3955              12 :             continue;
                               3956                 : 
                               3957                 :         /*
  744 tomas.vondra             3958 ECB             :          * Determine how many expressions (and variables in non-matched
                               3959                 :          * expressions) match. We'll then use these numbers to pick the
                               3960                 :          * statistics object that best matches the clauses.
                               3961                 :          */
  744 tomas.vondra             3962 GIC        1308 :         foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
  744 tomas.vondra             3963 ECB             :         {
                               3964                 :             ListCell   *lc3;
  744 tomas.vondra             3965 CBC         900 :             GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
                               3966                 :             AttrNumber  attnum;
                               3967                 : 
                               3968             900 :             Assert(varinfo->rel == rel);
  744 tomas.vondra             3969 ECB             : 
                               3970                 :             /* simple Var, search in statistics keys directly */
  744 tomas.vondra             3971 GIC         900 :             if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
  744 tomas.vondra             3972 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             3973 CBC         717 :                 attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
                               3974                 : 
                               3975                 :                 /*
                               3976                 :                  * Ignore system attributes - we don't support statistics on
                               3977                 :                  * them, so can't match them (and it'd fail as the values are
                               3978                 :                  * negative).
                               3979                 :                  */
                               3980             717 :                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
  744 tomas.vondra             3981 GIC           6 :                     continue;
                               3982                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             3983 CBC         711 :                 if (bms_is_member(attnum, info->keys))
  744 tomas.vondra             3984 GIC         408 :                     nshared_vars++;
                               3985                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             3986 CBC         711 :                 continue;
                               3987                 :             }
                               3988                 : 
  557 michael                  3989 ECB             :             /* expression - see if it's in the statistics object */
  744 tomas.vondra             3990 GIC         330 :             foreach(lc3, info->exprs)
  744 tomas.vondra             3991 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             3992 GIC         264 :                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
                               3993                 : 
                               3994             264 :                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
                               3995                 :                 {
                               3996             117 :                     nshared_exprs++;
                               3997             117 :                     break;
  744 tomas.vondra             3998 ECB             :                 }
                               3999                 :             }
                               4000                 :         }
                               4001                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4002 CBC         408 :         if (nshared_vars + nshared_exprs < 2)
  744 tomas.vondra             4003 GIC         189 :             continue;
 2207 alvherre                 4004 ECB             : 
                               4005                 :         /*
                               4006                 :          * Does this statistics object match more columns than the currently
                               4007                 :          * best object?  If so, use this one instead.
                               4008                 :          *
                               4009                 :          * XXX This should break ties using name of the object, or something
 2156 tgl                      4010                 :          * like that, to make the outcome stable.
                               4011                 :          */
  744 tomas.vondra             4012 CBC         219 :         if ((nshared_exprs > nmatches_exprs) ||
  744 tomas.vondra             4013 GIC         165 :             (((nshared_exprs == nmatches_exprs)) && (nshared_vars > nmatches_vars)))
 2207 alvherre                 4014 ECB             :         {
 2207 alvherre                 4015 CBC         207 :             statOid = info->statOid;
  744 tomas.vondra             4016 GIC         207 :             nmatches_vars = nshared_vars;
                               4017             207 :             nmatches_exprs = nshared_exprs;
                               4018             207 :             matched_info = info;
                               4019                 :         }
 2207 alvherre                 4020 ECB             :     }
                               4021                 : 
                               4022                 :     /* No match? */
 2207 alvherre                 4023 GIC         261 :     if (statOid == InvalidOid)
                               4024              60 :         return false;
                               4025                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4026             201 :     Assert(nmatches_vars + nmatches_exprs > 1);
                               4027                 : 
  448                          4028             201 :     stats = statext_ndistinct_load(statOid, rte->inh);
                               4029                 : 
 2207 alvherre                 4030 ECB             :     /*
                               4031                 :      * If we have a match, search it for the specific item that matches (there
                               4032                 :      * must be one), and construct the output values.
                               4033                 :      */
 2207 alvherre                 4034 CBC         201 :     if (stats)
 2207 alvherre                 4035 ECB             :     {
 2153 bruce                    4036                 :         int         i;
 2153 bruce                    4037 GIC         201 :         List       *newlist = NIL;
 2207 alvherre                 4038             201 :         MVNDistinctItem *item = NULL;
                               4039                 :         ListCell   *lc2;
  744 tomas.vondra             4040             201 :         Bitmapset  *matched = NULL;
  744 tomas.vondra             4041 ECB             :         AttrNumber  attnum_offset;
                               4042                 : 
                               4043                 :         /*
                               4044                 :          * How much we need to offset the attnums? If there are no
                               4045                 :          * expressions, no offset is needed. Otherwise offset enough to move
                               4046                 :          * the lowest one (which is equal to number of expressions) to 1.
                               4047                 :          */
  744 tomas.vondra             4048 GIC         201 :         if (matched_info->exprs)
                               4049              72 :             attnum_offset = (list_length(matched_info->exprs) + 1);
                               4050                 :         else
                               4051             129 :             attnum_offset = 0;
  744 tomas.vondra             4052 ECB             : 
                               4053                 :         /* see what actually matched */
  744 tomas.vondra             4054 GIC         705 :         foreach(lc2, *varinfos)
  744 tomas.vondra             4055 ECB             :         {
                               4056                 :             ListCell   *lc3;
                               4057                 :             int         idx;
  744 tomas.vondra             4058 CBC         504 :             bool        found = false;
                               4059                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4060 GIC         504 :             GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc2);
                               4061                 : 
                               4062                 :             /*
                               4063                 :              * Process a simple Var expression, by matching it to keys
                               4064                 :              * directly. If there's a matching expression, we'll try matching
                               4065                 :              * it later.
  744 tomas.vondra             4066 ECB             :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             4067 CBC         504 :             if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
                               4068                 :             {
                               4069             411 :                 AttrNumber  attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
                               4070                 : 
                               4071                 :                 /*
  697 tgl                      4072 ECB             :                  * Ignore expressions on system attributes. Can't rely on the
                               4073                 :                  * bms check for negative values.
                               4074                 :                  */
  744 tomas.vondra             4075 GIC         411 :                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
  744 tomas.vondra             4076 CBC           3 :                     continue;
                               4077                 : 
  557 michael                  4078 ECB             :                 /* Is the variable covered by the statistics object? */
  744 tomas.vondra             4079 GIC         408 :                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched_info->keys))
                               4080              60 :                     continue;
                               4081                 : 
                               4082             348 :                 attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
                               4083                 : 
                               4084                 :                 /* ensure sufficient offset */
  744 tomas.vondra             4085 CBC         348 :                 Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
                               4086                 : 
                               4087             348 :                 matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
                               4088                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4089 GIC         348 :                 found = true;
                               4090                 :             }
                               4091                 : 
                               4092                 :             /*
  744 tomas.vondra             4093 ECB             :              * XXX Maybe we should allow searching the expressions even if we
                               4094                 :              * found an attribute matching the expression? That would handle
                               4095                 :              * trivial expressions like "(a)" but it seems fairly useless.
                               4096                 :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             4097 CBC         441 :             if (found)
                               4098             348 :                 continue;
                               4099                 : 
  557 michael                  4100 ECB             :             /* expression - see if it's in the statistics object */
  744 tomas.vondra             4101 GIC          93 :             idx = 0;
                               4102             153 :             foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
  744 tomas.vondra             4103 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             4104 GIC         138 :                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
  744 tomas.vondra             4105 ECB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4106 GIC         138 :                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
  744 tomas.vondra             4107 ECB             :                 {
  744 tomas.vondra             4108 GIC          78 :                     AttrNumber  attnum = -(idx + 1);
                               4109                 : 
                               4110              78 :                     attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
                               4111                 : 
                               4112                 :                     /* ensure sufficient offset */
                               4113              78 :                     Assert(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum));
                               4114                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4115 CBC          78 :                     matched = bms_add_member(matched, attnum);
  744 tomas.vondra             4116 ECB             : 
                               4117                 :                     /* there should be just one matching expression */
  744 tomas.vondra             4118 GIC          78 :                     break;
  744 tomas.vondra             4119 ECB             :                 }
                               4120                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4121 GIC          60 :                 idx++;
  744 tomas.vondra             4122 ECB             :             }
                               4123                 :         }
 2207 alvherre                 4124                 : 
                               4125                 :         /* Find the specific item that exactly matches the combination */
 2207 alvherre                 4126 CBC         411 :         for (i = 0; i < stats->nitems; i++)
                               4127                 :         {
  744 tomas.vondra             4128 ECB             :             int         j;
 2207 alvherre                 4129 GIC         411 :             MVNDistinctItem *tmpitem = &stats->items[i];
                               4130                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4131 CBC         411 :             if (tmpitem->nattributes != bms_num_members(matched))
  744 tomas.vondra             4132 GIC          72 :                 continue;
  744 tomas.vondra             4133 ECB             : 
                               4134                 :             /* assume it's the right item */
  744 tomas.vondra             4135 GIC         339 :             item = tmpitem;
  744 tomas.vondra             4136 ECB             : 
                               4137                 :             /* check that all item attributes/expressions fit the match */
  744 tomas.vondra             4138 GIC         807 :             for (j = 0; j < tmpitem->nattributes; j++)
 2207 alvherre                 4139 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             4140 GIC         606 :                 AttrNumber  attnum = tmpitem->attributes[j];
                               4141                 : 
                               4142                 :                 /*
                               4143                 :                  * Thanks to how we constructed the matched bitmap above, we
  744 tomas.vondra             4144 ECB             :                  * can just offset all attnums the same way.
                               4145                 :                  */
  744 tomas.vondra             4146 GIC         606 :                 attnum = attnum + attnum_offset;
  744 tomas.vondra             4147 ECB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4148 GIC         606 :                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
  744 tomas.vondra             4149 ECB             :                 {
                               4150                 :                     /* nah, it's not this item */
  744 tomas.vondra             4151 GIC         138 :                     item = NULL;
                               4152             138 :                     break;
  744 tomas.vondra             4153 ECB             :                 }
                               4154                 :             }
                               4155                 : 
                               4156                 :             /*
                               4157                 :              * If the item has all the matched attributes, we know it's the
                               4158                 :              * right one - there can't be a better one. matching more.
                               4159                 :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             4160 GIC         339 :             if (item)
                               4161             201 :                 break;
                               4162                 :         }
                               4163                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4164 ECB             :         /*
                               4165                 :          * Make sure we found an item. There has to be one, because ndistinct
                               4166                 :          * statistics includes all combinations of attributes.
                               4167                 :          */
 2207 alvherre                 4168 GIC         201 :         if (!item)
 2207 alvherre                 4169 LBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "corrupt MVNDistinct entry");
 2207 alvherre                 4170 ECB             : 
                               4171                 :         /* Form the output varinfo list, keeping only unmatched ones */
 2207 alvherre                 4172 GIC         705 :         foreach(lc, *varinfos)
                               4173                 :         {
                               4174             504 :             GroupVarInfo *varinfo = (GroupVarInfo *) lfirst(lc);
                               4175                 :             ListCell   *lc3;
  744 tomas.vondra             4176             504 :             bool        found = false;
                               4177                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4178 ECB             :             /*
                               4179                 :              * Let's look at plain variables first, because it's the most
                               4180                 :              * common case and the check is quite cheap. We can simply get the
                               4181                 :              * attnum and check (with an offset) matched bitmap.
                               4182                 :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             4183 GIC         504 :             if (IsA(varinfo->var, Var))
 2207 alvherre                 4184             408 :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             4185             411 :                 AttrNumber  attnum = ((Var *) varinfo->var)->varattno;
  744 tomas.vondra             4186 ECB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4187 EUB             :                 /*
                               4188                 :                  * If it's a system attribute, we're done. We don't support
                               4189                 :                  * extended statistics on system attributes, so it's clearly
  744 tomas.vondra             4190 ECB             :                  * not matched. Just keep the expression and continue.
                               4191                 :                  */
  744 tomas.vondra             4192 CBC         411 :                 if (!AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attnum))
                               4193                 :                 {
                               4194               3 :                     newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
  744 tomas.vondra             4195 GIC           3 :                     continue;
                               4196                 :                 }
                               4197                 : 
                               4198                 :                 /* apply the same offset as above */
                               4199             408 :                 attnum += attnum_offset;
                               4200                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4201 ECB             :                 /* if it's not matched, keep the varinfo */
  744 tomas.vondra             4202 CBC         408 :                 if (!bms_is_member(attnum, matched))
                               4203              60 :                     newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
                               4204                 : 
                               4205                 :                 /* The rest of the loop deals with complex expressions. */
 2207 alvherre                 4206 GIC         408 :                 continue;
                               4207                 :             }
                               4208                 : 
                               4209                 :             /*
  744 tomas.vondra             4210 ECB             :              * Process complex expressions, not just simple Vars.
                               4211                 :              *
                               4212                 :              * First, we search for an exact match of an expression. If we
                               4213                 :              * find one, we can just discard the whole GroupExprInfo, with all
                               4214                 :              * the variables we extracted from it.
                               4215                 :              *
                               4216                 :              * Otherwise we inspect the individual vars, and try matching it
                               4217                 :              * to variables in the item.
                               4218                 :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             4219 GIC         153 :             foreach(lc3, matched_info->exprs)
  744 tomas.vondra             4220 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             4221 CBC         138 :                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(lc3);
                               4222                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4223 GIC         138 :                 if (equal(varinfo->var, expr))
  744 tomas.vondra             4224 ECB             :                 {
  744 tomas.vondra             4225 GIC          78 :                     found = true;
                               4226              78 :                     break;
                               4227                 :                 }
                               4228                 :             }
                               4229                 : 
                               4230                 :             /* found exact match, skip */
                               4231              93 :             if (found)
 1240                          4232              78 :                 continue;
                               4233                 : 
  744                          4234              15 :             newlist = lappend(newlist, varinfo);
                               4235                 :         }
                               4236                 : 
 2207 alvherre                 4237 CBC         201 :         *varinfos = newlist;
 2207 alvherre                 4238 GIC         201 :         *ndistinct = item->ndistinct;
 2207 alvherre                 4239 CBC         201 :         return true;
                               4240                 :     }
 2207 alvherre                 4241 ECB             : 
 2207 alvherre                 4242 UIC           0 :     return false;
 2207 alvherre                 4243 ECB             : }
                               4244                 : 
                               4245                 : /*
                               4246                 :  * convert_to_scalar
                               4247                 :  *    Convert non-NULL values of the indicated types to the comparison
                               4248                 :  *    scale needed by scalarineqsel().
 8476 tgl                      4249                 :  *    Returns "true" if successful.
 8651                          4250                 :  *
                               4251                 :  * XXX this routine is a hack: ideally we should look up the conversion
 7974                          4252                 :  * subroutines in pg_type.
                               4253                 :  *
                               4254                 :  * All numeric datatypes are simply converted to their equivalent
 7848                          4255                 :  * "double" values.  (NUMERIC values that are outside the range of "double"
                               4256                 :  * are clamped to +/- HUGE_VAL.)
 8443                          4257                 :  *
                               4258                 :  * String datatypes are converted by convert_string_to_scalar(),
                               4259                 :  * which is explained below.  The reason why this routine deals with
 8393 tgl                      4260 EUB             :  * three values at a time, not just one, is that we need it for strings.
                               4261                 :  *
                               4262                 :  * The bytea datatype is just enough different from strings that it has
                               4263                 :  * to be treated separately.
                               4264                 :  *
                               4265                 :  * The several datatypes representing absolute times are all converted
                               4266                 :  * to Timestamp, which is actually an int64, and then we promote that to
                               4267                 :  * a double.  Note this will give correct results even for the "special"
                               4268                 :  * values of Timestamp, since those are chosen to compare correctly;
                               4269                 :  * see timestamp_cmp.
                               4270                 :  *
                               4271                 :  * The several datatypes representing relative times (intervals) are all
                               4272                 :  * converted to measurements expressed in seconds.
                               4273                 :  */
                               4274                 : static bool
 1577 tgl                      4275 GIC       32565 : convert_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid valuetypid, Oid collid, double *scaledvalue,
                               4276                 :                   Datum lobound, Datum hibound, Oid boundstypid,
                               4277                 :                   double *scaledlobound, double *scaledhibound)
                               4278                 : {
 1863                          4279           32565 :     bool        failure = false;
                               4280                 : 
                               4281                 :     /*
                               4282                 :      * Both the valuetypid and the boundstypid should exactly match the
                               4283                 :      * declared input type(s) of the operator we are invoked for.  However,
                               4284                 :      * extensions might try to use scalarineqsel as estimator for operators
                               4285                 :      * with input type(s) we don't handle here; in such cases, we want to
                               4286                 :      * return false, not fail.  In any case, we mustn't assume that valuetypid
                               4287                 :      * and boundstypid are identical.
                               4288                 :      *
                               4289                 :      * XXX The histogram we are interpolating between points of could belong
                               4290                 :      * to a column that's only binary-compatible with the declared type. In
                               4291                 :      * essence we are assuming that the semantics of binary-compatible types
                               4292                 :      * are enough alike that we can use a histogram generated with one type's
 6385 bruce                    4293 ECB             :      * operators to estimate selectivity for the other's.  This is outright
                               4294                 :      * wrong in some cases --- in particular signed versus unsigned
                               4295                 :      * interpretation could trip us up.  But it's useful enough in the
                               4296                 :      * majority of cases that we do it anyway.  Should think about more
 6582 tgl                      4297                 :      * rigorous ways to do it.
                               4298                 :      */
 8393 tgl                      4299 GIC       32565 :     switch (valuetypid)
                               4300                 :     {
                               4301                 :             /*
                               4302                 :              * Built-in numeric types
                               4303                 :              */
 7994                          4304           30634 :         case BOOLOID:
                               4305                 :         case INT2OID:
                               4306                 :         case INT4OID:
                               4307                 :         case INT8OID:
                               4308                 :         case FLOAT4OID:
                               4309                 :         case FLOAT8OID:
                               4310                 :         case NUMERICOID:
                               4311                 :         case OIDOID:
                               4312                 :         case REGPROCOID:
                               4313                 :         case REGPROCEDUREOID:
                               4314                 :         case REGOPEROID:
                               4315                 :         case REGOPERATOROID:
                               4316                 :         case REGCLASSOID:
 7654 tgl                      4317 ECB             :         case REGTYPEOID:
                               4318                 :         case REGCOLLATIONOID:
                               4319                 :         case REGCONFIGOID:
                               4320                 :         case REGDICTIONARYOID:
                               4321                 :         case REGROLEOID:
 2892 andrew                   4322                 :         case REGNAMESPACEOID:
 1863 tgl                      4323 GIC       30634 :             *scaledvalue = convert_numeric_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
                               4324                 :                                                      &failure);
                               4325           30634 :             *scaledlobound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
                               4326                 :                                                        &failure);
                               4327           30634 :             *scaledhibound = convert_numeric_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
                               4328                 :                                                        &failure);
                               4329           30634 :             return !failure;
                               4330                 : 
                               4331                 :             /*
                               4332                 :              * Built-in string types
                               4333                 :              */
 8476                          4334            1931 :         case CHAROID:
                               4335                 :         case BPCHAROID:
                               4336                 :         case VARCHAROID:
                               4337                 :         case TEXTOID:
                               4338                 :         case NAMEOID:
                               4339                 :             {
 1863                          4340            1931 :                 char       *valstr = convert_string_datum(value, valuetypid,
 1577 tgl                      4341 ECB             :                                                           collid, &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4342 GIC        1931 :                 char       *lostr = convert_string_datum(lobound, boundstypid,
 1577 tgl                      4343 ECB             :                                                          collid, &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4344 GIC        1931 :                 char       *histr = convert_string_datum(hibound, boundstypid,
 1577 tgl                      4345 ECB             :                                                          collid, &failure);
                               4346                 : 
 1863                          4347                 :                 /*
                               4348                 :                  * Bail out if any of the values is not of string type.  We
                               4349                 :                  * might leak converted strings for the other value(s), but
                               4350                 :                  * that's not worth troubling over.
                               4351                 :                  */
 1863 tgl                      4352 CBC        1931 :                 if (failure)
 1863 tgl                      4353 UIC           0 :                     return false;
                               4354                 : 
 8053 bruce                    4355 GIC        1931 :                 convert_string_to_scalar(valstr, scaledvalue,
                               4356                 :                                          lostr, scaledlobound,
                               4357                 :                                          histr, scaledhibound);
 8053 bruce                    4358 CBC        1931 :                 pfree(valstr);
 8053 bruce                    4359 GIC        1931 :                 pfree(lostr);
 8053 bruce                    4360 CBC        1931 :                 pfree(histr);
 8053 bruce                    4361 GIC        1931 :                 return true;
 8053 bruce                    4362 ECB             :             }
                               4363                 : 
                               4364                 :             /*
                               4365                 :              * Built-in bytea type
                               4366                 :              */
 7909 tgl                      4367 UIC           0 :         case BYTEAOID:
                               4368                 :             {
                               4369                 :                 /* We only support bytea vs bytea comparison */
 1863 tgl                      4370 LBC           0 :                 if (boundstypid != BYTEAOID)
 1863 tgl                      4371 UBC           0 :                     return false;
 7909 tgl                      4372 UIC           0 :                 convert_bytea_to_scalar(value, scaledvalue,
 7909 tgl                      4373 ECB             :                                         lobound, scaledlobound,
                               4374                 :                                         hibound, scaledhibound);
 7909 tgl                      4375 UIC           0 :                 return true;
 7909 tgl                      4376 ECB             :             }
                               4377                 : 
 7836 bruce                    4378                 :             /*
                               4379                 :              * Built-in time types
                               4380                 :              */
 8443 tgl                      4381 UIC           0 :         case TIMESTAMPOID:
                               4382                 :         case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
                               4383                 :         case DATEOID:
                               4384                 :         case INTERVALOID:
 8443 tgl                      4385 EUB             :         case TIMEOID:
                               4386                 :         case TIMETZOID:
 1863 tgl                      4387 UIC           0 :             *scaledvalue = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
 1863 tgl                      4388 EUB             :                                                        &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4389 UBC           0 :             *scaledlobound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
 1863 tgl                      4390 EUB             :                                                          &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4391 UIC           0 :             *scaledhibound = convert_timevalue_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
                               4392                 :                                                          &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4393 UBC           0 :             return !failure;
                               4394                 : 
                               4395                 :             /*
                               4396                 :              * Built-in network types
                               4397                 :              */
 7974 tgl                      4398 UIC           0 :         case INETOID:
 7974 tgl                      4399 EUB             :         case CIDROID:
                               4400                 :         case MACADDROID:
                               4401                 :         case MACADDR8OID:
 1863 tgl                      4402 UIC           0 :             *scaledvalue = convert_network_to_scalar(value, valuetypid,
                               4403                 :                                                      &failure);
                               4404               0 :             *scaledlobound = convert_network_to_scalar(lobound, boundstypid,
 1863 tgl                      4405 EUB             :                                                        &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4406 UIC           0 :             *scaledhibound = convert_network_to_scalar(hibound, boundstypid,
 1863 tgl                      4407 EUB             :                                                        &failure);
 1863 tgl                      4408 UIC           0 :             return !failure;
 8651 tgl                      4409 EUB             :     }
                               4410                 :     /* Don't know how to convert */
 6406 tgl                      4411 UBC           0 :     *scaledvalue = *scaledlobound = *scaledhibound = 0;
 8651 tgl                      4412 UIC           0 :     return false;
                               4413                 : }
                               4414                 : 
                               4415                 : /*
 8393 tgl                      4416 EUB             :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any numeric data type.
                               4417                 :  *
                               4418                 :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
                               4419                 :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.
                               4420                 :  */
                               4421                 : static double
 1863 tgl                      4422 GBC       91902 : convert_numeric_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
                               4423                 : {
 8393                          4424           91902 :     switch (typid)
                               4425                 :     {
 8007 tgl                      4426 UBC           0 :         case BOOLOID:
 8351 tgl                      4427 UIC           0 :             return (double) DatumGetBool(value);
 8393 tgl                      4428 GIC           6 :         case INT2OID:
 8393 tgl                      4429 GBC           6 :             return (double) DatumGetInt16(value);
                               4430           12516 :         case INT4OID:
 8393 tgl                      4431 GIC       12516 :             return (double) DatumGetInt32(value);
 8393 tgl                      4432 UIC           0 :         case INT8OID:
 8351                          4433               0 :             return (double) DatumGetInt64(value);
 8393                          4434               0 :         case FLOAT4OID:
 8351                          4435               0 :             return (double) DatumGetFloat4(value);
 8393 tgl                      4436 GIC          18 :         case FLOAT8OID:
 8351                          4437              18 :             return (double) DatumGetFloat8(value);
 8393 tgl                      4438 UIC           0 :         case NUMERICOID:
                               4439                 :             /* Note: out-of-range values will be clamped to +-HUGE_VAL */
 7848 tgl                      4440 LBC           0 :             return (double)
 7848 tgl                      4441 UIC           0 :                 DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_float8_no_overflow,
 7848 tgl                      4442 ECB             :                                                    value));
 8393 tgl                      4443 GIC       79362 :         case OIDOID:
 8393 tgl                      4444 EUB             :         case REGPROCOID:
 7654                          4445                 :         case REGPROCEDUREOID:
 7654 tgl                      4446 ECB             :         case REGOPEROID:
                               4447                 :         case REGOPERATOROID:
                               4448                 :         case REGCLASSOID:
                               4449                 :         case REGTYPEOID:
  266 tgl                      4450 EUB             :         case REGCOLLATIONOID:
 5710                          4451                 :         case REGCONFIGOID:
                               4452                 :         case REGDICTIONARYOID:
 2892 andrew                   4453                 :         case REGROLEOID:
 2892 andrew                   4454 ECB             :         case REGNAMESPACEOID:
 8393 tgl                      4455                 :             /* we can treat OIDs as integers... */
 8393 tgl                      4456 GBC       79362 :             return (double) DatumGetObjectId(value);
                               4457                 :     }
 8053 bruce                    4458 EUB             : 
 1863 tgl                      4459 UBC           0 :     *failure = true;
 8393 tgl                      4460 UIC           0 :     return 0;
 8393 tgl                      4461 ECB             : }
                               4462                 : 
                               4463                 : /*
                               4464                 :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any character-string data type.
                               4465                 :  *
                               4466                 :  * String datatypes are converted to a scale that ranges from 0 to 1,
                               4467                 :  * where we visualize the bytes of the string as fractional digits.
                               4468                 :  *
                               4469                 :  * We do not want the base to be 256, however, since that tends to
                               4470                 :  * generate inflated selectivity estimates; few databases will have
                               4471                 :  * occurrences of all 256 possible byte values at each position.
                               4472                 :  * Instead, use the smallest and largest byte values seen in the bounds
                               4473                 :  * as the estimated range for each byte, after some fudging to deal with
                               4474                 :  * the fact that we probably aren't going to see the full range that way.
                               4475                 :  *
                               4476                 :  * An additional refinement is that we discard any common prefix of the
 8393 tgl                      4477 EUB             :  * three strings before computing the scaled values.  This allows us to
                               4478                 :  * "zoom in" when we encounter a narrow data range.  An example is a phone
                               4479                 :  * number database where all the values begin with the same area code.
                               4480                 :  * (Actually, the bounds will be adjacent histogram-bin-boundary values,
                               4481                 :  * so this is more likely to happen than you might think.)
                               4482                 :  */
                               4483                 : static void
 6406 tgl                      4484 GIC        1931 : convert_string_to_scalar(char *value,
                               4485                 :                          double *scaledvalue,
                               4486                 :                          char *lobound,
                               4487                 :                          double *scaledlobound,
                               4488                 :                          char *hibound,
                               4489                 :                          double *scaledhibound)
                               4490                 : {
                               4491                 :     int         rangelo,
                               4492                 :                 rangehi;
                               4493                 :     char       *sptr;
                               4494                 : 
                               4495            1931 :     rangelo = rangehi = (unsigned char) hibound[0];
 8393                          4496           24514 :     for (sptr = lobound; *sptr; sptr++)
                               4497                 :     {
 6406                          4498           22583 :         if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
                               4499            4916 :             rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
                               4500           22583 :         if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
                               4501            2590 :             rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
 8393 tgl                      4502 ECB             :     }
 8393 tgl                      4503 GIC       25657 :     for (sptr = hibound; *sptr; sptr++)
                               4504                 :     {
 6406                          4505           23726 :         if (rangelo > (unsigned char) *sptr)
                               4506             522 :             rangelo = (unsigned char) *sptr;
                               4507           23726 :         if (rangehi < (unsigned char) *sptr)
                               4508             976 :             rangehi = (unsigned char) *sptr;
                               4509                 :     }
                               4510                 :     /* If range includes any upper-case ASCII chars, make it include all */
 8393                          4511            1931 :     if (rangelo <= 'Z' && rangehi >= 'A')
                               4512                 :     {
 8393 tgl                      4513 CBC         775 :         if (rangelo > 'A')
                               4514              45 :             rangelo = 'A';
 8393 tgl                      4515 GIC         775 :         if (rangehi < 'Z')
 8393 tgl                      4516 CBC         240 :             rangehi = 'Z';
 8393 tgl                      4517 ECB             :     }
                               4518                 :     /* Ditto lower-case */
 8393 tgl                      4519 CBC        1931 :     if (rangelo <= 'z' && rangehi >= 'a')
                               4520                 :     {
                               4521            1680 :         if (rangelo > 'a')
 8393 tgl                      4522 GIC           6 :             rangelo = 'a';
 8393 tgl                      4523 CBC        1680 :         if (rangehi < 'z')
                               4524            1655 :             rangehi = 'z';
 8393 tgl                      4525 ECB             :     }
                               4526                 :     /* Ditto digits */
 8393 tgl                      4527 GIC        1931 :     if (rangelo <= '9' && rangehi >= '0')
                               4528                 :     {
 8393 tgl                      4529 CBC         501 :         if (rangelo > '0')
 8393 tgl                      4530 GIC         408 :             rangelo = '0';
 8393 tgl                      4531 CBC         501 :         if (rangehi < '9')
                               4532               7 :             rangehi = '9';
 8393 tgl                      4533 ECB             :     }
 8053 bruce                    4534                 : 
                               4535                 :     /*
                               4536                 :      * If range includes less than 10 chars, assume we have not got enough
 8393 tgl                      4537                 :      * data, and make it include regular ASCII set.
                               4538                 :      */
 8393 tgl                      4539 CBC        1931 :     if (rangehi - rangelo < 9)
 8393 tgl                      4540 ECB             :     {
 8393 tgl                      4541 LBC           0 :         rangelo = ' ';
                               4542               0 :         rangehi = 127;
                               4543                 :     }
                               4544                 : 
 8393 tgl                      4545 ECB             :     /*
                               4546                 :      * Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
                               4547                 :      */
 8393 tgl                      4548 CBC        3323 :     while (*lobound)
 8393 tgl                      4549 ECB             :     {
 8393 tgl                      4550 CBC        3313 :         if (*lobound != *hibound || *lobound != *value)
                               4551                 :             break;
 8393 tgl                      4552 GIC        1392 :         lobound++, hibound++, value++;
                               4553                 :     }
                               4554                 : 
                               4555                 :     /*
                               4556                 :      * Now we can do the conversions.
 8393 tgl                      4557 ECB             :      */
 8393 tgl                      4558 GIC        1931 :     *scaledvalue = convert_one_string_to_scalar(value, rangelo, rangehi);
 8393 tgl                      4559 GBC        1931 :     *scaledlobound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(lobound, rangelo, rangehi);
                               4560            1931 :     *scaledhibound = convert_one_string_to_scalar(hibound, rangelo, rangehi);
 8393 tgl                      4561 GIC        1931 : }
                               4562                 : 
                               4563                 : static double
 6406                          4564            5793 : convert_one_string_to_scalar(char *value, int rangelo, int rangehi)
                               4565                 : {
 6406 tgl                      4566 CBC        5793 :     int         slen = strlen(value);
                               4567                 :     double      num,
 8393 tgl                      4568 ECB             :                 denom,
                               4569                 :                 base;
                               4570                 : 
 8393 tgl                      4571 GIC        5793 :     if (slen <= 0)
                               4572              10 :         return 0.0;             /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
                               4573                 : 
                               4574                 :     /*
                               4575                 :      * There seems little point in considering more than a dozen bytes from
 2786 tgl                      4576 ECB             :      * the string.  Since base is at least 10, that will give us nominal
                               4577                 :      * resolution of at least 12 decimal digits, which is surely far more
                               4578                 :      * precision than this estimation technique has got anyway (especially in
                               4579                 :      * non-C locales).  Also, even with the maximum possible base of 256, this
                               4580                 :      * ensures denom cannot grow larger than 256^13 = 2.03e31, which will not
                               4581                 :      * overflow on any known machine.
 8053 bruce                    4582                 :      */
 2786 tgl                      4583 GIC        5783 :     if (slen > 12)
 2786 tgl                      4584 CBC        1680 :         slen = 12;
                               4585                 : 
                               4586                 :     /* Convert initial characters to fraction */
 8393 tgl                      4587 GIC        5783 :     base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
                               4588            5783 :     num = 0.0;
 8393 tgl                      4589 CBC        5783 :     denom = base;
                               4590           49139 :     while (slen-- > 0)
                               4591                 :     {
 6406 tgl                      4592 GIC       43356 :         int         ch = (unsigned char) *value++;
                               4593                 : 
 8393                          4594           43356 :         if (ch < rangelo)
 8053 bruce                    4595              66 :             ch = rangelo - 1;
 8393 tgl                      4596           43290 :         else if (ch > rangehi)
 8053 bruce                    4597 UIC           0 :             ch = rangehi + 1;
 8393 tgl                      4598 GIC       43356 :         num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
                               4599           43356 :         denom *= base;
                               4600                 :     }
 8393 tgl                      4601 ECB             : 
 8393 tgl                      4602 CBC        5783 :     return num;
                               4603                 : }
                               4604                 : 
 8393 tgl                      4605 ECB             : /*
                               4606                 :  * Convert a string-type Datum into a palloc'd, null-terminated string.
                               4607                 :  *
 1863                          4608                 :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
                               4609                 :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.  (We'll return NULL on failure.)
                               4610                 :  *
                               4611                 :  * When using a non-C locale, we must pass the string through strxfrm()
 8393                          4612                 :  * before continuing, so as to generate correct locale-specific results.
                               4613                 :  */
 6406                          4614                 : static char *
 1577 tgl                      4615 GBC        5793 : convert_string_datum(Datum value, Oid typid, Oid collid, bool *failure)
 8393 tgl                      4616 ECB             : {
                               4617                 :     char       *val;
                               4618                 : 
 8393 tgl                      4619 GIC        5793 :     switch (typid)
 8417 tgl                      4620 ECB             :     {
 8393 tgl                      4621 UIC           0 :         case CHAROID:
                               4622               0 :             val = (char *) palloc(2);
                               4623               0 :             val[0] = DatumGetChar(value);
                               4624               0 :             val[1] = '\0';
                               4625               0 :             break;
 8393 tgl                      4626 GIC        1729 :         case BPCHAROID:
                               4627                 :         case VARCHAROID:
                               4628                 :         case TEXTOID:
 5493                          4629            1729 :             val = TextDatumGetCString(value);
                               4630            1729 :             break;
 8393                          4631            4064 :         case NAMEOID:
                               4632                 :             {
 8053 bruce                    4633 CBC        4064 :                 NameData   *nm = (NameData *) DatumGetPointer(value);
                               4634                 : 
 8053 bruce                    4635 GIC        4064 :                 val = pstrdup(NameStr(*nm));
                               4636            4064 :                 break;
 8053 bruce                    4637 ECB             :             }
 8393 tgl                      4638 UIC           0 :         default:
 1863 tgl                      4639 UBC           0 :             *failure = true;
 8393                          4640               0 :             return NULL;
 8417 tgl                      4641 EUB             :     }
                               4642                 : 
 1577 tgl                      4643 GBC        5793 :     if (!lc_collate_is_c(collid))
 8417 tgl                      4644 ECB             :     {
                               4645                 :         char       *xfrmstr;
                               4646                 :         size_t      xfrmlen;
 2118                          4647                 :         size_t      xfrmlen2 PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY;
 7206                          4648                 : 
                               4649                 :         /*
                               4650                 :          * XXX: We could guess at a suitable output buffer size and only call
 2832 noah                     4651                 :          * strxfrm twice if our guess is too small.
                               4652                 :          *
 5818 magnus                   4653                 :          * XXX: strxfrm doesn't support UTF-8 encoding on Win32, it can return
 5624 bruce                    4654                 :          * bogus data or set an error. This is not really a problem unless it
                               4655                 :          * crashes since it will only give an estimation error and nothing
 5624 bruce                    4656 EUB             :          * fatal.
 7206 tgl                      4657                 :          */
 6031 bruce                    4658 GBC          51 :         xfrmlen = strxfrm(NULL, val, 0);
                               4659                 : #ifdef WIN32
                               4660                 : 
 5818 magnus                   4661 ECB             :         /*
                               4662                 :          * On Windows, strxfrm returns INT_MAX when an error occurs. Instead
                               4663                 :          * of trying to allocate this much memory (and fail), just return the
                               4664                 :          * original string unmodified as if we were in the C locale.
                               4665                 :          */
                               4666                 :         if (xfrmlen == INT_MAX)
                               4667                 :             return val;
                               4668                 : #endif
 7206 tgl                      4669 GIC          51 :         xfrmstr = (char *) palloc(xfrmlen + 1);
                               4670              51 :         xfrmlen2 = strxfrm(xfrmstr, val, xfrmlen + 1);
                               4671                 : 
                               4672                 :         /*
                               4673                 :          * Some systems (e.g., glibc) can return a smaller value from the
                               4674                 :          * second call than the first; thus the Assert must be <= not ==.
                               4675                 :          */
 7206 tgl                      4676 CBC          51 :         Assert(xfrmlen2 <= xfrmlen);
 7676 peter_e                  4677 GIC          51 :         pfree(val);
                               4678              51 :         val = xfrmstr;
                               4679                 :     }
                               4680                 : 
 6406 tgl                      4681            5793 :     return val;
                               4682                 : }
                               4683                 : 
                               4684                 : /*
                               4685                 :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any bytea data type.
                               4686                 :  *
 7909 tgl                      4687 ECB             :  * Very similar to convert_string_to_scalar except we can't assume
                               4688                 :  * null-termination and therefore pass explicit lengths around.
                               4689                 :  *
                               4690                 :  * Also, assumptions about likely "normal" ranges of characters have been
                               4691                 :  * removed - a data range of 0..255 is always used, for now.  (Perhaps
                               4692                 :  * someday we will add information about actual byte data range to
                               4693                 :  * pg_statistic.)
                               4694                 :  */
                               4695                 : static void
 7909 tgl                      4696 LBC           0 : convert_bytea_to_scalar(Datum value,
                               4697                 :                         double *scaledvalue,
                               4698                 :                         Datum lobound,
 7909 tgl                      4699 ECB             :                         double *scaledlobound,
                               4700                 :                         Datum hibound,
                               4701                 :                         double *scaledhibound)
                               4702                 : {
 1863 tgl                      4703 UIC           0 :     bytea      *valuep = DatumGetByteaPP(value);
                               4704               0 :     bytea      *loboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(lobound);
                               4705               0 :     bytea      *hiboundp = DatumGetByteaPP(hibound);
                               4706                 :     int         rangelo,
                               4707                 :                 rangehi,
                               4708               0 :                 valuelen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(valuep),
                               4709               0 :                 loboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(loboundp),
                               4710               0 :                 hiboundlen = VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR(hiboundp),
                               4711                 :                 i,
                               4712                 :                 minlen;
                               4713               0 :     unsigned char *valstr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(valuep);
 1863 tgl                      4714 UBC           0 :     unsigned char *lostr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(loboundp);
 1863 tgl                      4715 UIC           0 :     unsigned char *histr = (unsigned char *) VARDATA_ANY(hiboundp);
                               4716                 : 
                               4717                 :     /*
                               4718                 :      * Assume bytea data is uniformly distributed across all byte values.
                               4719                 :      */
 7909                          4720               0 :     rangelo = 0;
 7909 tgl                      4721 UBC           0 :     rangehi = 255;
 7909 tgl                      4722 EUB             : 
                               4723                 :     /*
                               4724                 :      * Now strip any common prefix of the three strings.
                               4725                 :      */
 7909 tgl                      4726 UBC           0 :     minlen = Min(Min(valuelen, loboundlen), hiboundlen);
                               4727               0 :     for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++)
 7909 tgl                      4728 EUB             :     {
 7909 tgl                      4729 UIC           0 :         if (*lostr != *histr || *lostr != *valstr)
                               4730                 :             break;
 7909 tgl                      4731 UBC           0 :         lostr++, histr++, valstr++;
                               4732               0 :         loboundlen--, hiboundlen--, valuelen--;
 7909 tgl                      4733 EUB             :     }
                               4734                 : 
                               4735                 :     /*
                               4736                 :      * Now we can do the conversions.
                               4737                 :      */
 7909 tgl                      4738 UBC           0 :     *scaledvalue = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(valstr, valuelen, rangelo, rangehi);
                               4739               0 :     *scaledlobound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(lostr, loboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
 7909 tgl                      4740 UIC           0 :     *scaledhibound = convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(histr, hiboundlen, rangelo, rangehi);
                               4741               0 : }
                               4742                 : 
                               4743                 : static double
 7909 tgl                      4744 UBC           0 : convert_one_bytea_to_scalar(unsigned char *value, int valuelen,
 7909 tgl                      4745 EUB             :                             int rangelo, int rangehi)
                               4746                 : {
                               4747                 :     double      num,
                               4748                 :                 denom,
                               4749                 :                 base;
                               4750                 : 
 7909 tgl                      4751 UIC           0 :     if (valuelen <= 0)
                               4752               0 :         return 0.0;             /* empty string has scalar value 0 */
                               4753                 : 
                               4754                 :     /*
                               4755                 :      * Since base is 256, need not consider more than about 10 chars (even
 7836 bruce                    4756 EUB             :      * this many seems like overkill)
 7909 tgl                      4757                 :      */
 7909 tgl                      4758 UBC           0 :     if (valuelen > 10)
                               4759               0 :         valuelen = 10;
                               4760                 : 
                               4761                 :     /* Convert initial characters to fraction */
                               4762               0 :     base = rangehi - rangelo + 1;
 7909 tgl                      4763 UIC           0 :     num = 0.0;
                               4764               0 :     denom = base;
                               4765               0 :     while (valuelen-- > 0)
                               4766                 :     {
                               4767               0 :         int         ch = *value++;
                               4768                 : 
 7909 tgl                      4769 UBC           0 :         if (ch < rangelo)
                               4770               0 :             ch = rangelo - 1;
 7909 tgl                      4771 UIC           0 :         else if (ch > rangehi)
                               4772               0 :             ch = rangehi + 1;
                               4773               0 :         num += ((double) (ch - rangelo)) / denom;
                               4774               0 :         denom *= base;
                               4775                 :     }
 7909 tgl                      4776 EUB             : 
 7909 tgl                      4777 UBC           0 :     return num;
                               4778                 : }
                               4779                 : 
 8393 tgl                      4780 EUB             : /*
                               4781                 :  * Do convert_to_scalar()'s work for any timevalue data type.
 1863                          4782                 :  *
                               4783                 :  * On failure (e.g., unsupported typid), set *failure to true;
                               4784                 :  * otherwise, that variable is not changed.
 8393                          4785                 :  */
                               4786                 : static double
 1863 tgl                      4787 UBC           0 : convert_timevalue_to_scalar(Datum value, Oid typid, bool *failure)
 8393 tgl                      4788 EUB             : {
 8393 tgl                      4789 UBC           0 :     switch (typid)
 8417 tgl                      4790 EUB             :     {
 7994 tgl                      4791 UBC           0 :         case TIMESTAMPOID:
 8339                          4792               0 :             return DatumGetTimestamp(value);
 7858 tgl                      4793 UIC           0 :         case TIMESTAMPTZOID:
                               4794               0 :             return DatumGetTimestampTz(value);
 8393 tgl                      4795 UBC           0 :         case DATEOID:
 4485 tgl                      4796 UIC           0 :             return date2timestamp_no_overflow(DatumGetDateADT(value));
 8393                          4797               0 :         case INTERVALOID:
                               4798                 :             {
 8053 bruce                    4799               0 :                 Interval   *interval = DatumGetIntervalP(value);
                               4800                 : 
                               4801                 :                 /*
                               4802                 :                  * Convert the month part of Interval to days using assumed
                               4803                 :                  * average month length of 365.25/12.0 days.  Not too
                               4804                 :                  * accurate, but plenty good enough for our purposes.
 8053 bruce                    4805 EUB             :                  */
 6385 bruce                    4806 UIC           0 :                 return interval->time + interval->day * (double) USECS_PER_DAY +
 6385 bruce                    4807 UBC           0 :                     interval->month * ((DAYS_PER_YEAR / (double) MONTHS_PER_YEAR) * USECS_PER_DAY);
                               4808                 :             }
 8393 tgl                      4809               0 :         case TIMEOID:
 8339                          4810               0 :             return DatumGetTimeADT(value);
 7974                          4811               0 :         case TIMETZOID:
 7974 tgl                      4812 EUB             :             {
 7974 tgl                      4813 UBC           0 :                 TimeTzADT  *timetz = DatumGetTimeTzADTP(value);
 7974 tgl                      4814 EUB             : 
                               4815                 :                 /* use GMT-equivalent time */
 7658 lockhart                 4816 UIC           0 :                 return (double) (timetz->time + (timetz->zone * 1000000.0));
 7974 tgl                      4817 EUB             :             }
                               4818                 :     }
                               4819                 : 
 1863 tgl                      4820 UIC           0 :     *failure = true;
 8393                          4821               0 :     return 0;
                               4822                 : }
                               4823                 : 
 8417 tgl                      4824 EUB             : 
 9770 scrappy                  4825                 : /*
                               4826                 :  * get_restriction_variable
 6991 tgl                      4827                 :  *      Examine the args of a restriction clause to see if it's of the
                               4828                 :  *      form (variable op pseudoconstant) or (pseudoconstant op variable),
                               4829                 :  *      where "variable" could be either a Var or an expression in vars of a
                               4830                 :  *      single relation.  If so, extract information about the variable,
                               4831                 :  *      and also indicate which side it was on and the other argument.
                               4832                 :  *
                               4833                 :  * Inputs:
 6517                          4834                 :  *  root: the planner info
                               4835                 :  *  args: clause argument list
                               4836                 :  *  varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
                               4837                 :  *
 2062 peter_e                  4838                 :  * Outputs: (these are valid only if true is returned)
 6991 tgl                      4839                 :  *  *vardata: gets information about variable (see examine_variable)
                               4840                 :  *  *other: gets other clause argument, aggressively reduced to a constant
                               4841                 :  *  *varonleft: set true if variable is on the left, false if on the right
                               4842                 :  *
                               4843                 :  * Returns true if a variable is identified, otherwise false.
                               4844                 :  *
                               4845                 :  * Note: if there are Vars on both sides of the clause, we must fail, because
                               4846                 :  * callers are expecting that the other side will act like a pseudoconstant.
                               4847                 :  */
                               4848                 : bool
 6517 tgl                      4849 GIC      272372 : get_restriction_variable(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, int varRelid,
                               4850                 :                          VariableStatData *vardata, Node **other,
                               4851                 :                          bool *varonleft)
                               4852                 : {
                               4853                 :     Node       *left,
                               4854                 :                *right;
                               4855                 :     VariableStatData rdata;
                               4856                 : 
                               4857                 :     /* Fail if not a binary opclause (probably shouldn't happen) */
 6888 neilc                    4858          272372 :     if (list_length(args) != 2)
 6991 tgl                      4859 UIC           0 :         return false;
                               4860                 : 
 6892 neilc                    4861 GIC      272372 :     left = (Node *) linitial(args);
 6991 tgl                      4862          272372 :     right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
                               4863                 : 
                               4864                 :     /*
                               4865                 :      * Examine both sides.  Note that when varRelid is nonzero, Vars of other
                               4866                 :      * relations will be treated as pseudoconstants.
 8007 tgl                      4867 ECB             :      */
 6991 tgl                      4868 GIC      272372 :     examine_variable(root, left, varRelid, vardata);
                               4869          272372 :     examine_variable(root, right, varRelid, &rdata);
                               4870                 : 
                               4871                 :     /*
                               4872                 :      * If one side is a variable and the other not, we win.
                               4873                 :      */
                               4874          272372 :     if (vardata->rel && rdata.rel == NULL)
                               4875                 :     {
 6991 tgl                      4876 CBC      243875 :         *varonleft = true;
 5893 tgl                      4877 GBC      243875 :         *other = estimate_expression_value(root, rdata.var);
                               4878                 :         /* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(rdata) here */
 6991 tgl                      4879 CBC      243875 :         return true;
 7994 tgl                      4880 ECB             :     }
                               4881                 : 
 6991 tgl                      4882 GIC       28497 :     if (vardata->rel == NULL && rdata.rel)
                               4883                 :     {
                               4884           26684 :         *varonleft = false;
 5893                          4885           26684 :         *other = estimate_expression_value(root, vardata->var);
 6991 tgl                      4886 ECB             :         /* Assume we need no ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata) here */
 6991 tgl                      4887 CBC       26684 :         *vardata = rdata;
 6991 tgl                      4888 GIC       26684 :         return true;
                               4889                 :     }
                               4890                 : 
                               4891                 :     /* Oops, clause has wrong structure (probably var op var) */
 6991 tgl                      4892 CBC        1813 :     ReleaseVariableStats(*vardata);
 6991 tgl                      4893 GIC        1813 :     ReleaseVariableStats(rdata);
 8652 tgl                      4894 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      4895 CBC        1813 :     return false;
                               4896                 : }
 7994 tgl                      4897 ECB             : 
                               4898                 : /*
                               4899                 :  * get_join_variables
 6991                          4900                 :  *      Apply examine_variable() to each side of a join clause.
                               4901                 :  *      Also, attempt to identify whether the join clause has the same
 5349                          4902                 :  *      or reversed sense compared to the SpecialJoinInfo.
                               4903                 :  *
                               4904                 :  * We consider the join clause "normal" if it is "lhs_var OP rhs_var",
                               4905                 :  * or "reversed" if it is "rhs_var OP lhs_var".  In complicated cases
                               4906                 :  * where we can't tell for sure, we default to assuming it's normal.
                               4907                 :  */
                               4908                 : void
 5349 tgl                      4909 GIC       83226 : get_join_variables(PlannerInfo *root, List *args, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo,
 5349 tgl                      4910 ECB             :                    VariableStatData *vardata1, VariableStatData *vardata2,
                               4911                 :                    bool *join_is_reversed)
                               4912                 : {
 7994                          4913                 :     Node       *left,
                               4914                 :                *right;
                               4915                 : 
 6888 neilc                    4916 GIC       83226 :     if (list_length(args) != 2)
 6991 tgl                      4917 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "join operator should take two arguments");
                               4918                 : 
 6892 neilc                    4919 GIC       83226 :     left = (Node *) linitial(args);
 7994 tgl                      4920           83226 :     right = (Node *) lsecond(args);
                               4921                 : 
 6991                          4922           83226 :     examine_variable(root, left, 0, vardata1);
                               4923           83226 :     examine_variable(root, right, 0, vardata2);
                               4924                 : 
 5349                          4925          166367 :     if (vardata1->rel &&
                               4926           83141 :         bms_is_subset(vardata1->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand))
 2118 tgl                      4927 CBC       24990 :         *join_is_reversed = true;   /* var1 is on RHS */
 5349 tgl                      4928 GIC      116405 :     else if (vardata2->rel &&
                               4929           58169 :              bms_is_subset(vardata2->rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_lefthand))
 2118                          4930              64 :         *join_is_reversed = true;   /* var2 is on LHS */
                               4931                 :     else
 5349                          4932           58172 :         *join_is_reversed = false;
 6991                          4933           83226 : }
 6991 tgl                      4934 ECB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             4935 EUB             : /* statext_expressions_load copies the tuple, so just pfree it. */
                               4936                 : static void
  744 tomas.vondra             4937 CBC         822 : ReleaseDummy(HeapTuple tuple)
  744 tomas.vondra             4938 ECB             : {
  744 tomas.vondra             4939 GIC         822 :     pfree(tuple);
  744 tomas.vondra             4940 CBC         822 : }
  744 tomas.vondra             4941 ECB             : 
                               4942                 : /*
 6991 tgl                      4943                 :  * examine_variable
                               4944                 :  *      Try to look up statistical data about an expression.
                               4945                 :  *      Fill in a VariableStatData struct to describe the expression.
                               4946                 :  *
                               4947                 :  * Inputs:
 6517                          4948                 :  *  root: the planner info
                               4949                 :  *  node: the expression tree to examine
 6991                          4950                 :  *  varRelid: see specs for restriction selectivity functions
                               4951                 :  *
                               4952                 :  * Outputs: *vardata is filled as follows:
                               4953                 :  *  var: the input expression (with any binary relabeling stripped, if
                               4954                 :  *      it is or contains a variable; but otherwise the type is preserved)
                               4955                 :  *  rel: RelOptInfo for relation containing variable; NULL if expression
                               4956                 :  *      contains no Vars (NOTE this could point to a RelOptInfo of a
                               4957                 :  *      subquery, not one in the current query).
                               4958                 :  *  statsTuple: the pg_statistic entry for the variable, if one exists;
                               4959                 :  *      otherwise NULL.
                               4960                 :  *  freefunc: pointer to a function to release statsTuple with.
                               4961                 :  *  vartype: exposed type of the expression; this should always match
                               4962                 :  *      the declared input type of the operator we are estimating for.
                               4963                 :  *  atttype, atttypmod: actual type/typmod of the "var" expression.  This is
                               4964                 :  *      commonly the same as the exposed type of the variable argument,
                               4965                 :  *      but can be different in binary-compatible-type cases.
                               4966                 :  *  isunique: true if we were able to match the var to a unique index or a
                               4967                 :  *      single-column DISTINCT clause, implying its values are unique for
                               4968                 :  *      this query.  (Caution: this should be trusted for statistical
                               4969                 :  *      purposes only, since we do not check indimmediate nor verify that
                               4970                 :  *      the exact same definition of equality applies.)
                               4971                 :  *  acl_ok: true if current user has permission to read the column(s)
                               4972                 :  *      underlying the pg_statistic entry.  This is consulted by
                               4973                 :  *      statistic_proc_security_check().
                               4974                 :  *
                               4975                 :  * Caller is responsible for doing ReleaseVariableStats() before exiting.
                               4976                 :  */
                               4977                 : void
 6517 tgl                      4978 GIC     1021524 : examine_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, int varRelid,
                               4979                 :                  VariableStatData *vardata)
                               4980                 : {
                               4981                 :     Node       *basenode;
                               4982                 :     Relids      varnos;
                               4983                 :     RelOptInfo *onerel;
                               4984                 : 
                               4985                 :     /* Make sure we don't return dangling pointers in vardata */
 6991                          4986         7150668 :     MemSet(vardata, 0, sizeof(VariableStatData));
                               4987                 : 
                               4988                 :     /* Save the exposed type of the expression */
 6582                          4989         1021524 :     vardata->vartype = exprType(node);
                               4990                 : 
                               4991                 :     /* Look inside any binary-compatible relabeling */
                               4992                 : 
 6991                          4993         1021524 :     if (IsA(node, RelabelType))
 6588                          4994           13258 :         basenode = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg;
                               4995                 :     else
 6588 tgl                      4996 CBC     1008266 :         basenode = node;
                               4997                 : 
                               4998                 :     /* Fast path for a simple Var */
                               4999                 : 
 6588 tgl                      5000 GIC     1021524 :     if (IsA(basenode, Var) &&
                               5001          246257 :         (varRelid == 0 || varRelid == ((Var *) basenode)->varno))
                               5002                 :     {
                               5003          719095 :         Var        *var = (Var *) basenode;
 6991 tgl                      5004 ECB             : 
                               5005                 :         /* Set up result fields other than the stats tuple */
 6588 tgl                      5006 GIC      719095 :         vardata->var = basenode; /* return Var without relabeling */
 6991 tgl                      5007 CBC      719095 :         vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
 6991 tgl                      5008 GIC      719095 :         vardata->atttype = var->vartype;
                               5009          719095 :         vardata->atttypmod = var->vartypmod;
 5166                          5010          719095 :         vardata->isunique = has_unique_index(vardata->rel, var->varattno);
 6991 tgl                      5011 ECB             : 
 4235                          5012                 :         /* Try to locate some stats */
 4235 tgl                      5013 GIC      719095 :         examine_simple_variable(root, var, vardata);
 6991 tgl                      5014 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5015 GIC      719095 :         return;
                               5016                 :     }
                               5017                 : 
 6991 tgl                      5018 ECB             :     /*
                               5019                 :      * Okay, it's a more complicated expression.  Determine variable
                               5020                 :      * membership.  Note that when varRelid isn't zero, only vars of that
 6797 bruce                    5021                 :      * relation are considered "real" vars.
                               5022                 :      */
  808 tgl                      5023 GIC      302429 :     varnos = pull_varnos(root, basenode);
 6991 tgl                      5024 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5025 CBC      302429 :     onerel = NULL;
 6991 tgl                      5026 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5027 CBC      302429 :     switch (bms_membership(varnos))
 7994 tgl                      5028 ECB             :     {
 6991 tgl                      5029 GIC      158404 :         case BMS_EMPTY_SET:
                               5030                 :             /* No Vars at all ... must be pseudo-constant clause */
 6991 tgl                      5031 CBC      158404 :             break;
 6991 tgl                      5032 GIC      142090 :         case BMS_SINGLETON:
 6991 tgl                      5033 CBC      142090 :             if (varRelid == 0 || bms_is_member(varRelid, varnos))
                               5034                 :             {
 6991 tgl                      5035 GIC       39631 :                 onerel = find_base_rel(root,
 2118                          5036           19216 :                                        (varRelid ? varRelid : bms_singleton_member(varnos)));
 6991                          5037           20415 :                 vardata->rel = onerel;
 6385 bruce                    5038           20415 :                 node = basenode;    /* strip any relabeling */
                               5039                 :             }
                               5040                 :             /* else treat it as a constant */
 6991 tgl                      5041 CBC      142090 :             break;
 6991 tgl                      5042 GIC        1935 :         case BMS_MULTIPLE:
 6991 tgl                      5043 CBC        1935 :             if (varRelid == 0)
                               5044                 :             {
 6991 tgl                      5045 ECB             :                 /* treat it as a variable of a join relation */
 6991 tgl                      5046 GIC        1732 :                 vardata->rel = find_join_rel(root, varnos);
 6385 bruce                    5047 CBC        1732 :                 node = basenode;    /* strip any relabeling */
                               5048                 :             }
 6991 tgl                      5049             203 :             else if (bms_is_member(varRelid, varnos))
 6991 tgl                      5050 ECB             :             {
                               5051                 :                 /* ignore the vars belonging to other relations */
 6991 tgl                      5052 GIC          28 :                 vardata->rel = find_base_rel(root, varRelid);
 6385 bruce                    5053 CBC          28 :                 node = basenode;    /* strip any relabeling */
 6991 tgl                      5054 ECB             :                 /* note: no point in expressional-index search here */
                               5055                 :             }
                               5056                 :             /* else treat it as a constant */
 6991 tgl                      5057 GIC        1935 :             break;
                               5058                 :     }
 6991 tgl                      5059 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5060 CBC      302429 :     bms_free(varnos);
 6991 tgl                      5061 ECB             : 
 6588 tgl                      5062 GIC      302429 :     vardata->var = node;
 6991                          5063          302429 :     vardata->atttype = exprType(node);
 6991 tgl                      5064 CBC      302429 :     vardata->atttypmod = exprTypmod(node);
 6991 tgl                      5065 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5066 GIC      302429 :     if (onerel)
 6991 tgl                      5067 ECB             :     {
                               5068                 :         /*
                               5069                 :          * We have an expression in vars of a single relation.  Try to match
 6385 bruce                    5070                 :          * it to expressional index columns, in hopes of finding some
                               5071                 :          * statistics.
                               5072                 :          *
                               5073                 :          * Note that we consider all index columns including INCLUDE columns,
                               5074                 :          * since there could be stats for such columns.  But the test for
 1517 tgl                      5075                 :          * uniqueness needs to be warier.
                               5076                 :          *
                               5077                 :          * XXX it's conceivable that there are multiple matches with different
 5951                          5078                 :          * index opfamilies; if so, we need to pick one that matches the
                               5079                 :          * operator we are estimating for.  FIXME later.
 6991                          5080                 :          */
 6892 neilc                    5081                 :         ListCell   *ilist;
  744 tomas.vondra             5082                 :         ListCell   *slist;
                               5083                 :         Oid         userid;
                               5084                 : 
                               5085                 :         /*
                               5086                 :          * Determine the user ID to use for privilege checks: either
                               5087                 :          * onerel->userid if it's set (e.g., in case we're accessing the table
                               5088                 :          * via a view), or the current user otherwise.
                               5089                 :          *
                               5090                 :          * If we drill down to child relations, we keep using the same userid:
                               5091                 :          * it's going to be the same anyway, due to how we set up the relation
                               5092                 :          * tree (q.v. build_simple_rel).
                               5093                 :          */
   80 alvherre                 5094 GNC       20415 :         userid = OidIsValid(onerel->userid) ? onerel->userid : GetUserId();
                               5095                 : 
 6991 tgl                      5096 CBC       31802 :         foreach(ilist, onerel->indexlist)
                               5097                 :         {
 6991 tgl                      5098 GIC       12770 :             IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
                               5099                 :             ListCell   *indexpr_item;
                               5100                 :             int         pos;
                               5101                 : 
 6892 neilc                    5102           12770 :             indexpr_item = list_head(index->indexprs);
                               5103           12770 :             if (indexpr_item == NULL)
 6991 tgl                      5104           10478 :                 continue;       /* no expressions here... */
                               5105                 : 
                               5106            3237 :             for (pos = 0; pos < index->ncolumns; pos++)
                               5107                 :             {
                               5108            2328 :                 if (index->indexkeys[pos] == 0)
                               5109                 :                 {
                               5110                 :                     Node       *indexkey;
                               5111                 : 
 6892 neilc                    5112            2292 :                     if (indexpr_item == NULL)
 6991 tgl                      5113 UIC           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "too few entries in indexprs list");
 6892 neilc                    5114 GIC        2292 :                     indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexpr_item);
 6991 tgl                      5115            2292 :                     if (indexkey && IsA(indexkey, RelabelType))
 6991 tgl                      5116 UIC           0 :                         indexkey = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) indexkey)->arg;
 6991 tgl                      5117 GIC        2292 :                     if (equal(node, indexkey))
                               5118                 :                     {
                               5119                 :                         /*
                               5120                 :                          * Found a match ... is it a unique index? Tests here
                               5121                 :                          * should match has_unique_index().
                               5122                 :                          */
                               5123            1677 :                         if (index->unique &&
 1828 teodor                   5124 CBC         195 :                             index->nkeycolumns == 1 &&
 1517 tgl                      5125 GIC         195 :                             pos == 0 &&
 5166 tgl                      5126 CBC         195 :                             (index->indpred == NIL || index->predOK))
 6991 tgl                      5127 GIC         195 :                             vardata->isunique = true;
 5166 tgl                      5128 ECB             : 
                               5129                 :                         /*
                               5130                 :                          * Has it got stats?  We only consider stats for
                               5131                 :                          * non-partial indexes, since partial indexes probably
 5050 bruce                    5132                 :                          * don't reflect whole-relation statistics; the above
                               5133                 :                          * check for uniqueness is the only info we take from
                               5134                 :                          * a partial index.
                               5135                 :                          *
 5166 tgl                      5136                 :                          * An index stats hook, however, must make its own
                               5137                 :                          * decisions about what to do with partial indexes.
                               5138                 :                          */
 5306 tgl                      5139 GIC        1677 :                         if (get_index_stats_hook &&
 5306 tgl                      5140 UIC           0 :                             (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid,
                               5141               0 :                                                      pos + 1, vardata))
 5306 tgl                      5142 ECB             :                         {
 5306 tgl                      5143 EUB             :                             /*
 5306 tgl                      5144 ECB             :                              * The hook took control of acquiring a stats
                               5145                 :                              * tuple.  If it did supply a tuple, it'd better
 5306 tgl                      5146 EUB             :                              * have supplied a freefunc.
 5306 tgl                      5147 ECB             :                              */
 5306 tgl                      5148 UIC           0 :                             if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
                               5149               0 :                                 !vardata->freefunc)
                               5150               0 :                                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               5151                 :                         }
 5166 tgl                      5152 GIC        1677 :                         else if (index->indpred == NIL)
 5306 tgl                      5153 ECB             :                         {
 5306 tgl                      5154 CBC        1677 :                             vardata->statsTuple =
 4802 rhaas                    5155            3354 :                                 SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
 2118 tgl                      5156 ECB             :                                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
 4790 bruce                    5157 CBC        1677 :                                                 Int16GetDatum(pos + 1),
                               5158                 :                                                 BoolGetDatum(false));
 5306 tgl                      5159 GIC        1677 :                             vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
                               5160                 : 
 2165 peter_e                  5161            1677 :                             if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                               5162                 :                             {
                               5163                 :                                 /* Get index's table for permission check */
                               5164                 :                                 RangeTblEntry *rte;
                               5165                 : 
                               5166            1383 :                                 rte = planner_rt_fetch(index->rel->relid, root);
                               5167            1383 :                                 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
 2165 peter_e                  5168 ECB             : 
                               5169                 :                                 /*
                               5170                 :                                  * For simplicity, we insist on the whole
 2165 peter_e                  5171 EUB             :                                  * table being selectable, rather than trying
                               5172                 :                                  * to identify which column(s) the index
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5173                 :                                  * depends on.  Also require all rows to be
                               5174                 :                                  * selectable --- there must be no
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5175 ECB             :                                  * securityQuals from security barrier views
                               5176                 :                                  * or RLS policies.
 2165 peter_e                  5177                 :                                  */
 2165 peter_e                  5178 CBC        1383 :                                 vardata->acl_ok =
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5179 GIC        2766 :                                     rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5180 CBC        1383 :                                     (pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
                               5181                 :                                                        ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
 1230 tgl                      5182 ECB             : 
                               5183                 :                                 /*
                               5184                 :                                  * If the user doesn't have permissions to
                               5185                 :                                  * access an inheritance child relation, check
                               5186                 :                                  * the permissions of the table actually
                               5187                 :                                  * mentioned in the query, since most likely
                               5188                 :                                  * the user does have that permission.  Note
                               5189                 :                                  * that whole-table select privilege on the
                               5190                 :                                  * parent doesn't quite guarantee that the
                               5191                 :                                  * user could read all columns of the child.
                               5192                 :                                  * But in practice it's unlikely that any
                               5193                 :                                  * interesting security violation could result
                               5194                 :                                  * from allowing access to the expression
                               5195                 :                                  * index's stats, so we allow it anyway.  See
                               5196                 :                                  * similar code in examine_simple_variable()
                               5197                 :                                  * for additional comments.
                               5198                 :                                  */
 1230 tgl                      5199 GIC        1383 :                                 if (!vardata->acl_ok &&
                               5200               9 :                                     root->append_rel_array != NULL)
 1230 tgl                      5201 ECB             :                                 {
                               5202                 :                                     AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
 1230 tgl                      5203 CBC           6 :                                     Index       varno = index->rel->relid;
                               5204                 : 
 1230 tgl                      5205 GIC           6 :                                     appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
                               5206              18 :                                     while (appinfo &&
                               5207              12 :                                            planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
                               5208              12 :                                                             root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
                               5209                 :                                     {
                               5210              12 :                                         varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
                               5211              12 :                                         appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
                               5212                 :                                     }
                               5213               6 :                                     if (varno != index->rel->relid)
                               5214                 :                                     {
                               5215                 :                                         /* Repeat access check on this rel */
                               5216               6 :                                         rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
                               5217               6 :                                         Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
                               5218                 : 
                               5219               6 :                                         vardata->acl_ok =
 1230 tgl                      5220 CBC          12 :                                             rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
                               5221               6 :                                             (pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid,
                               5222                 :                                                                userid,
                               5223                 :                                                                ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
 1230 tgl                      5224 ECB             :                                     }
                               5225                 :                                 }
 2165 peter_e                  5226                 :                             }
                               5227                 :                             else
                               5228                 :                             {
                               5229                 :                                 /* suppress leakproofness checks later */
 2165 peter_e                  5230 GIC         294 :                                 vardata->acl_ok = true;
 2165 peter_e                  5231 ECB             :                             }
 5306 tgl                      5232                 :                         }
 6991 tgl                      5233 GIC        1677 :                         if (vardata->statsTuple)
 6991 tgl                      5234 CBC        1383 :                             break;
                               5235                 :                     }
 1364 tgl                      5236 GIC         909 :                     indexpr_item = lnext(index->indexprs, indexpr_item);
 6991 tgl                      5237 ECB             :                 }
                               5238                 :             }
 6991 tgl                      5239 GIC        2292 :             if (vardata->statsTuple)
 6991 tgl                      5240 CBC        1383 :                 break;
 6991 tgl                      5241 ECB             :         }
  744 tomas.vondra             5242                 : 
                               5243                 :         /*
                               5244                 :          * Search extended statistics for one with a matching expression.
                               5245                 :          * There might be multiple ones, so just grab the first one. In the
                               5246                 :          * future, we might consider the statistics target (and pick the most
                               5247                 :          * accurate statistics) and maybe some other parameters.
                               5248                 :          */
  744 tomas.vondra             5249 GIC       22425 :         foreach(slist, onerel->statlist)
                               5250                 :         {
  744 tomas.vondra             5251 CBC        2154 :             StatisticExtInfo *info = (StatisticExtInfo *) lfirst(slist);
  332 tgl                      5252 GIC        2154 :             RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(onerel->relid, root);
                               5253                 :             ListCell   *expr_item;
  744 tomas.vondra             5254 ECB             :             int         pos;
                               5255                 : 
                               5256                 :             /*
                               5257                 :              * Stop once we've found statistics for the expression (either
                               5258                 :              * from extended stats, or for an index in the preceding loop).
                               5259                 :              */
  744 tomas.vondra             5260 CBC        2154 :             if (vardata->statsTuple)
                               5261             144 :                 break;
                               5262                 : 
                               5263                 :             /* skip stats without per-expression stats */
  744 tomas.vondra             5264 GIC        2010 :             if (info->kind != STATS_EXT_EXPRESSIONS)
                               5265            1008 :                 continue;
                               5266                 : 
                               5267                 :             /* skip stats with mismatching stxdinherit value */
  159 tgl                      5268            1002 :             if (info->inherit != rte->inh)
                               5269               3 :                 continue;
  744 tomas.vondra             5270 ECB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             5271 GIC         999 :             pos = 0;
  744 tomas.vondra             5272 CBC        1650 :             foreach(expr_item, info->exprs)
  744 tomas.vondra             5273 ECB             :             {
  744 tomas.vondra             5274 GIC        1473 :                 Node       *expr = (Node *) lfirst(expr_item);
                               5275                 : 
                               5276            1473 :                 Assert(expr);
                               5277                 : 
                               5278                 :                 /* strip RelabelType before comparing it */
                               5279            1473 :                 if (expr && IsA(expr, RelabelType))
  744 tomas.vondra             5280 UIC           0 :                     expr = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) expr)->arg;
  744 tomas.vondra             5281 ECB             : 
                               5282                 :                 /* found a match, see if we can extract pg_statistic row */
  744 tomas.vondra             5283 GIC        1473 :                 if (equal(node, expr))
                               5284                 :                 {
                               5285                 :                     /*
                               5286                 :                      * XXX Not sure if we should cache the tuple somewhere.
  744 tomas.vondra             5287 ECB             :                      * Now we just create a new copy every time.
                               5288                 :                      */
  448 tomas.vondra             5289 GIC         822 :                     vardata->statsTuple =
  448 tomas.vondra             5290 CBC         822 :                         statext_expressions_load(info->statOid, rte->inh, pos);
  744 tomas.vondra             5291 ECB             : 
  448 tomas.vondra             5292 GIC         822 :                     vardata->freefunc = ReleaseDummy;
  744 tomas.vondra             5293 ECB             : 
                               5294                 :                     /*
                               5295                 :                      * For simplicity, we insist on the whole table being
                               5296                 :                      * selectable, rather than trying to identify which
                               5297                 :                      * column(s) the statistics object depends on.  Also
                               5298                 :                      * require all rows to be selectable --- there must be no
                               5299                 :                      * securityQuals from security barrier views or RLS
                               5300                 :                      * policies.
                               5301                 :                      */
  744 tomas.vondra             5302 CBC         822 :                     vardata->acl_ok =
                               5303            1644 :                         rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
  744 tomas.vondra             5304 GIC         822 :                         (pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
  744 tomas.vondra             5305 ECB             :                                            ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
                               5306                 : 
                               5307                 :                     /*
                               5308                 :                      * If the user doesn't have permissions to access an
                               5309                 :                      * inheritance child relation, check the permissions of
                               5310                 :                      * the table actually mentioned in the query, since most
                               5311                 :                      * likely the user does have that permission.  Note that
                               5312                 :                      * whole-table select privilege on the parent doesn't
                               5313                 :                      * quite guarantee that the user could read all columns of
                               5314                 :                      * the child. But in practice it's unlikely that any
                               5315                 :                      * interesting security violation could result from
                               5316                 :                      * allowing access to the expression stats, so we allow it
                               5317                 :                      * anyway.  See similar code in examine_simple_variable()
                               5318                 :                      * for additional comments.
                               5319                 :                      */
  744 tomas.vondra             5320 GIC         822 :                     if (!vardata->acl_ok &&
  744 tomas.vondra             5321 UIC           0 :                         root->append_rel_array != NULL)
                               5322                 :                     {
                               5323                 :                         AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
                               5324               0 :                         Index       varno = onerel->relid;
                               5325                 : 
                               5326               0 :                         appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
                               5327               0 :                         while (appinfo &&
                               5328               0 :                                planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
                               5329               0 :                                                 root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
                               5330                 :                         {
                               5331               0 :                             varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
                               5332               0 :                             appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
  744 tomas.vondra             5333 ECB             :                         }
  744 tomas.vondra             5334 UBC           0 :                         if (varno != onerel->relid)
                               5335                 :                         {
                               5336                 :                             /* Repeat access check on this rel */
                               5337               0 :                             rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
  744 tomas.vondra             5338 UIC           0 :                             Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
  744 tomas.vondra             5339 EUB             : 
  744 tomas.vondra             5340 UBC           0 :                             vardata->acl_ok =
  744 tomas.vondra             5341 UIC           0 :                                 rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
  744 tomas.vondra             5342 UBC           0 :                                 (pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid,
  744 tomas.vondra             5343 EUB             :                                                    userid,
                               5344                 :                                                    ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK);
                               5345                 :                         }
                               5346                 :                     }
                               5347                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             5348 GBC         822 :                     break;
  744 tomas.vondra             5349 EUB             :                 }
                               5350                 : 
  744 tomas.vondra             5351 GBC         651 :                 pos++;
  744 tomas.vondra             5352 EUB             :             }
                               5353                 :         }
                               5354                 :     }
                               5355                 : }
                               5356                 : 
                               5357                 : /*
                               5358                 :  * examine_simple_variable
 4235 tgl                      5359 ECB             :  *      Handle a simple Var for examine_variable
                               5360                 :  *
                               5361                 :  * This is split out as a subroutine so that we can recurse to deal with
                               5362                 :  * Vars referencing subqueries.
                               5363                 :  *
                               5364                 :  * We already filled in all the fields of *vardata except for the stats tuple.
                               5365                 :  */
                               5366                 : static void
 4235 tgl                      5367 GIC      719758 : examine_simple_variable(PlannerInfo *root, Var *var,
                               5368                 :                         VariableStatData *vardata)
                               5369                 : {
                               5370          719758 :     RangeTblEntry *rte = root->simple_rte_array[var->varno];
                               5371                 : 
                               5372          719758 :     Assert(IsA(rte, RangeTblEntry));
                               5373                 : 
                               5374          719758 :     if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
 4235 tgl                      5375 UIC           0 :         (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, var->varattno, vardata))
                               5376                 :     {
                               5377                 :         /*
 4235 tgl                      5378 ECB             :          * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did supply
                               5379                 :          * a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
                               5380                 :          */
 4235 tgl                      5381 LBC           0 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple) &&
 4235 tgl                      5382 UIC           0 :             !vardata->freefunc)
 4235 tgl                      5383 LBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               5384                 :     }
 4235 tgl                      5385 CBC      719758 :     else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
 4235 tgl                      5386 EUB             :     {
                               5387                 :         /*
                               5388                 :          * Plain table or parent of an inheritance appendrel, so look up the
                               5389                 :          * column in pg_statistic
                               5390                 :          */
 4235 tgl                      5391 GIC      691459 :         vardata->statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
 4235 tgl                      5392 EUB             :                                               ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
 4235 tgl                      5393 GBC      691459 :                                               Int16GetDatum(var->varattno),
                               5394          691459 :                                               BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
 4235 tgl                      5395 GIC      691459 :         vardata->freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
 2165 peter_e                  5396 ECB             : 
 2165 peter_e                  5397 GIC      691459 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                               5398                 :         {
  130 alvherre                 5399 GNC      498614 :             RelOptInfo *onerel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
                               5400                 :             Oid         userid;
                               5401                 : 
                               5402                 :             /*
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5403 ECB             :              * Check if user has permission to read this column.  We require
                               5404                 :              * all rows to be accessible, so there must be no securityQuals
                               5405                 :              * from security barrier views or RLS policies.  Use
                               5406                 :              * onerel->userid if it's set, in case we're accessing the table
                               5407                 :              * via a view.
                               5408                 :              */
  126 tgl                      5409 GNC      498614 :             userid = OidIsValid(onerel->userid) ? onerel->userid : GetUserId();
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5410 ECB             : 
 2165 peter_e                  5411 GIC      498614 :             vardata->acl_ok =
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5412 CBC      997331 :                 rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
 1434 dean.a.rasheed           5413 GIC      498593 :                 ((pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
                               5414             124 :                                     ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK) ||
                               5415             124 :                  (pg_attribute_aclcheck(rte->relid, var->varattno, userid,
                               5416                 :                                         ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK));
                               5417                 : 
                               5418                 :             /*
                               5419                 :              * If the user doesn't have permissions to access an inheritance
                               5420                 :              * child relation or specifically this attribute, check the
                               5421                 :              * permissions of the table/column actually mentioned in the
 1230 tgl                      5422 ECB             :              * query, since most likely the user does have that permission
                               5423                 :              * (else the query will fail at runtime), and if the user can read
                               5424                 :              * the column there then he can get the values of the child table
                               5425                 :              * too.  To do that, we must find out which of the root parent's
                               5426                 :              * attributes the child relation's attribute corresponds to.
                               5427                 :              */
 1230 tgl                      5428 CBC      498614 :             if (!vardata->acl_ok && var->varattno > 0 &&
 1230 tgl                      5429 GIC          45 :                 root->append_rel_array != NULL)
                               5430                 :             {
                               5431                 :                 AppendRelInfo *appinfo;
                               5432               6 :                 Index       varno = var->varno;
                               5433               6 :                 int         varattno = var->varattno;
                               5434               6 :                 bool        found = false;
                               5435                 : 
                               5436               6 :                 appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
                               5437                 : 
                               5438                 :                 /*
                               5439                 :                  * Partitions are mapped to their immediate parent, not the
                               5440                 :                  * root parent, so must be ready to walk up multiple
 1230 tgl                      5441 ECB             :                  * AppendRelInfos.  But stop if we hit a parent that is not
                               5442                 :                  * RTE_RELATION --- that's a flattened UNION ALL subquery, not
                               5443                 :                  * an inheritance parent.
                               5444                 :                  */
 1230 tgl                      5445 CBC          18 :                 while (appinfo &&
                               5446              12 :                        planner_rt_fetch(appinfo->parent_relid,
                               5447              12 :                                         root)->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
                               5448                 :                 {
 1230 tgl                      5449 ECB             :                     int         parent_varattno;
                               5450                 : 
 1230 tgl                      5451 GIC          12 :                     found = false;
 1224                          5452              12 :                     if (varattno <= 0 || varattno > appinfo->num_child_cols)
                               5453                 :                         break;  /* safety check */
                               5454              12 :                     parent_varattno = appinfo->parent_colnos[varattno - 1];
                               5455              12 :                     if (parent_varattno == 0)
 1224 tgl                      5456 UIC           0 :                         break;  /* Var is local to child */
                               5457                 : 
 1230 tgl                      5458 CBC          12 :                     varno = appinfo->parent_relid;
                               5459              12 :                     varattno = parent_varattno;
 1224                          5460              12 :                     found = true;
                               5461                 : 
                               5462                 :                     /* If the parent is itself a child, continue up. */
 1230 tgl                      5463 GIC          12 :                     appinfo = root->append_rel_array[varno];
 1230 tgl                      5464 ECB             :                 }
                               5465                 : 
                               5466                 :                 /*
                               5467                 :                  * In rare cases, the Var may be local to the child table, in
                               5468                 :                  * which case, we've got to live with having no access to this
 1230 tgl                      5469 EUB             :                  * column's stats.
                               5470                 :                  */
 1230 tgl                      5471 CBC           6 :                 if (!found)
 1230 tgl                      5472 LBC           0 :                     return;
 1230 tgl                      5473 ECB             : 
                               5474                 :                 /* Repeat the access check on this parent rel & column */
 1230 tgl                      5475 GIC           6 :                 rte = planner_rt_fetch(varno, root);
 1230 tgl                      5476 CBC           6 :                 Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
                               5477                 : 
                               5478                 :                 /*
                               5479                 :                  * Fine to use the same userid as it's the same in all
                               5480                 :                  * relations of a given inheritance tree.
                               5481                 :                  */
 1230 tgl                      5482 GIC           6 :                 vardata->acl_ok =
                               5483              15 :                     rte->securityQuals == NIL &&
                               5484               6 :                     ((pg_class_aclcheck(rte->relid, userid,
                               5485               3 :                                         ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK) ||
 1230 tgl                      5486 CBC           3 :                      (pg_attribute_aclcheck(rte->relid, varattno, userid,
 1230 tgl                      5487 EUB             :                                             ACL_SELECT) == ACLCHECK_OK));
                               5488                 :             }
                               5489                 :         }
 2165 peter_e                  5490 ECB             :         else
                               5491                 :         {
                               5492                 :             /* suppress any possible leakproofness checks later */
 2165 peter_e                  5493 GIC      192845 :             vardata->acl_ok = true;
                               5494                 :         }
                               5495                 :     }
 4235 tgl                      5496           28299 :     else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY && !rte->inh)
 4235 tgl                      5497 ECB             :     {
                               5498                 :         /*
                               5499                 :          * Plain subquery (not one that was converted to an appendrel).
                               5500                 :          */
 4235 tgl                      5501 CBC        3177 :         Query      *subquery = rte->subquery;
                               5502                 :         RelOptInfo *rel;
                               5503                 :         TargetEntry *ste;
                               5504                 : 
                               5505                 :         /*
                               5506                 :          * Punt if it's a whole-row var rather than a plain column reference.
                               5507                 :          */
 3436                          5508            3177 :         if (var->varattno == InvalidAttrNumber)
 3436 tgl                      5509 UIC           0 :             return;
                               5510                 : 
 4126 rhaas                    5511 ECB             :         /*
                               5512                 :          * Punt if subquery uses set operations or GROUP BY, as these will
                               5513                 :          * mash underlying columns' stats beyond recognition.  (Set ops are
                               5514                 :          * particularly nasty; if we forged ahead, we would return stats
                               5515                 :          * relevant to only the leftmost subselect...)  DISTINCT is also
 4070 tgl                      5516                 :          * problematic, but we check that later because there is a possibility
                               5517                 :          * of learning something even with it.
                               5518                 :          */
 4070 tgl                      5519 GIC        3177 :         if (subquery->setOperations ||
  677                          5520            3061 :             subquery->groupClause ||
                               5521            2769 :             subquery->groupingSets)
 4126 rhaas                    5522             408 :             return;
 4126 rhaas                    5523 ECB             : 
 4235 tgl                      5524 EUB             :         /*
                               5525                 :          * OK, fetch RelOptInfo for subquery.  Note that we don't change the
                               5526                 :          * rel returned in vardata, since caller expects it to be a rel of the
                               5527                 :          * caller's query level.  Because we might already be recursing, we
                               5528                 :          * can't use that rel pointer either, but have to look up the Var's
                               5529                 :          * rel afresh.
                               5530                 :          */
 4235 tgl                      5531 GIC        2769 :         rel = find_base_rel(root, var->varno);
                               5532                 : 
                               5533                 :         /* If the subquery hasn't been planned yet, we have to punt */
 3840 tgl                      5534 CBC        2769 :         if (rel->subroot == NULL)
 3840 tgl                      5535 LBC           0 :             return;
 3840 tgl                      5536 CBC        2769 :         Assert(IsA(rel->subroot, PlannerInfo));
 4235 tgl                      5537 ECB             : 
                               5538                 :         /*
                               5539                 :          * Switch our attention to the subquery as mangled by the planner. It
                               5540                 :          * was okay to look at the pre-planning version for the tests above,
                               5541                 :          * but now we need a Var that will refer to the subroot's live
                               5542                 :          * RelOptInfos.  For instance, if any subquery pullup happened during
                               5543                 :          * planning, Vars in the targetlist might have gotten replaced, and we
                               5544                 :          * need to see the replacement expressions.
                               5545                 :          */
 4210 tgl                      5546 CBC        2769 :         subquery = rel->subroot->parse;
 4210 tgl                      5547 GIC        2769 :         Assert(IsA(subquery, Query));
                               5548                 : 
 4235 tgl                      5549 ECB             :         /* Get the subquery output expression referenced by the upper Var */
 4235 tgl                      5550 GBC        2769 :         ste = get_tle_by_resno(subquery->targetList, var->varattno);
 4235 tgl                      5551 CBC        2769 :         if (ste == NULL || ste->resjunk)
 4235 tgl                      5552 UIC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "subquery %s does not have attribute %d",
                               5553                 :                  rte->eref->aliasname, var->varattno);
 4235 tgl                      5554 GIC        2769 :         var = (Var *) ste->expr;
                               5555                 : 
                               5556                 :         /*
                               5557                 :          * If subquery uses DISTINCT, we can't make use of any stats for the
                               5558                 :          * variable ... but, if it's the only DISTINCT column, we are entitled
                               5559                 :          * to consider it unique.  We do the test this way so that it works
                               5560                 :          * for cases involving DISTINCT ON.
 4070 tgl                      5561 ECB             :          */
 4070 tgl                      5562 CBC        2769 :         if (subquery->distinctClause)
                               5563                 :         {
 4070 tgl                      5564 GIC         180 :             if (list_length(subquery->distinctClause) == 1 &&
 4070 tgl                      5565 CBC          57 :                 targetIsInSortList(ste, InvalidOid, subquery->distinctClause))
                               5566              57 :                 vardata->isunique = true;
 4070 tgl                      5567 EUB             :             /* cannot go further */
 4070 tgl                      5568 GIC         123 :             return;
 4070 tgl                      5569 ECB             :         }
                               5570                 : 
                               5571                 :         /*
                               5572                 :          * If the sub-query originated from a view with the security_barrier
                               5573                 :          * attribute, we must not look at the variable's statistics, though it
                               5574                 :          * seems all right to notice the existence of a DISTINCT clause. So
                               5575                 :          * stop here.
                               5576                 :          *
                               5577                 :          * This is probably a harsher restriction than necessary; it's
                               5578                 :          * certainly OK for the selectivity estimator (which is a C function,
 3260 bruce                    5579                 :          * and therefore omnipotent anyway) to look at the statistics.  But
 4070 tgl                      5580                 :          * many selectivity estimators will happily *invoke the operator
                               5581                 :          * function* to try to work out a good estimate - and that's not OK.
                               5582                 :          * So for now, don't dig down for stats.
                               5583                 :          */
 4070 tgl                      5584 GIC        2646 :         if (rte->security_barrier)
                               5585             105 :             return;
                               5586                 : 
                               5587                 :         /* Can only handle a simple Var of subquery's query level */
 4235                          5588            2541 :         if (var && IsA(var, Var) &&
                               5589             663 :             var->varlevelsup == 0)
                               5590                 :         {
                               5591                 :             /*
                               5592                 :              * OK, recurse into the subquery.  Note that the original setting
                               5593                 :              * of vardata->isunique (which will surely be false) is left
                               5594                 :              * unchanged in this situation.  That's what we want, since even
                               5595                 :              * if the underlying column is unique, the subquery may have
                               5596                 :              * joined to other tables in a way that creates duplicates.
                               5597                 :              */
                               5598             663 :             examine_simple_variable(rel->subroot, var, vardata);
 4235 tgl                      5599 ECB             :         }
                               5600                 :     }
                               5601                 :     else
                               5602                 :     {
                               5603                 :         /*
                               5604                 :          * Otherwise, the Var comes from a FUNCTION, VALUES, or CTE RTE.  (We
                               5605                 :          * won't see RTE_JOIN here because join alias Vars have already been
                               5606                 :          * flattened.)  There's not much we can do with function outputs, but
                               5607                 :          * maybe someday try to be smarter about VALUES and/or CTEs.
                               5608                 :          */
                               5609                 :     }
                               5610                 : }
                               5611                 : 
                               5612                 : /*
 2165 peter_e                  5613                 :  * Check whether it is permitted to call func_oid passing some of the
                               5614                 :  * pg_statistic data in vardata.  We allow this either if the user has SELECT
                               5615                 :  * privileges on the table or column underlying the pg_statistic data or if
                               5616                 :  * the function is marked leak-proof.
                               5617                 :  */
                               5618                 : bool
 2165 peter_e                  5619 GIC      342732 : statistic_proc_security_check(VariableStatData *vardata, Oid func_oid)
                               5620                 : {
                               5621          342732 :     if (vardata->acl_ok)
                               5622          342645 :         return true;
                               5623                 : 
                               5624              87 :     if (!OidIsValid(func_oid))
 2165 peter_e                  5625 UIC           0 :         return false;
                               5626                 : 
 2165 peter_e                  5627 GIC          87 :     if (get_func_leakproof(func_oid))
                               5628               3 :         return true;
                               5629                 : 
                               5630              84 :     ereport(DEBUG2,
                               5631                 :             (errmsg_internal("not using statistics because function \"%s\" is not leak-proof",
                               5632                 :                              get_func_name(func_oid))));
                               5633              84 :     return false;
 2165 peter_e                  5634 ECB             : }
                               5635                 : 
 6991 tgl                      5636                 : /*
                               5637                 :  * get_variable_numdistinct
                               5638                 :  *    Estimate the number of distinct values of a variable.
                               5639                 :  *
 6991 tgl                      5640 EUB             :  * vardata: results of examine_variable
                               5641                 :  * *isdefault: set to true if the result is a default rather than based on
 4235 tgl                      5642 ECB             :  * anything meaningful.
 6991                          5643                 :  *
                               5644                 :  * NB: be careful to produce a positive integral result, since callers may
 2810                          5645                 :  * compare the result to exact integer counts, or might divide by it.
                               5646                 :  */
                               5647                 : double
 4235 tgl                      5648 CBC      494654 : get_variable_numdistinct(VariableStatData *vardata, bool *isdefault)
                               5649                 : {
                               5650                 :     double      stadistinct;
 2436 tgl                      5651 GIC      494654 :     double      stanullfrac = 0.0;
                               5652                 :     double      ntuples;
                               5653                 : 
 4235                          5654          494654 :     *isdefault = false;
                               5655                 : 
                               5656                 :     /*
                               5657                 :      * Determine the stadistinct value to use.  There are cases where we can
                               5658                 :      * get an estimate even without a pg_statistic entry, or can get a better
                               5659                 :      * value than is in pg_statistic.  Grab stanullfrac too if we can find it
                               5660                 :      * (otherwise, assume no nulls, for lack of any better idea).
                               5661                 :      */
 6991                          5662          494654 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
 6991 tgl                      5663 ECB             :     {
                               5664                 :         /* Use the pg_statistic entry */
                               5665                 :         Form_pg_statistic stats;
                               5666                 : 
 6991 tgl                      5667 GIC      338558 :         stats = (Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple);
                               5668          338558 :         stadistinct = stats->stadistinct;
 2436 tgl                      5669 CBC      338558 :         stanullfrac = stats->stanullfrac;
                               5670                 :     }
 6582 tgl                      5671 GIC      156096 :     else if (vardata->vartype == BOOLOID)
                               5672                 :     {
                               5673                 :         /*
                               5674                 :          * Special-case boolean columns: presumably, two distinct values.
                               5675                 :          *
                               5676                 :          * Are there any other datatypes we should wire in special estimates
 6347 bruce                    5677 ECB             :          * for?
                               5678                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      5679 GIC         114 :         stadistinct = 2.0;
                               5680                 :     }
 2062                          5681          155982 :     else if (vardata->rel && vardata->rel->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
 2062 tgl                      5682 ECB             :     {
                               5683                 :         /*
                               5684                 :          * If the Var represents a column of a VALUES RTE, assume it's unique.
                               5685                 :          * This could of course be very wrong, but it should tend to be true
                               5686                 :          * in well-written queries.  We could consider examining the VALUES'
                               5687                 :          * contents to get some real statistics; but that only works if the
                               5688                 :          * entries are all constants, and it would be pretty expensive anyway.
                               5689                 :          */
 2062 tgl                      5690 GIC        1064 :         stadistinct = -1.0;     /* unique (and all non null) */
                               5691                 :     }
                               5692                 :     else
                               5693                 :     {
 6991 tgl                      5694 ECB             :         /*
                               5695                 :          * We don't keep statistics for system columns, but in some cases we
 6385 bruce                    5696                 :          * can infer distinctness anyway.
                               5697                 :          */
 6991 tgl                      5698 GIC      154918 :         if (vardata->var && IsA(vardata->var, Var))
                               5699                 :         {
                               5700          146469 :             switch (((Var *) vardata->var)->varattno)
                               5701                 :             {
                               5702             483 :                 case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber:
 2436                          5703             483 :                     stadistinct = -1.0; /* unique (and all non null) */
 6991                          5704             483 :                     break;
 6991 tgl                      5705 CBC        1247 :                 case TableOidAttributeNumber:
 6797 bruce                    5706 GIC        1247 :                     stadistinct = 1.0;  /* only 1 value */
 6991 tgl                      5707            1247 :                     break;
                               5708          144739 :                 default:
 6797 bruce                    5709          144739 :                     stadistinct = 0.0;  /* means "unknown" */
 6991 tgl                      5710          144739 :                     break;
                               5711                 :             }
                               5712                 :         }
 6991 tgl                      5713 ECB             :         else
 6797 bruce                    5714 GIC        8449 :             stadistinct = 0.0;  /* means "unknown" */
 6797 bruce                    5715 ECB             : 
                               5716                 :         /*
 6991 tgl                      5717                 :          * XXX consider using estimate_num_groups on expressions?
                               5718                 :          */
                               5719                 :     }
                               5720                 : 
                               5721                 :     /*
 4070                          5722                 :      * If there is a unique index or DISTINCT clause for the variable, assume
                               5723                 :      * it is unique no matter what pg_statistic says; the statistics could be
                               5724                 :      * out of date, or we might have found a partial unique index that proves
 2436                          5725                 :      * the var is unique for this query.  However, we'd better still believe
                               5726                 :      * the null-fraction statistic.
                               5727                 :      */
 5166 tgl                      5728 GIC      494654 :     if (vardata->isunique)
 2436 tgl                      5729 CBC      135923 :         stadistinct = -1.0 * (1.0 - stanullfrac);
                               5730                 : 
                               5731                 :     /*
                               5732                 :      * If we had an absolute estimate, use that.
                               5733                 :      */
 6991 tgl                      5734 GIC      494654 :     if (stadistinct > 0.0)
 2810                          5735           92794 :         return clamp_row_est(stadistinct);
                               5736                 : 
                               5737                 :     /*
                               5738                 :      * Otherwise we need to get the relation size; punt if not available.
                               5739                 :      */
 6991                          5740          401860 :     if (vardata->rel == NULL)
                               5741                 :     {
 4235                          5742             182 :         *isdefault = true;
 6991 tgl                      5743 CBC         182 :         return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
 4235 tgl                      5744 ECB             :     }
 6991 tgl                      5745 GIC      401678 :     ntuples = vardata->rel->tuples;
                               5746          401678 :     if (ntuples <= 0.0)
                               5747                 :     {
 4235                          5748           15356 :         *isdefault = true;
 6991 tgl                      5749 CBC       15356 :         return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
 4235 tgl                      5750 ECB             :     }
                               5751                 : 
                               5752                 :     /*
                               5753                 :      * If we had a relative estimate, use that.
                               5754                 :      */
 6991 tgl                      5755 CBC      386322 :     if (stadistinct < 0.0)
 2810 tgl                      5756 GIC      266592 :         return clamp_row_est(-stadistinct * ntuples);
 6991 tgl                      5757 ECB             : 
                               5758                 :     /*
                               5759                 :      * With no data, estimate ndistinct = ntuples if the table is small, else
 3955 bruce                    5760                 :      * use default.  We use DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT as the cutoff for "small" so
                               5761                 :      * that the behavior isn't discontinuous.
                               5762                 :      */
 6991 tgl                      5763 CBC      119730 :     if (ntuples < DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT)
 2810                          5764           51802 :         return clamp_row_est(ntuples);
                               5765                 : 
 4235 tgl                      5766 GIC       67928 :     *isdefault = true;
 6991                          5767           67928 :     return DEFAULT_NUM_DISTINCT;
                               5768                 : }
                               5769                 : 
 7994 tgl                      5770 ECB             : /*
 5601                          5771                 :  * get_variable_range
                               5772                 :  *      Estimate the minimum and maximum value of the specified variable.
                               5773                 :  *      If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
                               5774                 :  *      If no data available, return false.
                               5775                 :  *
                               5776                 :  * sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use.  This should generally
                               5777                 :  * be "<" not ">", as only the former is likely to be found in pg_statistic.
 1038                          5778                 :  * The collation must be specified too.
 7994                          5779                 :  */
                               5780                 : static bool
 1038 tgl                      5781 CBC       73445 : get_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
 1038 tgl                      5782 ECB             :                    Oid sortop, Oid collation,
                               5783                 :                    Datum *min, Datum *max)
                               5784                 : {
 5601 tgl                      5785 GIC       73445 :     Datum       tmin = 0;
 6991                          5786           73445 :     Datum       tmax = 0;
 5601                          5787           73445 :     bool        have_data = false;
                               5788                 :     int16       typLen;
                               5789                 :     bool        typByVal;
                               5790                 :     Oid         opfuncoid;
                               5791                 :     FmgrInfo    opproc;
                               5792                 :     AttStatsSlot sslot;
                               5793                 : 
                               5794                 :     /*
                               5795                 :      * XXX It's very tempting to try to use the actual column min and max, if
 3260 bruce                    5796 ECB             :      * we can get them relatively-cheaply with an index probe.  However, since
                               5797                 :      * this function is called many times during join planning, that could
                               5798                 :      * have unpleasant effects on planning speed.  Need more investigation
                               5799                 :      * before enabling this.
 4843 tgl                      5800                 :      */
                               5801                 : #ifdef NOT_USED
 1038                          5802                 :     if (get_actual_variable_range(root, vardata, sortop, collation, min, max))
                               5803                 :         return true;
                               5804                 : #endif
                               5805                 : 
 6991 tgl                      5806 GIC       73445 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(vardata->statsTuple))
                               5807                 :     {
                               5808                 :         /* no stats available, so default result */
                               5809           16649 :         return false;
                               5810                 :     }
                               5811                 : 
                               5812                 :     /*
                               5813                 :      * If we can't apply the sortop to the stats data, just fail.  In
                               5814                 :      * principle, if there's a histogram and no MCVs, we could return the
                               5815                 :      * histogram endpoints without ever applying the sortop ... but it's
                               5816                 :      * probably not worth trying, because whatever the caller wants to do with
                               5817                 :      * the endpoints would likely fail the security check too.
                               5818                 :      */
 2165 peter_e                  5819           56796 :     if (!statistic_proc_security_check(vardata,
                               5820           56796 :                                        (opfuncoid = get_opcode(sortop))))
 2165 peter_e                  5821 LBC           0 :         return false;
                               5822                 : 
 1038 tgl                      5823 GIC       56796 :     opproc.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* mark this as not looked up yet */
 1038 tgl                      5824 ECB             : 
 6991 tgl                      5825 GIC       56796 :     get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
                               5826                 : 
                               5827                 :     /*
                               5828                 :      * If there is a histogram with the ordering we want, grab the first and
                               5829                 :      * last values.
                               5830                 :      */
 2157                          5831           56796 :     if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
                               5832                 :                          STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, sortop,
                               5833                 :                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
 6991 tgl                      5834 ECB             :     {
 1038 tgl                      5835 CBC       45472 :         if (sslot.stacoll == collation && sslot.nvalues > 0)
 6991 tgl                      5836 EUB             :         {
 2157 tgl                      5837 GIC       45472 :             tmin = datumCopy(sslot.values[0], typByVal, typLen);
 2157 tgl                      5838 CBC       45472 :             tmax = datumCopy(sslot.values[sslot.nvalues - 1], typByVal, typLen);
 5601 tgl                      5839 GIC       45472 :             have_data = true;
 6991 tgl                      5840 ECB             :         }
 2157 tgl                      5841 GIC       45472 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               5842                 :     }
                               5843                 : 
                               5844                 :     /*
                               5845                 :      * Otherwise, if there is a histogram with some other ordering, scan it
 1038 tgl                      5846 ECB             :      * and get the min and max values according to the ordering we want.  This
                               5847                 :      * of course may not find values that are really extremal according to our
                               5848                 :      * ordering, but it beats ignoring available data.
                               5849                 :      */
 1038 tgl                      5850 CBC       68120 :     if (!have_data &&
 1038 tgl                      5851 GIC       11324 :         get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
 1038 tgl                      5852 ECB             :                          STATISTIC_KIND_HISTOGRAM, InvalidOid,
                               5853                 :                          ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES))
 6991                          5854                 :     {
 1038 tgl                      5855 UIC           0 :         get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
 1038 tgl                      5856 ECB             :                              collation, typLen, typByVal,
                               5857                 :                              &tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
 2157 tgl                      5858 UIC           0 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               5859                 :     }
                               5860                 : 
                               5861                 :     /*
                               5862                 :      * If we have most-common-values info, look for extreme MCVs.  This is
                               5863                 :      * needed even if we also have a histogram, since the histogram excludes
                               5864                 :      * the MCVs.  However, if we *only* have MCVs and no histogram, we should
  555 tgl                      5865 ECB             :      * be pretty wary of deciding that that is a full representation of the
                               5866                 :      * data.  Proceed only if the MCVs represent the whole table (to within
                               5867                 :      * roundoff error).
                               5868                 :      */
 2157 tgl                      5869 GIC       56796 :     if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata->statsTuple,
 6991 tgl                      5870 EUB             :                          STATISTIC_KIND_MCV, InvalidOid,
  555 tgl                      5871 GIC       56796 :                          have_data ? ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES :
                               5872                 :                          (ATTSTATSSLOT_VALUES | ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS)))
 6991 tgl                      5873 EUB             :     {
  555 tgl                      5874 GIC       25708 :         bool        use_mcvs = have_data;
                               5875                 : 
                               5876           25708 :         if (!have_data)
                               5877                 :         {
                               5878           10887 :             double      sumcommon = 0.0;
                               5879                 :             double      nullfrac;
                               5880                 :             int         i;
                               5881                 : 
                               5882           57996 :             for (i = 0; i < sslot.nnumbers; i++)
                               5883           47109 :                 sumcommon += sslot.numbers[i];
  555 tgl                      5884 CBC       10887 :             nullfrac = ((Form_pg_statistic) GETSTRUCT(vardata->statsTuple))->stanullfrac;
  555 tgl                      5885 GIC       10887 :             if (sumcommon + nullfrac > 0.99999)
  555 tgl                      5886 CBC        9685 :                 use_mcvs = true;
                               5887                 :         }
                               5888                 : 
                               5889           25708 :         if (use_mcvs)
  555 tgl                      5890 GIC       24506 :             get_stats_slot_range(&sslot, opfuncoid, &opproc,
  555 tgl                      5891 ECB             :                                  collation, typLen, typByVal,
                               5892                 :                                  &tmin, &tmax, &have_data);
 2157 tgl                      5893 CBC       25708 :         free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               5894                 :     }
                               5895                 : 
 5601 tgl                      5896 GIC       56796 :     *min = tmin;
 6991 tgl                      5897 CBC       56796 :     *max = tmax;
 5601                          5898           56796 :     return have_data;
 8652 tgl                      5899 ECB             : }
                               5900                 : 
 1038                          5901                 : /*
                               5902                 :  * get_stats_slot_range: scan sslot for min/max values
                               5903                 :  *
                               5904                 :  * Subroutine for get_variable_range: update min/max/have_data according
                               5905                 :  * to what we find in the statistics array.
                               5906                 :  */
                               5907                 : static void
 1038 tgl                      5908 CBC       24506 : get_stats_slot_range(AttStatsSlot *sslot, Oid opfuncoid, FmgrInfo *opproc,
                               5909                 :                      Oid collation, int16 typLen, bool typByVal,
                               5910                 :                      Datum *min, Datum *max, bool *p_have_data)
 1038 tgl                      5911 ECB             : {
 1038 tgl                      5912 CBC       24506 :     Datum       tmin = *min;
                               5913           24506 :     Datum       tmax = *max;
 1038 tgl                      5914 GIC       24506 :     bool        have_data = *p_have_data;
                               5915           24506 :     bool        found_tmin = false;
                               5916           24506 :     bool        found_tmax = false;
                               5917                 : 
                               5918                 :     /* Look up the comparison function, if we didn't already do so */
                               5919           24506 :     if (opproc->fn_oid != opfuncoid)
                               5920           24506 :         fmgr_info(opfuncoid, opproc);
                               5921                 : 
                               5922                 :     /* Scan all the slot's values */
 1038 tgl                      5923 CBC      699222 :     for (int i = 0; i < sslot->nvalues; i++)
                               5924                 :     {
 1038 tgl                      5925 GIC      674716 :         if (!have_data)
                               5926                 :         {
 1038 tgl                      5927 CBC        9685 :             tmin = tmax = sslot->values[i];
                               5928            9685 :             found_tmin = found_tmax = true;
                               5929            9685 :             *p_have_data = have_data = true;
                               5930            9685 :             continue;
 1038 tgl                      5931 ECB             :         }
 1038 tgl                      5932 GIC      665031 :         if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
                               5933                 :                                            collation,
 1038 tgl                      5934 CBC      665031 :                                            sslot->values[i], tmin)))
 1038 tgl                      5935 ECB             :         {
 1038 tgl                      5936 GIC       21762 :             tmin = sslot->values[i];
                               5937           21762 :             found_tmin = true;
 1038 tgl                      5938 ECB             :         }
 1038 tgl                      5939 GIC      665031 :         if (DatumGetBool(FunctionCall2Coll(opproc,
 1038 tgl                      5940 ECB             :                                            collation,
 1038 tgl                      5941 GIC      665031 :                                            tmax, sslot->values[i])))
 1038 tgl                      5942 ECB             :         {
 1038 tgl                      5943 CBC       26015 :             tmax = sslot->values[i];
                               5944           26015 :             found_tmax = true;
 1038 tgl                      5945 ECB             :         }
                               5946                 :     }
                               5947                 : 
                               5948                 :     /*
                               5949                 :      * Copy the slot's values, if we found new extreme values.
                               5950                 :      */
 1038 tgl                      5951 CBC       24506 :     if (found_tmin)
                               5952           20728 :         *min = datumCopy(tmin, typByVal, typLen);
 1038 tgl                      5953 GIC       24506 :     if (found_tmax)
 1038 tgl                      5954 CBC       11033 :         *max = datumCopy(tmax, typByVal, typLen);
 1038 tgl                      5955 GIC       24506 : }
 1038 tgl                      5956 ECB             : 
                               5957                 : 
 4843                          5958                 : /*
                               5959                 :  * get_actual_variable_range
                               5960                 :  *      Attempt to identify the current *actual* minimum and/or maximum
                               5961                 :  *      of the specified variable, by looking for a suitable btree index
                               5962                 :  *      and fetching its low and/or high values.
                               5963                 :  *      If successful, store values in *min and *max, and return true.
                               5964                 :  *      (Either pointer can be NULL if that endpoint isn't needed.)
                               5965                 :  *      If unsuccessful, return false.
                               5966                 :  *
                               5967                 :  * sortop is the "<" comparison operator to use.
 1038                          5968                 :  * collation is the required collation.
 4843                          5969                 :  */
                               5970                 : static bool
 4843 tgl                      5971 GIC       71957 : get_actual_variable_range(PlannerInfo *root, VariableStatData *vardata,
                               5972                 :                           Oid sortop, Oid collation,
                               5973                 :                           Datum *min, Datum *max)
                               5974                 : {
                               5975           71957 :     bool        have_data = false;
                               5976           71957 :     RelOptInfo *rel = vardata->rel;
                               5977                 :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
                               5978                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               5979                 : 
                               5980                 :     /* No hope if no relation or it doesn't have indexes */
                               5981           71957 :     if (rel == NULL || rel->indexlist == NIL)
                               5982            6081 :         return false;
                               5983                 :     /* If it has indexes it must be a plain relation */
                               5984           65876 :     rte = root->simple_rte_array[rel->relid];
                               5985           65876 :     Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
 4843 tgl                      5986 ECB             : 
                               5987                 :     /* ignore partitioned tables.  Any indexes here are not real indexes */
   90 drowley                  5988 GNC       65876 :     if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                               5989             414 :         return false;
                               5990                 : 
                               5991                 :     /* Search through the indexes to see if any match our problem */
 4843 tgl                      5992 GIC      145033 :     foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
                               5993                 :     {
 4843 tgl                      5994 CBC      125849 :         IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(lc);
 4843 tgl                      5995 ECB             :         ScanDirection indexscandir;
                               5996                 : 
                               5997                 :         /* Ignore non-btree indexes */
 4843 tgl                      5998 GIC      125849 :         if (index->relam != BTREE_AM_OID)
 4843 tgl                      5999 UIC           0 :             continue;
 4843 tgl                      6000 ECB             : 
                               6001                 :         /*
                               6002                 :          * Ignore partial indexes --- we only want stats that cover the entire
 4790 bruce                    6003                 :          * relation.
 4843 tgl                      6004                 :          */
 4843 tgl                      6005 GIC      125849 :         if (index->indpred != NIL)
                               6006              90 :             continue;
 4843 tgl                      6007 ECB             : 
                               6008                 :         /*
                               6009                 :          * The index list might include hypothetical indexes inserted by a
                               6010                 :          * get_relation_info hook --- don't try to access them.
                               6011                 :          */
 4435 tgl                      6012 GIC      125759 :         if (index->hypothetical)
 4843 tgl                      6013 LBC           0 :             continue;
                               6014                 : 
                               6015                 :         /*
                               6016                 :          * The first index column must match the desired variable, sortop, and
 1038 tgl                      6017 ECB             :          * collation --- but we can use a descending-order index.
 4843 tgl                      6018 EUB             :          */
 1038 tgl                      6019 GIC      125759 :         if (collation != index->indexcollations[0])
                               6020           21744 :             continue;           /* test first 'cause it's cheapest */
 4843                          6021          104015 :         if (!match_index_to_operand(vardata->var, 0, index))
                               6022           57737 :             continue;
 4514                          6023           46278 :         switch (get_op_opfamily_strategy(sortop, index->sortopfamily[0]))
 4514 tgl                      6024 ECB             :         {
 4514 tgl                      6025 CBC       46278 :             case BTLessStrategyNumber:
 4514 tgl                      6026 GIC       46278 :                 if (index->reverse_sort[0])
 4514 tgl                      6027 UIC           0 :                     indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
                               6028                 :                 else
 4514 tgl                      6029 GIC       46278 :                     indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
                               6030           46278 :                 break;
 4514 tgl                      6031 LBC           0 :             case BTGreaterStrategyNumber:
 4514 tgl                      6032 UBC           0 :                 if (index->reverse_sort[0])
 4514 tgl                      6033 UIC           0 :                     indexscandir = ForwardScanDirection;
                               6034                 :                 else
                               6035               0 :                     indexscandir = BackwardScanDirection;
                               6036               0 :                 break;
                               6037               0 :             default:
 4514 tgl                      6038 ECB             :                 /* index doesn't match the sortop */
 4514 tgl                      6039 LBC           0 :                 continue;
 4514 tgl                      6040 ECB             :         }
 4843                          6041                 : 
                               6042                 :         /*
                               6043                 :          * Found a suitable index to extract data from.  Set up some data that
 1367                          6044                 :          * can be used by both invocations of get_actual_variable_endpoint.
 4843                          6045                 :          */
 4843 tgl                      6046 EUB             :         {
                               6047                 :             MemoryContext tmpcontext;
 4843 tgl                      6048 ECB             :             MemoryContext oldcontext;
                               6049                 :             Relation    heapRel;
 4843 tgl                      6050 EUB             :             Relation    indexRel;
                               6051                 :             TupleTableSlot *slot;
                               6052                 :             int16       typLen;
                               6053                 :             bool        typByVal;
                               6054                 :             ScanKeyData scankeys[1];
 1367                          6055                 : 
                               6056                 :             /* Make sure any cruft gets recycled when we're done */
 1367 tgl                      6057 GIC       46278 :             tmpcontext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
 1367 tgl                      6058 EUB             :                                                "get_actual_variable_range workspace",
                               6059                 :                                                ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 4843 tgl                      6060 GIC       46278 :             oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(tmpcontext);
                               6061                 : 
                               6062                 :             /*
                               6063                 :              * Open the table and index so we can read from them.  We should
                               6064                 :              * already have some type of lock on each.
                               6065                 :              */
 1539 andres                   6066           46278 :             heapRel = table_open(rte->relid, NoLock);
 1466 tgl                      6067           46278 :             indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
                               6068                 : 
                               6069                 :             /* build some stuff needed for indexscan execution */
 1490 andres                   6070           46278 :             slot = table_slot_create(heapRel, NULL);
 4843 tgl                      6071           46278 :             get_typlenbyval(vardata->atttype, &typLen, &typByVal);
                               6072                 : 
                               6073                 :             /* set up an IS NOT NULL scan key so that we ignore nulls */
                               6074           46278 :             ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&scankeys[0],
                               6075                 :                                    SK_ISNULL | SK_SEARCHNOTNULL,
 4790 bruce                    6076 ECB             :                                    1,   /* index col to scan */
                               6077                 :                                    InvalidStrategy, /* no strategy */
                               6078                 :                                    InvalidOid,  /* no strategy subtype */
 4397 tgl                      6079                 :                                    InvalidOid,  /* no collation */
                               6080                 :                                    InvalidOid,  /* no reg proc for this */
                               6081                 :                                    (Datum) 0);  /* constant */
                               6082                 : 
                               6083                 :             /* If min is requested ... */
 4843 tgl                      6084 GIC       46278 :             if (min)
 4843 tgl                      6085 ECB             :             {
 1367 tgl                      6086 CBC       25243 :                 have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
                               6087                 :                                                          indexRel,
                               6088                 :                                                          indexscandir,
 1367 tgl                      6089 ECB             :                                                          scankeys,
                               6090                 :                                                          typLen,
                               6091                 :                                                          typByVal,
                               6092                 :                                                          slot,
                               6093                 :                                                          oldcontext,
                               6094                 :                                                          min);
                               6095                 :             }
                               6096                 :             else
                               6097                 :             {
                               6098                 :                 /* If min not requested, still want to fetch max */
 1367 tgl                      6099 GIC       21035 :                 have_data = true;
                               6100                 :             }
                               6101                 : 
                               6102                 :             /* If max is requested, and we didn't already fail ... */
 4843 tgl                      6103 CBC       46278 :             if (max && have_data)
                               6104                 :             {
 1367 tgl                      6105 ECB             :                 /* scan in the opposite direction; all else is the same */
 1367 tgl                      6106 GIC       21443 :                 have_data = get_actual_variable_endpoint(heapRel,
                               6107                 :                                                          indexRel,
                               6108           21443 :                                                          -indexscandir,
                               6109                 :                                                          scankeys,
                               6110                 :                                                          typLen,
                               6111                 :                                                          typByVal,
                               6112                 :                                                          slot,
                               6113                 :                                                          oldcontext,
                               6114                 :                                                          max);
                               6115                 :             }
                               6116                 : 
                               6117                 :             /* Clean everything up */
 4843 tgl                      6118 CBC       46278 :             ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
                               6119                 : 
 1466 tgl                      6120 GIC       46278 :             index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
 1539 andres                   6121           46278 :             table_close(heapRel, NoLock);
 4843 tgl                      6122 ECB             : 
 4843 tgl                      6123 GIC       46278 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 1367                          6124           46278 :             MemoryContextDelete(tmpcontext);
 4843 tgl                      6125 ECB             : 
                               6126                 :             /* And we're done */
 4843 tgl                      6127 CBC       46278 :             break;
                               6128                 :         }
                               6129                 :     }
                               6130                 : 
 4843 tgl                      6131 GIC       65462 :     return have_data;
                               6132                 : }
                               6133                 : 
                               6134                 : /*
                               6135                 :  * Get one endpoint datum (min or max depending on indexscandir) from the
                               6136                 :  * specified index.  Return true if successful, false if not.
 1367 tgl                      6137 ECB             :  * On success, endpoint value is stored to *endpointDatum (and copied into
                               6138                 :  * outercontext).
                               6139                 :  *
                               6140                 :  * scankeys is a 1-element scankey array set up to reject nulls.
                               6141                 :  * typLen/typByVal describe the datatype of the index's first column.
                               6142                 :  * tableslot is a slot suitable to hold table tuples, in case we need
                               6143                 :  * to probe the heap.
                               6144                 :  * (We could compute these values locally, but that would mean computing them
                               6145                 :  * twice when get_actual_variable_range needs both the min and the max.)
  138                          6146                 :  *
                               6147                 :  * Failure occurs either when the index is empty, or we decide that it's
                               6148                 :  * taking too long to find a suitable tuple.
                               6149                 :  */
 1367                          6150                 : static bool
 1367 tgl                      6151 GIC       46686 : get_actual_variable_endpoint(Relation heapRel,
                               6152                 :                              Relation indexRel,
                               6153                 :                              ScanDirection indexscandir,
                               6154                 :                              ScanKey scankeys,
                               6155                 :                              int16 typLen,
                               6156                 :                              bool typByVal,
                               6157                 :                              TupleTableSlot *tableslot,
                               6158                 :                              MemoryContext outercontext,
                               6159                 :                              Datum *endpointDatum)
                               6160                 : {
                               6161           46686 :     bool        have_data = false;
                               6162                 :     SnapshotData SnapshotNonVacuumable;
                               6163                 :     IndexScanDesc index_scan;
                               6164           46686 :     Buffer      vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer;
  138                          6165           46686 :     BlockNumber last_heap_block = InvalidBlockNumber;
                               6166           46686 :     int         n_visited_heap_pages = 0;
                               6167                 :     ItemPointer tid;
                               6168                 :     Datum       values[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
                               6169                 :     bool        isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
 1367 tgl                      6170 ECB             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
                               6171                 : 
                               6172                 :     /*
                               6173                 :      * We use the index-only-scan machinery for this.  With mostly-static
                               6174                 :      * tables that's a win because it avoids a heap visit.  It's also a win
                               6175                 :      * for dynamic data, but the reason is less obvious; read on for details.
                               6176                 :      *
                               6177                 :      * In principle, we should scan the index with our current active
                               6178                 :      * snapshot, which is the best approximation we've got to what the query
                               6179                 :      * will see when executed.  But that won't be exact if a new snap is taken
                               6180                 :      * before running the query, and it can be very expensive if a lot of
                               6181                 :      * recently-dead or uncommitted rows exist at the beginning or end of the
                               6182                 :      * index (because we'll laboriously fetch each one and reject it).
                               6183                 :      * Instead, we use SnapshotNonVacuumable.  That will accept recently-dead
                               6184                 :      * and uncommitted rows as well as normal visible rows.  On the other
                               6185                 :      * hand, it will reject known-dead rows, and thus not give a bogus answer
                               6186                 :      * when the extreme value has been deleted (unless the deletion was quite
                               6187                 :      * recent); that case motivates not using SnapshotAny here.
                               6188                 :      *
                               6189                 :      * A crucial point here is that SnapshotNonVacuumable, with
                               6190                 :      * GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel) as horizon, yields the inverse of the
                               6191                 :      * condition that the indexscan will use to decide that index entries are
                               6192                 :      * killable (see heap_hot_search_buffer()).  Therefore, if the snapshot
                               6193                 :      * rejects a tuple (or more precisely, all tuples of a HOT chain) and we
                               6194                 :      * have to continue scanning past it, we know that the indexscan will mark
                               6195                 :      * that index entry killed.  That means that the next
                               6196                 :      * get_actual_variable_endpoint() call will not have to re-consider that
                               6197                 :      * index entry.  In this way we avoid repetitive work when this function
                               6198                 :      * is used a lot during planning.
                               6199                 :      *
                               6200                 :      * But using SnapshotNonVacuumable creates a hazard of its own.  In a
                               6201                 :      * recently-created index, some index entries may point at "broken" HOT
                               6202                 :      * chains in which not all the tuple versions contain data matching the
                               6203                 :      * index entry.  The live tuple version(s) certainly do match the index,
                               6204                 :      * but SnapshotNonVacuumable can accept recently-dead tuple versions that
                               6205                 :      * don't match.  Hence, if we took data from the selected heap tuple, we
                               6206                 :      * might get a bogus answer that's not close to the index extremal value,
                               6207                 :      * or could even be NULL.  We avoid this hazard because we take the data
                               6208                 :      * from the index entry not the heap.
                               6209                 :      *
                               6210                 :      * Despite all this care, there are situations where we might find many
                               6211                 :      * non-visible tuples near the end of the index.  We don't want to expend
                               6212                 :      * a huge amount of time here, so we give up once we've read too many heap
                               6213                 :      * pages.  When we fail for that reason, the caller will end up using
                               6214                 :      * whatever extremal value is recorded in pg_statistic.
                               6215                 :      */
  970 andres                   6216 GIC       46686 :     InitNonVacuumableSnapshot(SnapshotNonVacuumable,
                               6217                 :                               GlobalVisTestFor(heapRel));
                               6218                 : 
 1367 tgl                      6219           46686 :     index_scan = index_beginscan(heapRel, indexRel,
                               6220                 :                                  &SnapshotNonVacuumable,
                               6221                 :                                  1, 0);
                               6222                 :     /* Set it up for index-only scan */
                               6223           46686 :     index_scan->xs_want_itup = true;
                               6224           46686 :     index_rescan(index_scan, scankeys, 1, NULL, 0);
                               6225                 : 
                               6226                 :     /* Fetch first/next tuple in specified direction */
                               6227           55613 :     while ((tid = index_getnext_tid(index_scan, indexscandir)) != NULL)
                               6228                 :     {
  138                          6229           55613 :         BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
                               6230                 : 
 1367                          6231           55613 :         if (!VM_ALL_VISIBLE(heapRel,
                               6232                 :                             block,
                               6233                 :                             &vmbuffer))
                               6234                 :         {
 1367 tgl                      6235 ECB             :             /* Rats, we have to visit the heap to check visibility */
 1367 tgl                      6236 GIC       39209 :             if (!index_fetch_heap(index_scan, tableslot))
                               6237                 :             {
  138 tgl                      6238 ECB             :                 /*
                               6239                 :                  * No visible tuple for this index entry, so we need to
                               6240                 :                  * advance to the next entry.  Before doing so, count heap
                               6241                 :                  * page fetches and give up if we've done too many.
                               6242                 :                  *
                               6243                 :                  * We don't charge a page fetch if this is the same heap page
                               6244                 :                  * as the previous tuple.  This is on the conservative side,
                               6245                 :                  * since other recently-accessed pages are probably still in
                               6246                 :                  * buffers too; but it's good enough for this heuristic.
                               6247                 :                  */
                               6248                 : #define VISITED_PAGES_LIMIT 100
                               6249                 : 
  138 tgl                      6250 CBC        8927 :                 if (block != last_heap_block)
                               6251                 :                 {
  138 tgl                      6252 GIC         622 :                     last_heap_block = block;
                               6253             622 :                     n_visited_heap_pages++;
                               6254             622 :                     if (n_visited_heap_pages > VISITED_PAGES_LIMIT)
  138 tgl                      6255 LBC           0 :                         break;
                               6256                 :                 }
                               6257                 : 
 1367 tgl                      6258 GIC        8927 :                 continue;       /* no visible tuple, try next index entry */
                               6259                 :             }
                               6260                 : 
                               6261                 :             /* We don't actually need the heap tuple for anything */
                               6262           30282 :             ExecClearTuple(tableslot);
                               6263                 : 
                               6264                 :             /*
                               6265                 :              * We don't care whether there's more than one visible tuple in
                               6266                 :              * the HOT chain; if any are visible, that's good enough.
                               6267                 :              */
                               6268                 :         }
 1367 tgl                      6269 ECB             : 
                               6270                 :         /*
                               6271                 :          * We expect that btree will return data in IndexTuple not HeapTuple
                               6272                 :          * format.  It's not lossy either.
                               6273                 :          */
 1367 tgl                      6274 GBC       46686 :         if (!index_scan->xs_itup)
 1367 tgl                      6275 UIC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "no data returned for index-only scan");
 1367 tgl                      6276 GIC       46686 :         if (index_scan->xs_recheck)
 1367 tgl                      6277 LBC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected recheck indication from btree");
                               6278                 : 
                               6279                 :         /* OK to deconstruct the index tuple */
 1367 tgl                      6280 GIC       46686 :         index_deform_tuple(index_scan->xs_itup,
 1367 tgl                      6281 ECB             :                            index_scan->xs_itupdesc,
                               6282                 :                            values, isnull);
                               6283                 : 
                               6284                 :         /* Shouldn't have got a null, but be careful */
 1367 tgl                      6285 GIC       46686 :         if (isnull[0])
 1367 tgl                      6286 UIC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "found unexpected null value in index \"%s\"",
                               6287                 :                  RelationGetRelationName(indexRel));
                               6288                 : 
                               6289                 :         /* Copy the index column value out to caller's context */
 1367 tgl                      6290 GIC       46686 :         oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(outercontext);
                               6291           46686 :         *endpointDatum = datumCopy(values[0], typByVal, typLen);
                               6292           46686 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 1367 tgl                      6293 CBC       46686 :         have_data = true;
 1367 tgl                      6294 GBC       46686 :         break;
 1367 tgl                      6295 ECB             :     }
 1367 tgl                      6296 EUB             : 
 1367 tgl                      6297 GIC       46686 :     if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer)
                               6298           41610 :         ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer);
 1367 tgl                      6299 CBC       46686 :     index_endscan(index_scan);
                               6300                 : 
 1367 tgl                      6301 GIC       46686 :     return have_data;
                               6302                 : }
                               6303                 : 
 4239 tgl                      6304 ECB             : /*
 4239 tgl                      6305 EUB             :  * find_join_input_rel
                               6306                 :  *      Look up the input relation for a join.
                               6307                 :  *
                               6308                 :  * We assume that the input relation's RelOptInfo must have been constructed
 4239 tgl                      6309 ECB             :  * already.
                               6310                 :  */
                               6311                 : static RelOptInfo *
 4239 tgl                      6312 CBC        3602 : find_join_input_rel(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids)
 4239 tgl                      6313 ECB             : {
 4239 tgl                      6314 GIC        3602 :     RelOptInfo *rel = NULL;
                               6315                 : 
 4239 tgl                      6316 CBC        3602 :     switch (bms_membership(relids))
 4239 tgl                      6317 ECB             :     {
 4239 tgl                      6318 LBC           0 :         case BMS_EMPTY_SET:
                               6319                 :             /* should not happen */
                               6320               0 :             break;
 4239 tgl                      6321 GIC        3497 :         case BMS_SINGLETON:
                               6322            3497 :             rel = find_base_rel(root, bms_singleton_member(relids));
                               6323            3497 :             break;
                               6324             105 :         case BMS_MULTIPLE:
                               6325             105 :             rel = find_join_rel(root, relids);
                               6326             105 :             break;
                               6327                 :     }
                               6328                 : 
                               6329            3602 :     if (rel == NULL)
 4239 tgl                      6330 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find RelOptInfo for given relids");
 4239 tgl                      6331 ECB             : 
 4239 tgl                      6332 GIC        3602 :     return rel;
 4239 tgl                      6333 ECB             : }
                               6334                 : 
 4843                          6335                 : 
                               6336                 : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 8478 tgl                      6337 EUB             :  *
                               6338                 :  * Index cost estimation functions
                               6339                 :  *
 4088 tgl                      6340 ECB             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               6341                 :  */
                               6342                 : 
 1514                          6343                 : /*
                               6344                 :  * Extract the actual indexquals (as RestrictInfos) from an IndexClause list
                               6345                 :  */
                               6346                 : List *
 1514 tgl                      6347 GIC      266947 : get_quals_from_indexclauses(List *indexclauses)
 1520 tgl                      6348 ECB             : {
 1520 tgl                      6349 GBC      266947 :     List       *result = NIL;
                               6350                 :     ListCell   *lc;
 1520 tgl                      6351 ECB             : 
 1520 tgl                      6352 GIC      472025 :     foreach(lc, indexclauses)
                               6353                 :     {
                               6354          205078 :         IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
                               6355                 :         ListCell   *lc2;
                               6356                 : 
 1515                          6357          411524 :         foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
                               6358                 :         {
                               6359          206446 :             RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
                               6360                 : 
                               6361          206446 :             result = lappend(result, rinfo);
                               6362                 :         }
                               6363                 :     }
 1520                          6364          266947 :     return result;
                               6365                 : }
 1520 tgl                      6366 ECB             : 
                               6367                 : /*
 1514                          6368                 :  * Compute the total evaluation cost of the comparison operands in a list
                               6369                 :  * of index qual expressions.  Since we know these will be evaluated just
                               6370                 :  * once per scan, there's no need to distinguish startup from per-row cost.
 2959                          6371                 :  *
                               6372                 :  * This can be used either on the result of get_quals_from_indexclauses(),
 1514                          6373                 :  * or directly on an indexorderbys list.  In both cases, we expect that the
                               6374                 :  * index key expression is on the left side of binary clauses.
                               6375                 :  */
                               6376                 : Cost
 1514 tgl                      6377 GIC      527784 : index_other_operands_eval_cost(PlannerInfo *root, List *indexquals)
 2959 tgl                      6378 ECB             : {
 2959 tgl                      6379 GIC      527784 :     Cost        qual_arg_cost = 0;
 2959 tgl                      6380 ECB             :     ListCell   *lc;
                               6381                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6382 GIC      734455 :     foreach(lc, indexquals)
 2959 tgl                      6383 ECB             :     {
 2959 tgl                      6384 GIC      206671 :         Expr       *clause = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
                               6385                 :         Node       *other_operand;
                               6386                 :         QualCost    index_qual_cost;
                               6387                 : 
                               6388                 :         /*
                               6389                 :          * Index quals will have RestrictInfos, indexorderbys won't.  Look
                               6390                 :          * through RestrictInfo if present.
                               6391                 :          */
 1514                          6392          206671 :         if (IsA(clause, RestrictInfo))
                               6393          206440 :             clause = ((RestrictInfo *) clause)->clause;
                               6394                 : 
 2959                          6395          206671 :         if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
 2959 tgl                      6396 ECB             :         {
 1514 tgl                      6397 GIC      201667 :             OpExpr     *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
 1514 tgl                      6398 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      6399 GIC      201667 :             other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(op->args);
                               6400                 :         }
 1514 tgl                      6401 CBC        5004 :         else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
                               6402                 :         {
                               6403              66 :             RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
                               6404                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6405 GIC          66 :             other_operand = (Node *) rc->rargs;
                               6406                 :         }
                               6407            4938 :         else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
                               6408                 :         {
                               6409            3605 :             ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
                               6410                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6411 CBC        3605 :             other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
 1514 tgl                      6412 ECB             :         }
 1514 tgl                      6413 GIC        1333 :         else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
 1514 tgl                      6414 ECB             :         {
 1514 tgl                      6415 GIC        1333 :             other_operand = NULL;
 2959 tgl                      6416 ECB             :         }
                               6417                 :         else
                               6418                 :         {
 1514 tgl                      6419 UIC           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
 2959 tgl                      6420 ECB             :                  (int) nodeTag(clause));
                               6421                 :             other_operand = NULL;   /* keep compiler quiet */
                               6422                 :         }
                               6423                 : 
 2959 tgl                      6424 CBC      206671 :         cost_qual_eval_node(&index_qual_cost, other_operand, root);
 2959 tgl                      6425 GIC      206671 :         qual_arg_cost += index_qual_cost.startup + index_qual_cost.per_tuple;
 2959 tgl                      6426 ECB             :     }
 2959 tgl                      6427 GIC      527784 :     return qual_arg_cost;
 2959 tgl                      6428 ECB             : }
                               6429                 : 
 2573 alvherre                 6430                 : void
 6517 tgl                      6431 GIC      260843 : genericcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root,
 4124 tgl                      6432 ECB             :                     IndexPath *path,
                               6433                 :                     double loop_count,
 3740                          6434                 :                     GenericCosts *costs)
                               6435                 : {
 4124 tgl                      6436 GIC      260843 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
 1514                          6437          260843 :     List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
 4124 tgl                      6438 GBC      260843 :     List       *indexOrderBys = path->indexorderbys;
                               6439                 :     Cost        indexStartupCost;
                               6440                 :     Cost        indexTotalCost;
                               6441                 :     Selectivity indexSelectivity;
                               6442                 :     double      indexCorrelation;
 8397 bruce                    6443 ECB             :     double      numIndexPages;
 3740 tgl                      6444                 :     double      numIndexTuples;
                               6445                 :     double      spc_random_page_cost;
 6126                          6446                 :     double      num_sa_scans;
                               6447                 :     double      num_outer_scans;
                               6448                 :     double      num_scans;
                               6449                 :     double      qual_op_cost;
 7022                          6450                 :     double      qual_arg_cost;
                               6451                 :     List       *selectivityQuals;
                               6452                 :     ListCell   *l;
                               6453                 : 
                               6454                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                    6455                 :      * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the explicitly
                               6456                 :      * given indexquals to produce a more accurate idea of the index
 4088 tgl                      6457                 :      * selectivity.
                               6458                 :      */
 1514 tgl                      6459 GIC      260843 :     selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
                               6460                 : 
                               6461                 :     /*
                               6462                 :      * Check for ScalarArrayOpExpr index quals, and estimate the number of
                               6463                 :      * index scans that will be performed.
                               6464                 :      */
 6126                          6465          260843 :     num_sa_scans = 1;
                               6466          461086 :     foreach(l, indexQuals)
                               6467                 :     {
                               6468          200243 :         RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(l);
                               6469                 : 
                               6470          200243 :         if (IsA(rinfo->clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
                               6471                 :         {
                               6472            3602 :             ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) rinfo->clause;
 6031 bruce                    6473            3602 :             int         alength = estimate_array_length(lsecond(saop->args));
                               6474                 : 
 6126 tgl                      6475            3602 :             if (alength > 1)
                               6476            3554 :                 num_sa_scans *= alength;
                               6477                 :         }
 6126 tgl                      6478 ECB             :     }
                               6479                 : 
                               6480                 :     /* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
 3740 tgl                      6481 GIC      260843 :     indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
                               6482          260843 :                                               index->rel->relid,
                               6483                 :                                               JOIN_INNER,
 2194 simon                    6484 ECB             :                                               NULL);
 8400 tgl                      6485                 : 
                               6486                 :     /*
 6509                          6487                 :      * If caller didn't give us an estimate, estimate the number of index
                               6488                 :      * tuples that will be visited.  We do it in this rather peculiar-looking
                               6489                 :      * way in order to get the right answer for partial indexes.
                               6490                 :      */
 3740 tgl                      6491 CBC      260843 :     numIndexTuples = costs->numIndexTuples;
 6509                          6492          260843 :     if (numIndexTuples <= 0.0)
                               6493                 :     {
 3740                          6494           17547 :         numIndexTuples = indexSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
 7937 tgl                      6495 ECB             : 
                               6496                 :         /*
                               6497                 :          * The above calculation counts all the tuples visited across all
                               6498                 :          * scans induced by ScalarArrayOpExpr nodes.  We want to consider the
                               6499                 :          * average per-indexscan number, so adjust.  This is a handy place to
 5959                          6500                 :          * round to integer, too.  (If caller supplied tuple estimate, it's
                               6501                 :          * responsible for handling these considerations.)
                               6502                 :          */
 5959 tgl                      6503 GIC       17547 :         numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
                               6504                 :     }
                               6505                 : 
                               6506                 :     /*
                               6507                 :      * We can bound the number of tuples by the index size in any case. Also,
                               6508                 :      * always estimate at least one tuple is touched, even when
                               6509                 :      * indexSelectivity estimate is tiny.
 8400 tgl                      6510 ECB             :      */
 6509 tgl                      6511 CBC      260843 :     if (numIndexTuples > index->tuples)
 6509 tgl                      6512 GIC        1793 :         numIndexTuples = index->tuples;
 8400 tgl                      6513 CBC      260843 :     if (numIndexTuples < 1.0)
 8400 tgl                      6514 GIC       16816 :         numIndexTuples = 1.0;
                               6515                 : 
                               6516                 :     /*
                               6517                 :      * Estimate the number of index pages that will be retrieved.
                               6518                 :      *
                               6519                 :      * We use the simplistic method of taking a pro-rata fraction of the total
                               6520                 :      * number of index pages.  In effect, this counts only leaf pages and not
                               6521                 :      * any overhead such as index metapage or upper tree levels.
 3740 tgl                      6522 ECB             :      *
                               6523                 :      * In practice access to upper index levels is often nearly free because
                               6524                 :      * those tend to stay in cache under load; moreover, the cost involved is
                               6525                 :      * highly dependent on index type.  We therefore ignore such costs here
                               6526                 :      * and leave it to the caller to add a suitable charge if needed.
                               6527                 :      */
 6151 tgl                      6528 GIC      260843 :     if (index->pages > 1 && index->tuples > 1)
                               6529          246632 :         numIndexPages = ceil(numIndexTuples * index->pages / index->tuples);
 7937 tgl                      6530 ECB             :     else
 8400 tgl                      6531 CBC       14211 :         numIndexPages = 1.0;
 9345 bruce                    6532 ECB             : 
 3075 alvherre                 6533                 :     /* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
 4842 rhaas                    6534 GIC      260843 :     get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
                               6535                 :                               &spc_random_page_cost,
                               6536                 :                               NULL);
                               6537                 : 
                               6538                 :     /*
                               6539                 :      * Now compute the disk access costs.
                               6540                 :      *
                               6541                 :      * The above calculations are all per-index-scan.  However, if we are in a
                               6542                 :      * nestloop inner scan, we can expect the scan to be repeated (with
                               6543                 :      * different search keys) for each row of the outer relation.  Likewise,
                               6544                 :      * ScalarArrayOpExpr quals result in multiple index scans.  This creates
                               6545                 :      * the potential for cache effects to reduce the number of disk page
                               6546                 :      * fetches needed.  We want to estimate the average per-scan I/O cost in
 6031 bruce                    6547 ECB             :      * the presence of caching.
 6151 tgl                      6548                 :      *
                               6549                 :      * We use the Mackert-Lohman formula (see costsize.c for details) to
                               6550                 :      * estimate the total number of page fetches that occur.  While this
                               6551                 :      * wasn't what it was designed for, it seems a reasonable model anyway.
                               6552                 :      * Note that we are counting pages not tuples anymore, so we take N = T =
 6031 bruce                    6553                 :      * index size, as if there were one "tuple" per page.
                               6554                 :      */
 4090 tgl                      6555 GIC      260843 :     num_outer_scans = loop_count;
                               6556          260843 :     num_scans = num_sa_scans * num_outer_scans;
                               6557                 : 
 6126                          6558          260843 :     if (num_scans > 1)
                               6559                 :     {
                               6560                 :         double      pages_fetched;
                               6561                 : 
                               6562                 :         /* total page fetches ignoring cache effects */
 6151                          6563           32430 :         pages_fetched = numIndexPages * num_scans;
                               6564                 : 
                               6565                 :         /* use Mackert and Lohman formula to adjust for cache effects */
                               6566           32430 :         pages_fetched = index_pages_fetched(pages_fetched,
                               6567                 :                                             index->pages,
 6046                          6568           32430 :                                             (double) index->pages,
                               6569                 :                                             root);
                               6570                 : 
                               6571                 :         /*
                               6572                 :          * Now compute the total disk access cost, and then report a pro-rated
                               6573                 :          * share for each outer scan.  (Don't pro-rate for ScalarArrayOpExpr,
 6031 bruce                    6574 ECB             :          * since that's internal to the indexscan.)
 6151 tgl                      6575                 :          */
 3740 tgl                      6576 GIC       32430 :         indexTotalCost = (pages_fetched * spc_random_page_cost)
 4790 bruce                    6577 ECB             :             / num_outer_scans;
                               6578                 :     }
                               6579                 :     else
                               6580                 :     {
                               6581                 :         /*
 4842 rhaas                    6582                 :          * For a single index scan, we just charge spc_random_page_cost per
                               6583                 :          * page touched.
                               6584                 :          */
 3740 tgl                      6585 CBC      228413 :         indexTotalCost = numIndexPages * spc_random_page_cost;
                               6586                 :     }
 7022 tgl                      6587 ECB             : 
                               6588                 :     /*
                               6589                 :      * CPU cost: any complex expressions in the indexquals will need to be
                               6590                 :      * evaluated once at the start of the scan to reduce them to runtime keys
                               6591                 :      * to pass to the index AM (see nodeIndexscan.c).  We model the per-tuple
                               6592                 :      * CPU costs as cpu_index_tuple_cost plus one cpu_operator_cost per
                               6593                 :      * indexqual operator.  Because we have numIndexTuples as a per-scan
                               6594                 :      * number, we have to multiply by num_sa_scans to get the correct result
 4511                          6595                 :      * for ScalarArrayOpExpr cases.  Similarly add in costs for any index
                               6596                 :      * ORDER BY expressions.
                               6597                 :      *
                               6598                 :      * Note: this neglects the possible costs of rechecking lossy operators.
                               6599                 :      * Detecting that that might be needed seems more expensive than it's
                               6600                 :      * worth, though, considering all the other inaccuracies here ...
                               6601                 :      */
 1514 tgl                      6602 GIC      260843 :     qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals) +
                               6603          260843 :         index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexOrderBys);
 4511 tgl                      6604 CBC      260843 :     qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost *
 4511 tgl                      6605 GIC      260843 :         (list_length(indexQuals) + list_length(indexOrderBys));
                               6606                 : 
 3740                          6607          260843 :     indexStartupCost = qual_arg_cost;
                               6608          260843 :     indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
                               6609          260843 :     indexTotalCost += numIndexTuples * num_sa_scans * (cpu_index_tuple_cost + qual_op_cost);
                               6610                 : 
                               6611                 :     /*
                               6612                 :      * Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
                               6613                 :      */
                               6614          260843 :     indexCorrelation = 0.0;
                               6615                 : 
                               6616                 :     /*
                               6617                 :      * Return everything to caller.
                               6618                 :      */
                               6619          260843 :     costs->indexStartupCost = indexStartupCost;
                               6620          260843 :     costs->indexTotalCost = indexTotalCost;
 3740 tgl                      6621 CBC      260843 :     costs->indexSelectivity = indexSelectivity;
                               6622          260843 :     costs->indexCorrelation = indexCorrelation;
                               6623          260843 :     costs->numIndexPages = numIndexPages;
                               6624          260843 :     costs->numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
 3740 tgl                      6625 GIC      260843 :     costs->spc_random_page_cost = spc_random_page_cost;
 3740 tgl                      6626 CBC      260843 :     costs->num_sa_scans = num_sa_scans;
                               6627          260843 : }
 3740 tgl                      6628 ECB             : 
                               6629                 : /*
                               6630                 :  * If the index is partial, add its predicate to the given qual list.
                               6631                 :  *
                               6632                 :  * ANDing the index predicate with the explicitly given indexquals produces
                               6633                 :  * a more accurate idea of the index's selectivity.  However, we need to be
                               6634                 :  * careful not to insert redundant clauses, because clauselist_selectivity()
                               6635                 :  * is easily fooled into computing a too-low selectivity estimate.  Our
                               6636                 :  * approach is to add only the predicate clause(s) that cannot be proven to
                               6637                 :  * be implied by the given indexquals.  This successfully handles cases such
                               6638                 :  * as a qual "x = 42" used with a partial index "WHERE x >= 40 AND x < 50".
                               6639                 :  * There are many other cases where we won't detect redundancy, leading to a
                               6640                 :  * too-low selectivity estimate, which will bias the system in favor of using
 3260 bruce                    6641                 :  * partial indexes where possible.  That is not necessarily bad though.
 3740 tgl                      6642                 :  *
                               6643                 :  * Note that indexQuals contains RestrictInfo nodes while the indpred
 3260 bruce                    6644                 :  * does not, so the output list will be mixed.  This is OK for both
 3740 tgl                      6645                 :  * predicate_implied_by() and clauselist_selectivity(), but might be
                               6646                 :  * problematic if the result were passed to other things.
                               6647                 :  */
                               6648                 : List *
 1514 tgl                      6649 GIC      430417 : add_predicate_to_index_quals(IndexOptInfo *index, List *indexQuals)
                               6650                 : {
 3740                          6651          430417 :     List       *predExtraQuals = NIL;
                               6652                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               6653                 : 
                               6654          430417 :     if (index->indpred == NIL)
                               6655          429479 :         return indexQuals;
                               6656                 : 
                               6657            1882 :     foreach(lc, index->indpred)
                               6658                 :     {
                               6659             944 :         Node       *predQual = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
                               6660             944 :         List       *oneQual = list_make1(predQual);
                               6661                 : 
 2125 rhaas                    6662             944 :         if (!predicate_implied_by(oneQual, indexQuals, false))
 3740 tgl                      6663             846 :             predExtraQuals = list_concat(predExtraQuals, oneQual);
                               6664                 :     }
                               6665             938 :     return list_concat(predExtraQuals, indexQuals);
                               6666                 : }
                               6667                 : 
 9770 scrappy                  6668 ECB             : 
                               6669                 : void
 2639 tgl                      6670 CBC      257756 : btcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
                               6671                 :                Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
                               6672                 :                Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
 2244 rhaas                    6673 ECB             :                double *indexPages)
 9770 scrappy                  6674                 : {
 4124 tgl                      6675 GIC      257756 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
  267 peter                    6676 GNC      257756 :     GenericCosts costs = {0};
                               6677                 :     Oid         relid;
 6991 tgl                      6678 ECB             :     AttrNumber  colnum;
  267 peter                    6679 GNC      257756 :     VariableStatData vardata = {0};
                               6680                 :     double      numIndexTuples;
 3740 tgl                      6681 ECB             :     Cost        descentCost;
 6509                          6682                 :     List       *indexBoundQuals;
                               6683                 :     int         indexcol;
                               6684                 :     bool        eqQualHere;
                               6685                 :     bool        found_saop;
                               6686                 :     bool        found_is_null_op;
                               6687                 :     double      num_sa_scans;
                               6688                 :     ListCell   *lc;
 2959                          6689                 : 
                               6690                 :     /*
                               6691                 :      * For a btree scan, only leading '=' quals plus inequality quals for the
                               6692                 :      * immediately next attribute contribute to index selectivity (these are
                               6693                 :      * the "boundary quals" that determine the starting and stopping points of
 6385 bruce                    6694                 :      * the index scan).  Additional quals can suppress visits to the heap, so
                               6695                 :      * it's OK to count them in indexSelectivity, but they should not count
                               6696                 :      * for estimating numIndexTuples.  So we must examine the given indexquals
                               6697                 :      * to find out which ones count as boundary quals.  We rely on the
 4124 tgl                      6698                 :      * knowledge that they are given in index column order.
                               6699                 :      *
                               6700                 :      * For a RowCompareExpr, we consider only the first column, just as
                               6701                 :      * rowcomparesel() does.
                               6702                 :      *
                               6703                 :      * If there's a ScalarArrayOpExpr in the quals, we'll actually perform N
                               6704                 :      * index scans not one, but the ScalarArrayOpExpr's operator can be
                               6705                 :      * considered to act the same as it normally does.
                               6706                 :      */
 6509 tgl                      6707 GIC      257756 :     indexBoundQuals = NIL;
 4124                          6708          257756 :     indexcol = 0;
 6509                          6709          257756 :     eqQualHere = false;
 6344                          6710          257756 :     found_saop = false;
 4846                          6711          257756 :     found_is_null_op = false;
 5959                          6712          257756 :     num_sa_scans = 1;
 1514                          6713          443208 :     foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
                               6714                 :     {
                               6715          194993 :         IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
                               6716                 :         ListCell   *lc2;
                               6717                 : 
                               6718          194993 :         if (indexcol != iclause->indexcol)
                               6719                 :         {
                               6720                 :             /* Beginning of a new column's quals */
 4124                          6721           32265 :             if (!eqQualHere)
                               6722            9021 :                 break;          /* done if no '=' qual for indexcol */
                               6723           23244 :             eqQualHere = false;
                               6724           23244 :             indexcol++;
 1514                          6725           23244 :             if (indexcol != iclause->indexcol)
 4124 tgl                      6726 CBC         520 :                 break;          /* no quals at all for indexcol */
 4124 tgl                      6727 ECB             :         }
                               6728                 : 
 1514                          6729                 :         /* Examine each indexqual associated with this index clause */
 1514 tgl                      6730 CBC      372206 :         foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
 4124 tgl                      6731 ECB             :         {
 1514 tgl                      6732 CBC      186754 :             RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
 1514 tgl                      6733 GIC      186754 :             Expr       *clause = rinfo->clause;
 1514 tgl                      6734 CBC      186754 :             Oid         clause_op = InvalidOid;
                               6735                 :             int         op_strategy;
                               6736                 : 
                               6737          186754 :             if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
                               6738                 :             {
 1514 tgl                      6739 GIC      182142 :                 OpExpr     *op = (OpExpr *) clause;
 1514 tgl                      6740 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      6741 CBC      182142 :                 clause_op = op->opno;
 1514 tgl                      6742 ECB             :             }
 1514 tgl                      6743 CBC        4612 :             else if (IsA(clause, RowCompareExpr))
 1514 tgl                      6744 ECB             :             {
 1514 tgl                      6745 CBC          66 :                 RowCompareExpr *rc = (RowCompareExpr *) clause;
                               6746                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6747 GIC          66 :                 clause_op = linitial_oid(rc->opnos);
                               6748                 :             }
 1514 tgl                      6749 CBC        4546 :             else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
                               6750                 :             {
                               6751            3503 :                 ScalarArrayOpExpr *saop = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause;
                               6752            3503 :                 Node       *other_operand = (Node *) lsecond(saop->args);
                               6753            3503 :                 int         alength = estimate_array_length(other_operand);
                               6754                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6755 GIC        3503 :                 clause_op = saop->opno;
 1514 tgl                      6756 CBC        3503 :                 found_saop = true;
                               6757                 :                 /* count number of SA scans induced by indexBoundQuals only */
                               6758            3503 :                 if (alength > 1)
 1514 tgl                      6759 GIC        3455 :                     num_sa_scans *= alength;
 4125 tgl                      6760 ECB             :             }
 1514 tgl                      6761 GIC        1043 :             else if (IsA(clause, NullTest))
 1514 tgl                      6762 ECB             :             {
 1514 tgl                      6763 GIC        1043 :                 NullTest   *nt = (NullTest *) clause;
 4125 tgl                      6764 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      6765 GIC        1043 :                 if (nt->nulltesttype == IS_NULL)
 1514 tgl                      6766 ECB             :                 {
 1514 tgl                      6767 GIC          93 :                     found_is_null_op = true;
 1514 tgl                      6768 ECB             :                     /* IS NULL is like = for selectivity purposes */
 1514 tgl                      6769 GIC          93 :                     eqQualHere = true;
 1514 tgl                      6770 ECB             :                 }
                               6771                 :             }
                               6772                 :             else
 1514 tgl                      6773 UIC           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unsupported indexqual type: %d",
 1514 tgl                      6774 ECB             :                      (int) nodeTag(clause));
 4125                          6775                 : 
                               6776                 :             /* check for equality operator */
 1514 tgl                      6777 CBC      186754 :             if (OidIsValid(clause_op))
 1514 tgl                      6778 ECB             :             {
 1514 tgl                      6779 GIC      185711 :                 op_strategy = get_op_opfamily_strategy(clause_op,
 1514 tgl                      6780 CBC      185711 :                                                        index->opfamily[indexcol]);
 1514 tgl                      6781 GIC      185711 :                 Assert(op_strategy != 0);   /* not a member of opfamily?? */
 1514 tgl                      6782 CBC      185711 :                 if (op_strategy == BTEqualStrategyNumber)
 1514 tgl                      6783 GIC      175452 :                     eqQualHere = true;
 1514 tgl                      6784 ECB             :             }
                               6785                 : 
 1514 tgl                      6786 CBC      186754 :             indexBoundQuals = lappend(indexBoundQuals, rinfo);
                               6787                 :         }
 6509 tgl                      6788 ECB             :     }
                               6789                 : 
                               6790                 :     /*
                               6791                 :      * If index is unique and we found an '=' clause for each column, we can
 6385 bruce                    6792 EUB             :      * just assume numIndexTuples = 1 and skip the expensive
                               6793                 :      * clauselist_selectivity calculations.  However, a ScalarArrayOp or
                               6794                 :      * NullTest invalidates that theory, even though it sets eqQualHere.
                               6795                 :      */
 6344 tgl                      6796 CBC      257756 :     if (index->unique &&
 1828 teodor                   6797 GIC      213074 :         indexcol == index->nkeycolumns - 1 &&
 6344 tgl                      6798 CBC       91007 :         eqQualHere &&
 5847                          6799           91007 :         !found_saop &&
 4846                          6800           89141 :         !found_is_null_op)
 6509                          6801           89108 :         numIndexTuples = 1.0;
 6509 tgl                      6802 ECB             :     else
                               6803                 :     {
                               6804                 :         List       *selectivityQuals;
                               6805                 :         Selectivity btreeSelectivity;
                               6806                 : 
                               6807                 :         /*
                               6808                 :          * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the
                               6809                 :          * index-bound quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of
                               6810                 :          * rows covered by the bound conditions.
                               6811                 :          */
 1514 tgl                      6812 GIC      168648 :         selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexBoundQuals);
                               6813                 : 
 4088                          6814          168648 :         btreeSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
 6509 tgl                      6815 CBC      168648 :                                                   index->rel->relid,
 5351 tgl                      6816 ECB             :                                                   JOIN_INNER,
 2194 simon                    6817                 :                                                   NULL);
 6509 tgl                      6818 CBC      168648 :         numIndexTuples = btreeSelectivity * index->rel->tuples;
 5624 bruce                    6819 ECB             : 
 5959 tgl                      6820                 :         /*
                               6821                 :          * As in genericcostestimate(), we have to adjust for any
                               6822                 :          * ScalarArrayOpExpr quals included in indexBoundQuals, and then round
                               6823                 :          * to integer.
                               6824                 :          */
 5959 tgl                      6825 GIC      168648 :         numIndexTuples = rint(numIndexTuples / num_sa_scans);
                               6826                 :     }
                               6827                 : 
                               6828                 :     /*
                               6829                 :      * Now do generic index cost estimation.
                               6830                 :      */
 3740                          6831          257756 :     costs.numIndexTuples = numIndexTuples;
 3740 tgl                      6832 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      6833 CBC      257756 :     genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
                               6834                 : 
                               6835                 :     /*
 3740 tgl                      6836 ECB             :      * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial btree
                               6837                 :      * descent.  We don't charge any I/O cost for touching upper btree levels,
                               6838                 :      * since they tend to stay in cache, but we still have to do about log2(N)
                               6839                 :      * comparisons to descend a btree of N leaf tuples.  We charge one
                               6840                 :      * cpu_operator_cost per comparison.
                               6841                 :      *
                               6842                 :      * If there are ScalarArrayOpExprs, charge this once per SA scan.  The
                               6843                 :      * ones after the first one are not startup cost so far as the overall
                               6844                 :      * plan is concerned, so add them only to "total" cost.
                               6845                 :      */
 3740 tgl                      6846 GIC      257756 :     if (index->tuples > 1)        /* avoid computing log(0) */
                               6847                 :     {
                               6848          246694 :         descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples) / log(2.0)) * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      6849 CBC      246694 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      6850 GIC      246694 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      6851 ECB             :     }
                               6852                 : 
                               6853                 :     /*
                               6854                 :      * Even though we're not charging I/O cost for touching upper btree pages,
                               6855                 :      * it's still reasonable to charge some CPU cost per page descended
                               6856                 :      * through.  Moreover, if we had no such charge at all, bloated indexes
                               6857                 :      * would appear to have the same search cost as unbloated ones, at least
                               6858                 :      * in cases where only a single leaf page is expected to be visited.  This
                               6859                 :      * cost is somewhat arbitrarily set at 50x cpu_operator_cost per page
                               6860                 :      * touched.  The number of such pages is btree tree height plus one (ie,
                               6861                 :      * we charge for the leaf page too).  As above, charge once per SA scan.
                               6862                 :      */
   91 akorotkov                6863 GNC      257756 :     descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      6864 CBC      257756 :     costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      6865 GIC      257756 :     costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
 8005 tgl                      6866 ECB             : 
                               6867                 :     /*
 6385 bruce                    6868                 :      * If we can get an estimate of the first column's ordering correlation C
                               6869                 :      * from pg_statistic, estimate the index correlation as C for a
                               6870                 :      * single-column index, or C * 0.75 for multiple columns. (The idea here
                               6871                 :      * is that multiple columns dilute the importance of the first column's
                               6872                 :      * ordering, but don't negate it entirely.  Before 8.0 we divided the
                               6873                 :      * correlation by the number of columns, but that seems too strong.)
                               6874                 :      */
 7256 tgl                      6875 GIC      257756 :     if (index->indexkeys[0] != 0)
                               6876                 :     {
                               6877                 :         /* Simple variable --- look to stats for the underlying table */
 5306                          6878          256772 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(index->rel->relid, root);
 5306 tgl                      6879 ECB             : 
 5306 tgl                      6880 CBC      256772 :         Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
                               6881          256772 :         relid = rte->relid;
 8005 tgl                      6882 GIC      256772 :         Assert(relid != InvalidOid);
 6991                          6883          256772 :         colnum = index->indexkeys[0];
                               6884                 : 
 5306                          6885          256772 :         if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
 5306 tgl                      6886 UIC           0 :             (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, colnum, &vardata))
                               6887                 :         {
                               6888                 :             /*
                               6889                 :              * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did
                               6890                 :              * supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
 5306 tgl                      6891 ECB             :              */
 5306 tgl                      6892 UIC           0 :             if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
                               6893               0 :                 !vardata.freefunc)
 5306 tgl                      6894 LBC           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               6895                 :         }
 5306 tgl                      6896 ECB             :         else
                               6897                 :         {
 4802 rhaas                    6898 CBC      256772 :             vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
 4802 rhaas                    6899 ECB             :                                                  ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
                               6900                 :                                                  Int16GetDatum(colnum),
 4802 rhaas                    6901 CBC      256772 :                                                  BoolGetDatum(rte->inh));
 5306 tgl                      6902 GBC      256772 :             vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
                               6903                 :         }
                               6904                 :     }
                               6905                 :     else
                               6906                 :     {
                               6907                 :         /* Expression --- maybe there are stats for the index itself */
 6991                          6908             984 :         relid = index->indexoid;
                               6909             984 :         colnum = 1;
 6991 tgl                      6910 EUB             : 
 5306 tgl                      6911 GIC         984 :         if (get_index_stats_hook &&
 5306 tgl                      6912 UIC           0 :             (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, relid, colnum, &vardata))
                               6913                 :         {
 5306 tgl                      6914 ECB             :             /*
                               6915                 :              * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it did
                               6916                 :              * supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
                               6917                 :              */
 5306 tgl                      6918 LBC           0 :             if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
 5306 tgl                      6919 UIC           0 :                 !vardata.freefunc)
                               6920               0 :                 elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               6921                 :         }
                               6922                 :         else
                               6923                 :         {
 4802 rhaas                    6924 CBC         984 :             vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
 4802 rhaas                    6925 ECB             :                                                  ObjectIdGetDatum(relid),
                               6926                 :                                                  Int16GetDatum(colnum),
                               6927                 :                                                  BoolGetDatum(false));
 5306 tgl                      6928 GBC         984 :             vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
                               6929                 :         }
                               6930                 :     }
                               6931                 : 
 5306 tgl                      6932 GIC      257756 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                               6933                 :     {
 4514 tgl                      6934 EUB             :         Oid         sortop;
 2157                          6935                 :         AttStatsSlot sslot;
 6991                          6936                 : 
 4514 tgl                      6937 GIC      189009 :         sortop = get_opfamily_member(index->opfamily[0],
                               6938          189009 :                                      index->opcintype[0],
                               6939          189009 :                                      index->opcintype[0],
 4514 tgl                      6940 ECB             :                                      BTLessStrategyNumber);
 4514 tgl                      6941 GIC      378018 :         if (OidIsValid(sortop) &&
 2157                          6942          189009 :             get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
                               6943                 :                              STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, sortop,
 2157 tgl                      6944 ECB             :                              ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                               6945                 :         {
                               6946                 :             double      varCorrelation;
                               6947                 : 
 2157 tgl                      6948 CBC      186692 :             Assert(sslot.nnumbers == 1);
 2157 tgl                      6949 GIC      186692 :             varCorrelation = sslot.numbers[0];
                               6950                 : 
 4514                          6951          186692 :             if (index->reverse_sort[0])
 4514 tgl                      6952 UIC           0 :                 varCorrelation = -varCorrelation;
 4514 tgl                      6953 ECB             : 
 1517 tgl                      6954 CBC      186692 :             if (index->nkeycolumns > 1)
 3740                          6955           57568 :                 costs.indexCorrelation = varCorrelation * 0.75;
                               6956                 :             else
                               6957          129124 :                 costs.indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
 8005 tgl                      6958 ECB             : 
 2157 tgl                      6959 GIC      186692 :             free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
                               6960                 :         }
                               6961                 :     }
                               6962                 : 
 5306                          6963          257756 :     ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
 5306 tgl                      6964 ECB             : 
 3740 tgl                      6965 CBC      257756 :     *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
 3740 tgl                      6966 GIC      257756 :     *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
 3740 tgl                      6967 CBC      257756 :     *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
 3740 tgl                      6968 GBC      257756 :     *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
 2244 rhaas                    6969 GIC      257756 :     *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
 9770 scrappy                  6970 CBC      257756 : }
 9770 scrappy                  6971 ECB             : 
                               6972                 : void
 2639 tgl                      6973 CBC         197 : hashcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
                               6974                 :                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
 2244 rhaas                    6975 ECB             :                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
                               6976                 :                  double *indexPages)
                               6977                 : {
  267 peter                    6978 GNC         197 :     GenericCosts costs = {0};
 4124 tgl                      6979 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      6980 CBC         197 :     genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
 3740 tgl                      6981 ECB             : 
                               6982                 :     /*
                               6983                 :      * A hash index has no descent costs as such, since the index AM can go
                               6984                 :      * directly to the target bucket after computing the hash value.  There
                               6985                 :      * are a couple of other hash-specific costs that we could conceivably add
                               6986                 :      * here, though:
                               6987                 :      *
                               6988                 :      * Ideally we'd charge spc_random_page_cost for each page in the target
                               6989                 :      * bucket, not just the numIndexPages pages that genericcostestimate
                               6990                 :      * thought we'd visit.  However in most cases we don't know which bucket
                               6991                 :      * that will be.  There's no point in considering the average bucket size
                               6992                 :      * because the hash AM makes sure that's always one page.
                               6993                 :      *
                               6994                 :      * Likewise, we could consider charging some CPU for each index tuple in
                               6995                 :      * the bucket, if we knew how many there were.  But the per-tuple cost is
                               6996                 :      * just a hash value comparison, not a general datatype-dependent
                               6997                 :      * comparison, so any such charge ought to be quite a bit less than
                               6998                 :      * cpu_operator_cost; which makes it probably not worth worrying about.
                               6999                 :      *
                               7000                 :      * A bigger issue is that chance hash-value collisions will result in
                               7001                 :      * wasted probes into the heap.  We don't currently attempt to model this
                               7002                 :      * cost on the grounds that it's rare, but maybe it's not rare enough.
                               7003                 :      * (Any fix for this ought to consider the generic lossy-operator problem,
                               7004                 :      * though; it's not entirely hash-specific.)
                               7005                 :      */
                               7006                 : 
 3740 tgl                      7007 GIC         197 :     *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
                               7008             197 :     *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
                               7009             197 :     *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
                               7010             197 :     *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
 2244 rhaas                    7011             197 :     *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
 9722 scrappy                  7012             197 : }
                               7013                 : 
                               7014                 : void
 2639 tgl                      7015            1595 : gistcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
                               7016                 :                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
                               7017                 :                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
                               7018                 :                  double *indexPages)
                               7019                 : {
 3740                          7020            1595 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
  267 peter                    7021 GNC        1595 :     GenericCosts costs = {0};
 3740 tgl                      7022 ECB             :     Cost        descentCost;
                               7023                 : 
 1514 tgl                      7024 CBC        1595 :     genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
                               7025                 : 
                               7026                 :     /*
 3740 tgl                      7027 ECB             :      * We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
                               7028                 :      * that we first need an idea of the tree height.  We somewhat arbitrarily
                               7029                 :      * assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
                               7030                 :      * log100(index->pages).
                               7031                 :      *
                               7032                 :      * Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
                               7033                 :      * caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
                               7034                 :      */
 3602 bruce                    7035 GIC        1595 :     if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
 3740 tgl                      7036 ECB             :     {
 3740 tgl                      7037 GIC        1589 :         if (index->pages > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
                               7038            1341 :             index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
                               7039                 :         else
                               7040             248 :             index->tree_height = 0;
                               7041                 :     }
                               7042                 : 
                               7043                 :     /*
                               7044                 :      * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
                               7045                 :      * just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
                               7046                 :      * necessarily two anyway.  As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
 3740 tgl                      7047 ECB             :      */
 3740 tgl                      7048 GIC        1595 :     if (index->tuples > 1)        /* avoid computing log(0) */
 3740 tgl                      7049 ECB             :     {
 3740 tgl                      7050 CBC        1595 :         descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      7051 GIC        1595 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      7052 CBC        1595 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
                               7053                 :     }
                               7054                 : 
                               7055                 :     /*
                               7056                 :      * Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
                               7057                 :      */
   91 akorotkov                7058 GNC        1595 :     descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      7059 GIC        1595 :     costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      7060 CBC        1595 :     costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
                               7061                 : 
                               7062            1595 :     *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
                               7063            1595 :     *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
                               7064            1595 :     *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
 3740 tgl                      7065 GIC        1595 :     *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
 2244 rhaas                    7066            1595 :     *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
 9722 scrappy                  7067            1595 : }
                               7068                 : 
                               7069                 : void
 2639 tgl                      7070 CBC         889 : spgcostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
 2639 tgl                      7071 ECB             :                 Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
 2244 rhaas                    7072                 :                 Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
                               7073                 :                 double *indexPages)
 4131 tgl                      7074                 : {
 3740 tgl                      7075 CBC         889 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
  267 peter                    7076 GNC         889 :     GenericCosts costs = {0};
 3740 tgl                      7077 ECB             :     Cost        descentCost;
                               7078                 : 
 1514 tgl                      7079 GIC         889 :     genericcostestimate(root, path, loop_count, &costs);
 3740 tgl                      7080 ECB             : 
                               7081                 :     /*
                               7082                 :      * We model index descent costs similarly to those for btree, but to do
                               7083                 :      * that we first need an idea of the tree height.  We somewhat arbitrarily
                               7084                 :      * assume that the fanout is 100, meaning the tree height is at most
                               7085                 :      * log100(index->pages).
                               7086                 :      *
                               7087                 :      * Although this computation isn't really expensive enough to require
                               7088                 :      * caching, we might as well use index->tree_height to cache it.
                               7089                 :      */
 3602 bruce                    7090 GIC         889 :     if (index->tree_height < 0) /* unknown? */
                               7091                 :     {
 3740 tgl                      7092             886 :         if (index->pages > 1) /* avoid computing log(0) */
                               7093             886 :             index->tree_height = (int) (log(index->pages) / log(100.0));
                               7094                 :         else
 3740 tgl                      7095 UIC           0 :             index->tree_height = 0;
                               7096                 :     }
                               7097                 : 
                               7098                 :     /*
                               7099                 :      * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial descent. We
 3602 bruce                    7100 ECB             :      * just use log(N) here not log2(N) since the branching factor isn't
                               7101                 :      * necessarily two anyway.  As for btree, charge once per SA scan.
 3740 tgl                      7102                 :      */
 3740 tgl                      7103 CBC         889 :     if (index->tuples > 1)        /* avoid computing log(0) */
                               7104                 :     {
 3740 tgl                      7105 GBC         889 :         descentCost = ceil(log(index->tuples)) * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      7106 GIC         889 :         costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
                               7107             889 :         costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
                               7108                 :     }
                               7109                 : 
                               7110                 :     /*
                               7111                 :      * Likewise add a per-page charge, calculated the same as for btrees.
                               7112                 :      */
   91 akorotkov                7113 GNC         889 :     descentCost = (index->tree_height + 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
 3740 tgl                      7114 GIC         889 :     costs.indexStartupCost += descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      7115 CBC         889 :     costs.indexTotalCost += costs.num_sa_scans * descentCost;
 3740 tgl                      7116 ECB             : 
 3740 tgl                      7117 CBC         889 :     *indexStartupCost = costs.indexStartupCost;
 3740 tgl                      7118 GIC         889 :     *indexTotalCost = costs.indexTotalCost;
                               7119             889 :     *indexSelectivity = costs.indexSelectivity;
                               7120             889 :     *indexCorrelation = costs.indexCorrelation;
 2244 rhaas                    7121             889 :     *indexPages = costs.numIndexPages;
 4131 tgl                      7122             889 : }
 4131 tgl                      7123 ECB             : 
 4128                          7124                 : 
                               7125                 : /*
                               7126                 :  * Support routines for gincostestimate
                               7127                 :  */
                               7128                 : 
                               7129                 : typedef struct
                               7130                 : {
 1177 akorotkov                7131                 :     bool        attHasFullScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
                               7132                 :     bool        attHasNormalScan[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
                               7133                 :     double      partialEntries;
                               7134                 :     double      exactEntries;
                               7135                 :     double      searchEntries;
                               7136                 :     double      arrayScans;
                               7137                 : } GinQualCounts;
                               7138                 : 
                               7139                 : /*
                               7140                 :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
                               7141                 :  * testing the given GIN query, and increment the counts in *counts
                               7142                 :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
                               7143                 :  */
                               7144                 : static bool
 4128 tgl                      7145 GIC        1028 : gincost_pattern(IndexOptInfo *index, int indexcol,
                               7146                 :                 Oid clause_op, Datum query,
                               7147                 :                 GinQualCounts *counts)
                               7148                 : {
                               7149                 :     FmgrInfo    flinfo;
                               7150                 :     Oid         extractProcOid;
                               7151                 :     Oid         collation;
                               7152                 :     int         strategy_op;
                               7153                 :     Oid         lefttype,
                               7154                 :                 righttype;
 4128 tgl                      7155 CBC        1028 :     int32       nentries = 0;
 4128 tgl                      7156 GIC        1028 :     bool       *partial_matches = NULL;
                               7157            1028 :     Pointer    *extra_data = NULL;
                               7158            1028 :     bool       *nullFlags = NULL;
                               7159            1028 :     int32       searchMode = GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT;
                               7160                 :     int32       i;
                               7161                 : 
 1823 teodor                   7162            1028 :     Assert(indexcol < index->nkeycolumns);
                               7163                 : 
                               7164                 :     /*
 3955 bruce                    7165 ECB             :      * Get the operator's strategy number and declared input data types within
 3260                          7166                 :      * the index opfamily.  (We don't need the latter, but we use
 3955                          7167                 :      * get_op_opfamily_properties because it will throw error if it fails to
                               7168                 :      * find a matching pg_amop entry.)
 4128 tgl                      7169                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7170 GIC        1028 :     get_op_opfamily_properties(clause_op, index->opfamily[indexcol], false,
                               7171                 :                                &strategy_op, &lefttype, &righttype);
 4128 tgl                      7172 ECB             : 
                               7173                 :     /*
                               7174                 :      * GIN always uses the "default" support functions, which are those with
                               7175                 :      * lefttype == righttype == the opclass' opcintype (see
                               7176                 :      * IndexSupportInitialize in relcache.c).
                               7177                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7178 GIC        1028 :     extractProcOid = get_opfamily_proc(index->opfamily[indexcol],
                               7179            1028 :                                        index->opcintype[indexcol],
 4128 tgl                      7180 CBC        1028 :                                        index->opcintype[indexcol],
                               7181                 :                                        GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC);
                               7182                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7183 GIC        1028 :     if (!OidIsValid(extractProcOid))
                               7184                 :     {
                               7185                 :         /* should not happen; throw same error as index_getprocinfo */
 4128 tgl                      7186 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "missing support function %d for attribute %d of index \"%s\"",
                               7187                 :              GIN_EXTRACTQUERY_PROC, indexcol + 1,
 4128 tgl                      7188 ECB             :              get_rel_name(index->indexoid));
                               7189                 :     }
                               7190                 : 
                               7191                 :     /*
                               7192                 :      * Choose collation to pass to extractProc (should match initGinState).
 3652                          7193                 :      */
 3652 tgl                      7194 GIC        1028 :     if (OidIsValid(index->indexcollations[indexcol]))
                               7195             182 :         collation = index->indexcollations[indexcol];
 3652 tgl                      7196 EUB             :     else
 3652 tgl                      7197 GIC         846 :         collation = DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID;
                               7198                 : 
 1105 akorotkov                7199            1028 :     fmgr_info(extractProcOid, &flinfo);
                               7200                 : 
                               7201            1028 :     set_fn_opclass_options(&flinfo, index->opclassoptions[indexcol]);
                               7202                 : 
                               7203            1028 :     FunctionCall7Coll(&flinfo,
 1105 akorotkov                7204 ECB             :                       collation,
                               7205                 :                       query,
                               7206                 :                       PointerGetDatum(&nentries),
                               7207                 :                       UInt16GetDatum(strategy_op),
                               7208                 :                       PointerGetDatum(&partial_matches),
                               7209                 :                       PointerGetDatum(&extra_data),
                               7210                 :                       PointerGetDatum(&nullFlags),
                               7211                 :                       PointerGetDatum(&searchMode));
                               7212                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7213 CBC        1028 :     if (nentries <= 0 && searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
                               7214                 :     {
                               7215                 :         /* No match is possible */
 4128 tgl                      7216 GIC           6 :         return false;
                               7217                 :     }
                               7218                 : 
                               7219            2887 :     for (i = 0; i < nentries; i++)
                               7220                 :     {
                               7221                 :         /*
                               7222                 :          * For partial match we haven't any information to estimate number of
 4128 tgl                      7223 ECB             :          * matched entries in index, so, we just estimate it as 100
                               7224                 :          */
 4128 tgl                      7225 GIC        1865 :         if (partial_matches && partial_matches[i])
 4128 tgl                      7226 CBC         158 :             counts->partialEntries += 100;
                               7227                 :         else
 4128 tgl                      7228 GIC        1707 :             counts->exactEntries++;
 4128 tgl                      7229 ECB             : 
 4128 tgl                      7230 GIC        1865 :         counts->searchEntries++;
                               7231                 :     }
                               7232                 : 
 1177 akorotkov                7233            1022 :     if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_DEFAULT)
                               7234                 :     {
 1177 akorotkov                7235 CBC         786 :         counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
 1177 akorotkov                7236 ECB             :     }
 1177 akorotkov                7237 GIC         236 :     else if (searchMode == GIN_SEARCH_MODE_INCLUDE_EMPTY)
 4128 tgl                      7238 ECB             :     {
                               7239                 :         /* Treat "include empty" like an exact-match item */
 1177 akorotkov                7240 CBC          22 :         counts->attHasNormalScan[indexcol] = true;
 4128 tgl                      7241 GIC          22 :         counts->exactEntries++;
                               7242              22 :         counts->searchEntries++;
 4128 tgl                      7243 ECB             :     }
                               7244                 :     else
                               7245                 :     {
                               7246                 :         /* It's GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL */
 1177 akorotkov                7247 CBC         214 :         counts->attHasFullScan[indexcol] = true;
                               7248                 :     }
                               7249                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7250            1022 :     return true;
 4128 tgl                      7251 ECB             : }
                               7252                 : 
                               7253                 : /*
                               7254                 :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
                               7255                 :  * testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
                               7256                 :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
                               7257                 :  */
                               7258                 : static bool
 2959 tgl                      7259 GIC        1022 : gincost_opexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
 2959 tgl                      7260 ECB             :                IndexOptInfo *index,
                               7261                 :                int indexcol,
                               7262                 :                OpExpr *clause,
                               7263                 :                GinQualCounts *counts)
                               7264                 : {
 1514 tgl                      7265 GIC        1022 :     Oid         clause_op = clause->opno;
                               7266            1022 :     Node       *operand = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
                               7267                 : 
                               7268                 :     /* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
 3334 tgl                      7269 CBC        1022 :     operand = estimate_expression_value(root, operand);
                               7270                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7271 GIC        1022 :     if (IsA(operand, RelabelType))
 4128 tgl                      7272 UIC           0 :         operand = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) operand)->arg;
                               7273                 : 
                               7274                 :     /*
 4128 tgl                      7275 ECB             :      * It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
 3955 bruce                    7276                 :      * unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
                               7277                 :      * one ordinary search entry from the operand at runtime.
                               7278                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7279 CBC        1022 :     if (!IsA(operand, Const))
                               7280                 :     {
 4128 tgl                      7281 LBC           0 :         counts->exactEntries++;
 4128 tgl                      7282 UBC           0 :         counts->searchEntries++;
 4128 tgl                      7283 UIC           0 :         return true;
                               7284                 :     }
                               7285                 : 
                               7286                 :     /* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
 4128 tgl                      7287 GIC        1022 :     if (((Const *) operand)->constisnull)
 4128 tgl                      7288 UIC           0 :         return false;
 4128 tgl                      7289 ECB             : 
                               7290                 :     /* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
 4128 tgl                      7291 GBC        1022 :     return gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op,
 4128 tgl                      7292 EUB             :                            ((Const *) operand)->constvalue,
                               7293                 :                            counts);
                               7294                 : }
                               7295                 : 
                               7296                 : /*
 4128 tgl                      7297 ECB             :  * Estimate the number of index terms that need to be searched for while
 4128 tgl                      7298 EUB             :  * testing the given GIN index clause, and increment the counts in *counts
                               7299                 :  * appropriately.  If the query is unsatisfiable, return false.
                               7300                 :  *
 4128 tgl                      7301 ECB             :  * A ScalarArrayOpExpr will give rise to N separate indexscans at runtime,
                               7302                 :  * each of which involves one value from the RHS array, plus all the
                               7303                 :  * non-array quals (if any).  To model this, we average the counts across
                               7304                 :  * the RHS elements, and add the averages to the counts in *counts (which
                               7305                 :  * correspond to per-indexscan costs).  We also multiply counts->arrayScans
                               7306                 :  * by N, causing gincostestimate to scale up its estimates accordingly.
                               7307                 :  */
                               7308                 : static bool
 3334 tgl                      7309 GIC           3 : gincost_scalararrayopexpr(PlannerInfo *root,
                               7310                 :                           IndexOptInfo *index,
                               7311                 :                           int indexcol,
                               7312                 :                           ScalarArrayOpExpr *clause,
                               7313                 :                           double numIndexEntries,
                               7314                 :                           GinQualCounts *counts)
                               7315                 : {
 1514                          7316               3 :     Oid         clause_op = clause->opno;
                               7317               3 :     Node       *rightop = (Node *) lsecond(clause->args);
                               7318                 :     ArrayType  *arrayval;
 4128 tgl                      7319 ECB             :     int16       elmlen;
                               7320                 :     bool        elmbyval;
                               7321                 :     char        elmalign;
                               7322                 :     int         numElems;
                               7323                 :     Datum      *elemValues;
                               7324                 :     bool       *elemNulls;
                               7325                 :     GinQualCounts arraycounts;
 4128 tgl                      7326 CBC           3 :     int         numPossible = 0;
 4128 tgl                      7327 ECB             :     int         i;
                               7328                 : 
 1514 tgl                      7329 GIC           3 :     Assert(clause->useOr);
                               7330                 : 
                               7331                 :     /* aggressively reduce to a constant, and look through relabeling */
 3334                          7332               3 :     rightop = estimate_expression_value(root, rightop);
                               7333                 : 
 4128                          7334               3 :     if (IsA(rightop, RelabelType))
 4128 tgl                      7335 UIC           0 :         rightop = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) rightop)->arg;
 4128 tgl                      7336 ECB             : 
                               7337                 :     /*
                               7338                 :      * It's impossible to call extractQuery method for unknown operand. So
 3955 bruce                    7339                 :      * unless operand is a Const we can't do much; just assume there will be
                               7340                 :      * one ordinary search entry from each array entry at runtime, and fall
                               7341                 :      * back on a probably-bad estimate of the number of array entries.
 4128 tgl                      7342                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7343 GIC           3 :     if (!IsA(rightop, Const))
 4128 tgl                      7344 ECB             :     {
 4128 tgl                      7345 UBC           0 :         counts->exactEntries++;
 4128 tgl                      7346 UIC           0 :         counts->searchEntries++;
                               7347               0 :         counts->arrayScans *= estimate_array_length(rightop);
                               7348               0 :         return true;
                               7349                 :     }
                               7350                 : 
                               7351                 :     /* If Const is null, there can be no matches */
 4128 tgl                      7352 GIC           3 :     if (((Const *) rightop)->constisnull)
 4128 tgl                      7353 LBC           0 :         return false;
                               7354                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7355 EUB             :     /* Otherwise, extract the array elements and iterate over them */
 4128 tgl                      7356 GBC           3 :     arrayval = DatumGetArrayTypeP(((Const *) rightop)->constvalue);
                               7357               3 :     get_typlenbyvalalign(ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
 4128 tgl                      7358 EUB             :                          &elmlen, &elmbyval, &elmalign);
 4128 tgl                      7359 GIC           3 :     deconstruct_array(arrayval,
                               7360                 :                       ARR_ELEMTYPE(arrayval),
                               7361                 :                       elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
 4128 tgl                      7362 ECB             :                       &elemValues, &elemNulls, &numElems);
 4128 tgl                      7363 EUB             : 
 4128 tgl                      7364 GIC           3 :     memset(&arraycounts, 0, sizeof(arraycounts));
                               7365                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7366 CBC           9 :     for (i = 0; i < numElems; i++)
 4128 tgl                      7367 ECB             :     {
                               7368                 :         GinQualCounts elemcounts;
                               7369                 : 
                               7370                 :         /* NULL can't match anything, so ignore, as the executor will */
 4128 tgl                      7371 GIC           6 :         if (elemNulls[i])
 4128 tgl                      7372 UIC           0 :             continue;
                               7373                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7374 ECB             :         /* Otherwise, apply extractQuery and get the actual term counts */
 4128 tgl                      7375 GIC           6 :         memset(&elemcounts, 0, sizeof(elemcounts));
 4128 tgl                      7376 ECB             : 
 4128 tgl                      7377 GIC           6 :         if (gincost_pattern(index, indexcol, clause_op, elemValues[i],
                               7378                 :                             &elemcounts))
                               7379                 :         {
                               7380                 :             /* We ignore array elements that are unsatisfiable patterns */
 4128 tgl                      7381 CBC           6 :             numPossible++;
 4128 tgl                      7382 EUB             : 
 1177 akorotkov                7383 GIC           6 :             if (elemcounts.attHasFullScan[indexcol] &&
 1177 akorotkov                7384 UIC           0 :                 !elemcounts.attHasNormalScan[indexcol])
 4128 tgl                      7385 ECB             :             {
                               7386                 :                 /*
                               7387                 :                  * Full index scan will be required.  We treat this as if
                               7388                 :                  * every key in the index had been listed in the query; is
                               7389                 :                  * that reasonable?
                               7390                 :                  */
 4128 tgl                      7391 LBC           0 :                 elemcounts.partialEntries = 0;
 4128 tgl                      7392 UIC           0 :                 elemcounts.exactEntries = numIndexEntries;
 4128 tgl                      7393 LBC           0 :                 elemcounts.searchEntries = numIndexEntries;
 4128 tgl                      7394 EUB             :             }
 4128 tgl                      7395 GIC           6 :             arraycounts.partialEntries += elemcounts.partialEntries;
                               7396               6 :             arraycounts.exactEntries += elemcounts.exactEntries;
                               7397               6 :             arraycounts.searchEntries += elemcounts.searchEntries;
                               7398                 :         }
                               7399                 :     }
                               7400                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7401 GBC           3 :     if (numPossible == 0)
 4128 tgl                      7402 EUB             :     {
                               7403                 :         /* No satisfiable patterns in the array */
 4128 tgl                      7404 UIC           0 :         return false;
 4128 tgl                      7405 ECB             :     }
                               7406                 : 
                               7407                 :     /*
                               7408                 :      * Now add the averages to the global counts.  This will give us an
                               7409                 :      * estimate of the average number of terms searched for in each indexscan,
                               7410                 :      * including contributions from both array and non-array quals.
                               7411                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7412 GIC           3 :     counts->partialEntries += arraycounts.partialEntries / numPossible;
                               7413               3 :     counts->exactEntries += arraycounts.exactEntries / numPossible;
 4128 tgl                      7414 GBC           3 :     counts->searchEntries += arraycounts.searchEntries / numPossible;
                               7415                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7416 GIC           3 :     counts->arrayScans *= numPossible;
                               7417                 : 
                               7418               3 :     return true;
                               7419                 : }
                               7420                 : 
                               7421                 : /*
 4557 tgl                      7422 ECB             :  * GIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
                               7423                 :  */
 2639                          7424                 : void
 2639 tgl                      7425 GIC         926 : gincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
 2639 tgl                      7426 ECB             :                 Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
                               7427                 :                 Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
 2244 rhaas                    7428                 :                 double *indexPages)
                               7429                 : {
 4124 tgl                      7430 GIC         926 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
 1514                          7431             926 :     List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
                               7432                 :     List       *selectivityQuals;
 4382 bruce                    7433             926 :     double      numPages = index->pages,
                               7434             926 :                 numTuples = index->tuples;
 4382 bruce                    7435 ECB             :     double      numEntryPages,
                               7436                 :                 numDataPages,
                               7437                 :                 numPendingPages,
                               7438                 :                 numEntries;
                               7439                 :     GinQualCounts counts;
 4128 tgl                      7440                 :     bool        matchPossible;
 1177 akorotkov                7441                 :     bool        fullIndexScan;
                               7442                 :     double      partialScale;
 4382 bruce                    7443                 :     double      entryPagesFetched,
                               7444                 :                 dataPagesFetched,
                               7445                 :                 dataPagesFetchedBySel;
                               7446                 :     double      qual_op_cost,
                               7447                 :                 qual_arg_cost,
                               7448                 :                 spc_random_page_cost,
                               7449                 :                 outer_scans;
                               7450                 :     Cost        descentCost;
                               7451                 :     Relation    indexRel;
                               7452                 :     GinStatsData ginStats;
                               7453                 :     ListCell   *lc;
                               7454                 :     int         i;
                               7455                 : 
                               7456                 :     /*
                               7457                 :      * Obtain statistical information from the meta page, if possible.  Else
                               7458                 :      * set ginStats to zeroes, and we'll cope below.
                               7459                 :      */
 2686 tgl                      7460 GIC         926 :     if (!index->hypothetical)
                               7461                 :     {
                               7462                 :         /* Lock should have already been obtained in plancat.c */
 1466                          7463             926 :         indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
 2686                          7464             926 :         ginGetStats(indexRel, &ginStats);
 1466                          7465             926 :         index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
                               7466                 :     }
                               7467                 :     else
                               7468                 :     {
 2686 tgl                      7469 UIC           0 :         memset(&ginStats, 0, sizeof(ginStats));
                               7470                 :     }
 2686 tgl                      7471 ECB             : 
                               7472                 :     /*
                               7473                 :      * Assuming we got valid (nonzero) stats at all, nPendingPages can be
 2655                          7474                 :      * trusted, but the other fields are data as of the last VACUUM.  We can
                               7475                 :      * scale them up to account for growth since then, but that method only
                               7476                 :      * goes so far; in the worst case, the stats might be for a completely
                               7477                 :      * empty index, and scaling them will produce pretty bogus numbers.
                               7478                 :      * Somewhat arbitrarily, set the cutoff for doing scaling at 4X growth; if
                               7479                 :      * it's grown more than that, fall back to estimating things only from the
 2655 tgl                      7480 EUB             :      * assumed-accurate index size.  But we'll trust nPendingPages in any case
                               7481                 :      * so long as it's not clearly insane, ie, more than the index size.
                               7482                 :      */
 2655 tgl                      7483 GIC         926 :     if (ginStats.nPendingPages < numPages)
                               7484             926 :         numPendingPages = ginStats.nPendingPages;
                               7485                 :     else
 2655 tgl                      7486 UIC           0 :         numPendingPages = 0;
                               7487                 : 
 2655 tgl                      7488 GIC         926 :     if (numPages > 0 && ginStats.nTotalPages <= numPages &&
                               7489             926 :         ginStats.nTotalPages > numPages / 4 &&
                               7490             905 :         ginStats.nEntryPages > 0 && ginStats.nEntries > 0)
 2686                          7491             779 :     {
                               7492                 :         /*
                               7493                 :          * OK, the stats seem close enough to sane to be trusted.  But we
 2655 tgl                      7494 ECB             :          * still need to scale them by the ratio numPages / nTotalPages to
                               7495                 :          * account for growth since the last VACUUM.
                               7496                 :          */
 4382 bruce                    7497 GBC         779 :         double      scale = numPages / ginStats.nTotalPages;
                               7498                 : 
 2655 tgl                      7499 CBC         779 :         numEntryPages = ceil(ginStats.nEntryPages * scale);
                               7500             779 :         numDataPages = ceil(ginStats.nDataPages * scale);
                               7501             779 :         numEntries = ceil(ginStats.nEntries * scale);
 4557 tgl                      7502 ECB             :         /* ensure we didn't round up too much */
 2655 tgl                      7503 GIC         779 :         numEntryPages = Min(numEntryPages, numPages - numPendingPages);
                               7504             779 :         numDataPages = Min(numDataPages,
                               7505                 :                            numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages);
                               7506                 :     }
                               7507                 :     else
 2686 tgl                      7508 ECB             :     {
                               7509                 :         /*
 2655                          7510                 :          * We might get here because it's a hypothetical index, or an index
                               7511                 :          * created pre-9.1 and never vacuumed since upgrading (in which case
                               7512                 :          * its stats would read as zeroes), or just because it's grown too
                               7513                 :          * much since the last VACUUM for us to put our faith in scaling.
                               7514                 :          *
                               7515                 :          * Invent some plausible internal statistics based on the index page
                               7516                 :          * count (and clamp that to at least 10 pages, just in case).  We
                               7517                 :          * estimate that 90% of the index is entry pages, and the rest is data
                               7518                 :          * pages.  Estimate 100 entries per entry page; this is rather bogus
                               7519                 :          * since it'll depend on the size of the keys, but it's more robust
                               7520                 :          * than trying to predict the number of entries per heap tuple.
                               7521                 :          */
 2686 tgl                      7522 GIC         147 :         numPages = Max(numPages, 10);
 2655                          7523             147 :         numEntryPages = floor((numPages - numPendingPages) * 0.90);
                               7524             147 :         numDataPages = numPages - numPendingPages - numEntryPages;
 2686                          7525             147 :         numEntries = floor(numEntryPages * 100);
                               7526                 :     }
                               7527                 : 
                               7528                 :     /* In an empty index, numEntries could be zero.  Avoid divide-by-zero */
 4371                          7529             926 :     if (numEntries < 1)
 4371 tgl                      7530 UIC           0 :         numEntries = 1;
                               7531                 : 
                               7532                 :     /*
 1520 tgl                      7533 ECB             :      * If the index is partial, AND the index predicate with the index-bound
                               7534                 :      * quals to produce a more accurate idea of the number of rows covered by
                               7535                 :      * the bound conditions.
 4557                          7536                 :      */
 1514 tgl                      7537 GIC         926 :     selectivityQuals = add_predicate_to_index_quals(index, indexQuals);
                               7538                 : 
                               7539                 :     /* Estimate the fraction of main-table tuples that will be visited */
 4557 tgl                      7540 CBC        1852 :     *indexSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, selectivityQuals,
 4382 bruce                    7541 GBC         926 :                                                index->rel->relid,
                               7542                 :                                                JOIN_INNER,
                               7543                 :                                                NULL);
                               7544                 : 
                               7545                 :     /* fetch estimated page cost for tablespace containing index */
 4382 bruce                    7546 GIC         926 :     get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
                               7547                 :                               &spc_random_page_cost,
 4557 tgl                      7548 ECB             :                               NULL);
                               7549                 : 
                               7550                 :     /*
                               7551                 :      * Generic assumption about index correlation: there isn't any.
                               7552                 :      */
 4557 tgl                      7553 GIC         926 :     *indexCorrelation = 0.0;
                               7554                 : 
                               7555                 :     /*
                               7556                 :      * Examine quals to estimate number of search entries & partial matches
 4557 tgl                      7557 ECB             :      */
 4128 tgl                      7558 GIC         926 :     memset(&counts, 0, sizeof(counts));
                               7559             926 :     counts.arrayScans = 1;
                               7560             926 :     matchPossible = true;
                               7561                 : 
 1514                          7562            1951 :     foreach(lc, path->indexclauses)
                               7563                 :     {
 1514 tgl                      7564 CBC        1025 :         IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, lc);
                               7565                 :         ListCell   *lc2;
                               7566                 : 
 1514 tgl                      7567 GIC        2044 :         foreach(lc2, iclause->indexquals)
                               7568                 :         {
 1514 tgl                      7569 CBC        1025 :             RestrictInfo *rinfo = lfirst_node(RestrictInfo, lc2);
                               7570            1025 :             Expr       *clause = rinfo->clause;
 1514 tgl                      7571 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      7572 GIC        1025 :             if (IsA(clause, OpExpr))
 1514 tgl                      7573 ECB             :             {
 1514 tgl                      7574 GIC        1022 :                 matchPossible = gincost_opexpr(root,
 1514 tgl                      7575 ECB             :                                                index,
 1514 tgl                      7576 GIC        1022 :                                                iclause->indexcol,
                               7577                 :                                                (OpExpr *) clause,
 1514 tgl                      7578 ECB             :                                                &counts);
 1514 tgl                      7579 GIC        1022 :                 if (!matchPossible)
 1514 tgl                      7580 CBC           6 :                     break;
 1514 tgl                      7581 ECB             :             }
 1514 tgl                      7582 GIC           3 :             else if (IsA(clause, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
 1514 tgl                      7583 ECB             :             {
 1514 tgl                      7584 GIC           3 :                 matchPossible = gincost_scalararrayopexpr(root,
 1514 tgl                      7585 ECB             :                                                           index,
 1514 tgl                      7586 GIC           3 :                                                           iclause->indexcol,
 1514 tgl                      7587 ECB             :                                                           (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) clause,
                               7588                 :                                                           numEntries,
                               7589                 :                                                           &counts);
 1514 tgl                      7590 CBC           3 :                 if (!matchPossible)
 1514 tgl                      7591 LBC           0 :                     break;
                               7592                 :             }
 1514 tgl                      7593 ECB             :             else
                               7594                 :             {
                               7595                 :                 /* shouldn't be anything else for a GIN index */
 1514 tgl                      7596 UIC           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unsupported GIN indexqual type: %d",
 1514 tgl                      7597 ECB             :                      (int) nodeTag(clause));
                               7598                 :             }
                               7599                 :         }
                               7600                 :     }
 4474                          7601                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7602 EUB             :     /* Fall out if there were any provably-unsatisfiable quals */
 4128 tgl                      7603 GIC         926 :     if (!matchPossible)
                               7604                 :     {
                               7605               6 :         *indexStartupCost = 0;
                               7606               6 :         *indexTotalCost = 0;
 4128 tgl                      7607 GBC           6 :         *indexSelectivity = 0;
 2639 tgl                      7608 GIC           6 :         return;
                               7609                 :     }
                               7610                 : 
                               7611                 :     /*
                               7612                 :      * If attribute has a full scan and at the same time doesn't have normal
                               7613                 :      * scan, then we'll have to scan all non-null entries of that attribute.
 1177 akorotkov                7614 ECB             :      * Currently, we don't have per-attribute statistics for GIN.  Thus, we
                               7615                 :      * must assume the whole GIN index has to be scanned in this case.
                               7616                 :      */
 1177 akorotkov                7617 CBC         920 :     fullIndexScan = false;
                               7618            1785 :     for (i = 0; i < index->nkeycolumns; i++)
 1177 akorotkov                7619 ECB             :     {
 1177 akorotkov                7620 GIC        1034 :         if (counts.attHasFullScan[i] && !counts.attHasNormalScan[i])
                               7621                 :         {
                               7622             169 :             fullIndexScan = true;
                               7623             169 :             break;
                               7624                 :         }
                               7625                 :     }
                               7626                 : 
                               7627             920 :     if (fullIndexScan || indexQuals == NIL)
 4474 tgl                      7628 ECB             :     {
                               7629                 :         /*
                               7630                 :          * Full index scan will be required.  We treat this as if every key in
                               7631                 :          * the index had been listed in the query; is that reasonable?
                               7632                 :          */
 4128 tgl                      7633 CBC         169 :         counts.partialEntries = 0;
                               7634             169 :         counts.exactEntries = numEntries;
 4128 tgl                      7635 GIC         169 :         counts.searchEntries = numEntries;
                               7636                 :     }
                               7637                 : 
 4557 tgl                      7638 ECB             :     /* Will we have more than one iteration of a nestloop scan? */
 4090 tgl                      7639 GIC         920 :     outer_scans = loop_count;
                               7640                 : 
                               7641                 :     /*
                               7642                 :      * Compute cost to begin scan, first of all, pay attention to pending
                               7643                 :      * list.
 4557 tgl                      7644 ECB             :      */
 4557 tgl                      7645 CBC         920 :     entryPagesFetched = numPendingPages;
 4557 tgl                      7646 ECB             : 
                               7647                 :     /*
                               7648                 :      * Estimate number of entry pages read.  We need to do
                               7649                 :      * counts.searchEntries searches.  Use a power function as it should be,
 4382 bruce                    7650                 :      * but tuples on leaf pages usually is much greater. Here we include all
                               7651                 :      * searches in entry tree, including search of first entry in partial
                               7652                 :      * match algorithm
                               7653                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7654 GIC         920 :     entryPagesFetched += ceil(counts.searchEntries * rint(pow(numEntryPages, 0.15)));
                               7655                 : 
 4557 tgl                      7656 ECB             :     /*
                               7657                 :      * Add an estimate of entry pages read by partial match algorithm. It's a
                               7658                 :      * scan over leaf pages in entry tree.  We haven't any useful stats here,
                               7659                 :      * so estimate it as proportion.  Because counts.partialEntries is really
                               7660                 :      * pretty bogus (see code above), it's possible that it is more than
                               7661                 :      * numEntries; clamp the proportion to ensure sanity.
                               7662                 :      */
 2655 tgl                      7663 GIC         920 :     partialScale = counts.partialEntries / numEntries;
                               7664             920 :     partialScale = Min(partialScale, 1.0);
 2655 tgl                      7665 ECB             : 
 2655 tgl                      7666 GIC         920 :     entryPagesFetched += ceil(numEntryPages * partialScale);
                               7667                 : 
                               7668                 :     /*
                               7669                 :      * Partial match algorithm reads all data pages before doing actual scan,
                               7670                 :      * so it's a startup cost.  Again, we haven't any useful stats here, so
                               7671                 :      * estimate it as proportion.
                               7672                 :      */
                               7673             920 :     dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * partialScale);
 4557 tgl                      7674 ECB             : 
   91 akorotkov                7675 GNC         920 :     *indexStartupCost = 0;
                               7676             920 :     *indexTotalCost = 0;
                               7677                 : 
                               7678                 :     /*
                               7679                 :      * Add a CPU-cost component to represent the costs of initial entry btree
                               7680                 :      * descent.  We don't charge any I/O cost for touching upper btree levels,
                               7681                 :      * since they tend to stay in cache, but we still have to do about log2(N)
                               7682                 :      * comparisons to descend a btree of N leaf tuples.  We charge one
                               7683                 :      * cpu_operator_cost per comparison.
                               7684                 :      *
                               7685                 :      * If there are ScalarArrayOpExprs, charge this once per SA scan.  The
                               7686                 :      * ones after the first one are not startup cost so far as the overall
                               7687                 :      * plan is concerned, so add them only to "total" cost.
                               7688                 :      */
                               7689             920 :     if (numEntries > 1)          /* avoid computing log(0) */
                               7690                 :     {
                               7691             920 :         descentCost = ceil(log(numEntries) / log(2.0)) * cpu_operator_cost;
                               7692             920 :         *indexStartupCost += descentCost * counts.searchEntries;
                               7693             920 :         *indexTotalCost += counts.arrayScans * descentCost * counts.searchEntries;
                               7694                 :     }
                               7695                 : 
                               7696                 :     /*
                               7697                 :      * Add a cpu cost per entry-page fetched. This is not amortized over a
                               7698                 :      * loop.
                               7699                 :      */
                               7700             920 :     *indexStartupCost += entryPagesFetched * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
                               7701             920 :     *indexTotalCost += entryPagesFetched * counts.arrayScans * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
                               7702                 : 
                               7703                 :     /*
                               7704                 :      * Add a cpu cost per data-page fetched. This is also not amortized over a
                               7705                 :      * loop. Since those are the data pages from the partial match algorithm,
                               7706                 :      * charge them as startup cost.
                               7707                 :      */
                               7708             920 :     *indexStartupCost += DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost * dataPagesFetched;
                               7709                 : 
                               7710                 :     /*
                               7711                 :      * Since we add the startup cost to the total cost later on, remove the
                               7712                 :      * initial arrayscan from the total.
                               7713                 :      */
                               7714             920 :     *indexTotalCost += dataPagesFetched * (counts.arrayScans - 1) * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
                               7715                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7716 ECB             :     /*
                               7717                 :      * Calculate cache effects if more than one scan due to nestloops or array
                               7718                 :      * quals.  The result is pro-rated per nestloop scan, but the array qual
                               7719                 :      * factor shouldn't be pro-rated (compare genericcostestimate).
                               7720                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7721 GIC         920 :     if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
                               7722                 :     {
                               7723               3 :         entryPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
 4557                          7724               3 :         entryPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(entryPagesFetched,
 4557 tgl                      7725 ECB             :                                                 (BlockNumber) numEntryPages,
                               7726                 :                                                 numEntryPages, root);
 4128 tgl                      7727 CBC           3 :         entryPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
                               7728               3 :         dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
 4557 tgl                      7729 GIC           3 :         dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
                               7730                 :                                                (BlockNumber) numDataPages,
                               7731                 :                                                numDataPages, root);
 4128                          7732               3 :         dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
                               7733                 :     }
                               7734                 : 
                               7735                 :     /*
                               7736                 :      * Here we use random page cost because logically-close pages could be far
                               7737                 :      * apart on disk.
                               7738                 :      */
   91 akorotkov                7739 GNC         920 :     *indexStartupCost += (entryPagesFetched + dataPagesFetched) * spc_random_page_cost;
                               7740                 : 
 4128 tgl                      7741 ECB             :     /*
                               7742                 :      * Now compute the number of data pages fetched during the scan.
 3315 heikki.linnakangas       7743                 :      *
                               7744                 :      * We assume every entry to have the same number of items, and that there
                               7745                 :      * is no overlap between them. (XXX: tsvector and array opclasses collect
                               7746                 :      * statistics on the frequency of individual keys; it would be nice to use
                               7747                 :      * those here.)
                               7748                 :      */
 4128 tgl                      7749 GIC         920 :     dataPagesFetched = ceil(numDataPages * counts.exactEntries / numEntries);
                               7750                 : 
                               7751                 :     /*
 3260 bruce                    7752 ECB             :      * If there is a lot of overlap among the entries, in particular if one of
                               7753                 :      * the entries is very frequent, the above calculation can grossly
                               7754                 :      * under-estimate.  As a simple cross-check, calculate a lower bound based
                               7755                 :      * on the overall selectivity of the quals.  At a minimum, we must read
                               7756                 :      * one item pointer for each matching entry.
                               7757                 :      *
                               7758                 :      * The width of each item pointer varies, based on the level of
                               7759                 :      * compression.  We don't have statistics on that, but an average of
 3315 heikki.linnakangas       7760                 :      * around 3 bytes per item is fairly typical.
                               7761                 :      */
 4557 tgl                      7762 GIC         920 :     dataPagesFetchedBySel = ceil(*indexSelectivity *
 3315 heikki.linnakangas       7763             920 :                                  (numTuples / (BLCKSZ / 3)));
 4557 tgl                      7764             920 :     if (dataPagesFetchedBySel > dataPagesFetched)
                               7765             736 :         dataPagesFetched = dataPagesFetchedBySel;
 4557 tgl                      7766 ECB             : 
                               7767                 :     /* Add one page cpu-cost to the startup cost */
   91 akorotkov                7768 GNC         920 :     *indexStartupCost += DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost * counts.searchEntries;
                               7769                 : 
                               7770                 :     /*
                               7771                 :      * Add once again a CPU-cost for those data pages, before amortizing for
                               7772                 :      * cache.
                               7773                 :      */
                               7774             920 :     *indexTotalCost += dataPagesFetched * counts.arrayScans * DEFAULT_PAGE_CPU_MULTIPLIER * cpu_operator_cost;
                               7775                 : 
                               7776                 :     /* Account for cache effects, the same as above */
 4128 tgl                      7777 GIC         920 :     if (outer_scans > 1 || counts.arrayScans > 1)
                               7778                 :     {
                               7779               3 :         dataPagesFetched *= outer_scans * counts.arrayScans;
 4557                          7780               3 :         dataPagesFetched = index_pages_fetched(dataPagesFetched,
                               7781                 :                                                (BlockNumber) numDataPages,
 4557 tgl                      7782 ECB             :                                                numDataPages, root);
 4128 tgl                      7783 GIC           3 :         dataPagesFetched /= outer_scans;
 4128 tgl                      7784 ECB             :     }
                               7785                 : 
                               7786                 :     /* And apply random_page_cost as the cost per page */
   91 akorotkov                7787 GNC         920 :     *indexTotalCost += *indexStartupCost +
 4557 tgl                      7788 CBC         920 :         dataPagesFetched * spc_random_page_cost;
 4557 tgl                      7789 ECB             : 
                               7790                 :     /*
                               7791                 :      * Add on index qual eval costs, much as in genericcostestimate. We charge
                               7792                 :      * cpu but we can disregard indexorderbys, since GIN doesn't support
                               7793                 :      * those.
                               7794                 :      */
 1514 tgl                      7795 GIC         920 :     qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
                               7796             920 :     qual_op_cost = cpu_operator_cost * list_length(indexQuals);
                               7797                 : 
 4557                          7798             920 :     *indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
                               7799             920 :     *indexTotalCost += qual_arg_cost;
                               7800                 : 
                               7801                 :     /*
                               7802                 :      * Add a cpu cost per search entry, corresponding to the actual visited
                               7803                 :      * entries.
                               7804                 :      */
   91 akorotkov                7805 GNC         920 :     *indexTotalCost += (counts.searchEntries * counts.arrayScans) * (qual_op_cost);
                               7806                 :     /* Now add a cpu cost per tuple in the posting lists / trees */
                               7807             920 :     *indexTotalCost += (numTuples * *indexSelectivity) * (cpu_index_tuple_cost);
 2244 rhaas                    7808 CBC         920 :     *indexPages = dataPagesFetched;
                               7809                 : }
                               7810                 : 
                               7811                 : /*
                               7812                 :  * BRIN has search behavior completely different from other index types
                               7813                 :  */
                               7814                 : void
 2639 tgl                      7815 GIC        5178 : brincostestimate(PlannerInfo *root, IndexPath *path, double loop_count,
                               7816                 :                  Cost *indexStartupCost, Cost *indexTotalCost,
                               7817                 :                  Selectivity *indexSelectivity, double *indexCorrelation,
 2244 rhaas                    7818 ECB             :                  double *indexPages)
                               7819                 : {
 3075 alvherre                 7820 GIC        5178 :     IndexOptInfo *index = path->indexinfo;
 1514 tgl                      7821            5178 :     List       *indexQuals = get_quals_from_indexclauses(path->indexclauses);
 3075 alvherre                 7822            5178 :     double      numPages = index->pages;
 2194                          7823            5178 :     RelOptInfo *baserel = index->rel;
                               7824            5178 :     RangeTblEntry *rte = planner_rt_fetch(baserel->relid, root);
                               7825                 :     Cost        spc_seq_page_cost;
                               7826                 :     Cost        spc_random_page_cost;
                               7827                 :     double      qual_arg_cost;
                               7828                 :     double      qualSelectivity;
                               7829                 :     BrinStatsData statsData;
                               7830                 :     double      indexRanges;
 2194 alvherre                 7831 ECB             :     double      minimalRanges;
                               7832                 :     double      estimatedRanges;
                               7833                 :     double      selec;
                               7834                 :     Relation    indexRel;
                               7835                 :     ListCell   *l;
                               7836                 :     VariableStatData vardata;
 3075                          7837                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 7838 GIC        5178 :     Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
                               7839                 : 
                               7840                 :     /* fetch estimated page cost for the tablespace containing the index */
 3075                          7841            5178 :     get_tablespace_page_costs(index->reltablespace,
                               7842                 :                               &spc_random_page_cost,
 3075 alvherre                 7843 ECB             :                               &spc_seq_page_cost);
                               7844                 : 
                               7845                 :     /*
 1235 michael                  7846                 :      * Obtain some data from the index itself, if possible.  Otherwise invent
                               7847                 :      * some plausible internal statistics based on the relation page count.
 2194 alvherre                 7848                 :      */
 1235 michael                  7849 CBC        5178 :     if (!index->hypothetical)
                               7850                 :     {
                               7851                 :         /*
 1235 michael                  7852 ECB             :          * A lock should have already been obtained on the index in plancat.c.
                               7853                 :          */
 1235 michael                  7854 GIC        5178 :         indexRel = index_open(index->indexoid, NoLock);
                               7855            5178 :         brinGetStats(indexRel, &statsData);
 1235 michael                  7856 CBC        5178 :         index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
 1235 michael                  7857 ECB             : 
                               7858                 :         /* work out the actual number of ranges in the index */
 1235 michael                  7859 GIC        5178 :         indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
                               7860                 :                                statsData.pagesPerRange), 1.0);
                               7861                 :     }
                               7862                 :     else
                               7863                 :     {
 1235 michael                  7864 ECB             :         /*
                               7865                 :          * Assume default number of pages per range, and estimate the number
                               7866                 :          * of ranges based on that.
                               7867                 :          */
 1235 michael                  7868 LBC           0 :         indexRanges = Max(ceil((double) baserel->pages /
                               7869                 :                                BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE), 1.0);
                               7870                 : 
 1235 michael                  7871 UIC           0 :         statsData.pagesPerRange = BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE;
                               7872               0 :         statsData.revmapNumPages = (indexRanges / REVMAP_PAGE_MAXITEMS) + 1;
                               7873                 :     }
 2194 alvherre                 7874 ECB             : 
                               7875                 :     /*
                               7876                 :      * Compute index correlation
 2959 tgl                      7877                 :      *
                               7878                 :      * Because we can use all index quals equally when scanning, we can use
                               7879                 :      * the largest correlation (in absolute value) among columns used by the
                               7880                 :      * query.  Start at zero, the worst possible case.  If we cannot find any
                               7881                 :      * correlation statistics, we will keep it as 0.
                               7882                 :      */
 2194 alvherre                 7883 GIC        5178 :     *indexCorrelation = 0;
 2194 alvherre                 7884 ECB             : 
 1514 tgl                      7885 GIC       10356 :     foreach(l, path->indexclauses)
                               7886                 :     {
                               7887            5178 :         IndexClause *iclause = lfirst_node(IndexClause, l);
                               7888            5178 :         AttrNumber  attnum = index->indexkeys[iclause->indexcol];
 2194 alvherre                 7889 ECB             : 
                               7890                 :         /* attempt to lookup stats in relation for this index column */
 2194 alvherre                 7891 CBC        5178 :         if (attnum != 0)
 2194 alvherre                 7892 ECB             :         {
                               7893                 :             /* Simple variable -- look to stats for the underlying table */
 2194 alvherre                 7894 GIC        5178 :             if (get_relation_stats_hook &&
 2194 alvherre                 7895 UIC           0 :                 (*get_relation_stats_hook) (root, rte, attnum, &vardata))
                               7896                 :             {
                               7897                 :                 /*
                               7898                 :                  * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it
                               7899                 :                  * did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
                               7900                 :                  */
                               7901               0 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) && !vardata.freefunc)
                               7902               0 :                     elog(ERROR,
                               7903                 :                          "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               7904                 :             }
                               7905                 :             else
                               7906                 :             {
 2194 alvherre                 7907 CBC        5178 :                 vardata.statsTuple =
 2194 alvherre                 7908 GIC        5178 :                     SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
                               7909                 :                                     ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
 2194 alvherre                 7910 ECB             :                                     Int16GetDatum(attnum),
                               7911                 :                                     BoolGetDatum(false));
 2194 alvherre                 7912 GIC        5178 :                 vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
                               7913                 :             }
                               7914                 :         }
                               7915                 :         else
                               7916                 :         {
                               7917                 :             /*
 2194 alvherre                 7918 ECB             :              * Looks like we've found an expression column in the index. Let's
                               7919                 :              * see if there's any stats for it.
                               7920                 :              */
                               7921                 : 
                               7922                 :             /* get the attnum from the 0-based index. */
 1514 tgl                      7923 LBC           0 :             attnum = iclause->indexcol + 1;
 2194 alvherre                 7924 ECB             : 
 2194 alvherre                 7925 LBC           0 :             if (get_index_stats_hook &&
 2118 tgl                      7926 UIC           0 :                 (*get_index_stats_hook) (root, index->indexoid, attnum, &vardata))
                               7927                 :             {
 2194 alvherre                 7928 ECB             :                 /*
                               7929                 :                  * The hook took control of acquiring a stats tuple.  If it
                               7930                 :                  * did supply a tuple, it'd better have supplied a freefunc.
                               7931                 :                  */
 2194 alvherre                 7932 UIC           0 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple) &&
                               7933               0 :                     !vardata.freefunc)
                               7934               0 :                     elog(ERROR, "no function provided to release variable stats with");
                               7935                 :             }
                               7936                 :             else
 2194 alvherre                 7937 EUB             :             {
 2194 alvherre                 7938 UIC           0 :                 vardata.statsTuple = SearchSysCache3(STATRELATTINH,
                               7939                 :                                                      ObjectIdGetDatum(index->indexoid),
 2194 alvherre                 7940 EUB             :                                                      Int16GetDatum(attnum),
                               7941                 :                                                      BoolGetDatum(false));
 2194 alvherre                 7942 UIC           0 :                 vardata.freefunc = ReleaseSysCache;
                               7943                 :             }
                               7944                 :         }
                               7945                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 7946 GIC        5178 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(vardata.statsTuple))
                               7947                 :         {
                               7948                 :             AttStatsSlot sslot;
                               7949                 : 
 2157 tgl                      7950              18 :             if (get_attstatsslot(&sslot, vardata.statsTuple,
                               7951                 :                                  STATISTIC_KIND_CORRELATION, InvalidOid,
 2157 tgl                      7952 ECB             :                                  ATTSTATSSLOT_NUMBERS))
                               7953                 :             {
 2194 alvherre                 7954 CBC          18 :                 double      varCorrelation = 0.0;
                               7955                 : 
 2157 tgl                      7956              18 :                 if (sslot.nnumbers > 0)
  184 peter                    7957 GNC          18 :                     varCorrelation = fabs(sslot.numbers[0]);
                               7958                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 7959 GIC          18 :                 if (varCorrelation > *indexCorrelation)
 2194 alvherre                 7960 CBC          18 :                     *indexCorrelation = varCorrelation;
                               7961                 : 
 2157 tgl                      7962 GIC          18 :                 free_attstatsslot(&sslot);
 2194 alvherre                 7963 ECB             :             }
 2194 alvherre                 7964 EUB             :         }
                               7965                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 7966 GIC        5178 :         ReleaseVariableStats(vardata);
                               7967                 :     }
                               7968                 : 
                               7969            5178 :     qualSelectivity = clauselist_selectivity(root, indexQuals,
 2194 alvherre                 7970 GBC        5178 :                                              baserel->relid,
 2194 simon                    7971 EUB             :                                              JOIN_INNER, NULL);
                               7972                 : 
                               7973                 :     /*
                               7974                 :      * Now calculate the minimum possible ranges we could match with if all of
                               7975                 :      * the rows were in the perfect order in the table's heap.
 3075 alvherre                 7976 ECB             :      */
 2194 alvherre                 7977 CBC        5178 :     minimalRanges = ceil(indexRanges * qualSelectivity);
                               7978                 : 
                               7979                 :     /*
                               7980                 :      * Now estimate the number of ranges that we'll touch by using the
 2153 bruce                    7981 ECB             :      * indexCorrelation from the stats. Careful not to divide by zero (note
                               7982                 :      * we're using the absolute value of the correlation).
                               7983                 :      */
 2194 alvherre                 7984 GIC        5178 :     if (*indexCorrelation < 1.0e-10)
                               7985            5160 :         estimatedRanges = indexRanges;
                               7986                 :     else
                               7987              18 :         estimatedRanges = Min(minimalRanges / *indexCorrelation, indexRanges);
                               7988                 : 
                               7989                 :     /* we expect to visit this portion of the table */
                               7990            5178 :     selec = estimatedRanges / indexRanges;
                               7991                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 7992 GBC        5178 :     CLAMP_PROBABILITY(selec);
                               7993                 : 
                               7994            5178 :     *indexSelectivity = selec;
 3075 alvherre                 7995 EUB             : 
                               7996                 :     /*
                               7997                 :      * Compute the index qual costs, much as in genericcostestimate, to add to
                               7998                 :      * the index costs.  We can disregard indexorderbys, since BRIN doesn't
                               7999                 :      * support those.
                               8000                 :      */
 1514 tgl                      8001 GBC        5178 :     qual_arg_cost = index_other_operands_eval_cost(root, indexQuals);
 3075 alvherre                 8002 EUB             : 
 2194                          8003                 :     /*
                               8004                 :      * Compute the startup cost as the cost to read the whole revmap
                               8005                 :      * sequentially, including the cost to execute the index quals.
                               8006                 :      */
 2194 alvherre                 8007 GBC        5178 :     *indexStartupCost =
 2194 alvherre                 8008 GIC        5178 :         spc_seq_page_cost * statsData.revmapNumPages * loop_count;
 3075                          8009            5178 :     *indexStartupCost += qual_arg_cost;
                               8010                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 8011 EUB             :     /*
                               8012                 :      * To read a BRIN index there might be a bit of back and forth over
                               8013                 :      * regular pages, as revmap might point to them out of sequential order;
                               8014                 :      * calculate the total cost as reading the whole index in random order.
 2194 alvherre                 8015 ECB             :      */
 2194 alvherre                 8016 GIC        5178 :     *indexTotalCost = *indexStartupCost +
                               8017            5178 :         spc_random_page_cost * (numPages - statsData.revmapNumPages) * loop_count;
                               8018                 : 
 2194 alvherre                 8019 ECB             :     /*
                               8020                 :      * Charge a small amount per range tuple which we expect to match to. This
                               8021                 :      * is meant to reflect the costs of manipulating the bitmap. The BRIN scan
                               8022                 :      * will set a bit for each page in the range when we find a matching
                               8023                 :      * range, so we must multiply the charge by the number of pages in the
                               8024                 :      * range.
                               8025                 :      */
 2194 alvherre                 8026 CBC        5178 :     *indexTotalCost += 0.1 * cpu_operator_cost * estimatedRanges *
 2194 alvherre                 8027 GIC        5178 :         statsData.pagesPerRange;
 2194 alvherre                 8028 ECB             : 
 2194 alvherre                 8029 CBC        5178 :     *indexPages = index->pages;
 3075 alvherre                 8030 GIC        5178 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version v1.16-55-g56c0a2a